School of Business Administration Turiba

School of Business Administration Turiba FACULTY OF PUBLIC RELATIONS

Accreditation papers

Professional Master’s Study Programme

PUBLIC RELATIONS

Riga 2006 School of Business Administration Turiba is submitting for ACCREDITATION PROFESSIONAL MASTER’S STUDY PROGRAMME PUBLIC RELATIONS

The title of the programme: Professional Master’s Study Programme “Public Relations” Educational classification code: 4634202 Professional classification code: 1234 Duration of the study programme: 2 years, 80 CP 2,5 years, 100 CP, if the applicant does not have the qualification “Public Relations Manager” or “Head of Public Relations Department” Form of Studies: Full time evening or extramural Final Examination: State qualification exam including the defence of master’s paper Enrolment requirements: Academic or professional bachelor’s degree or professional qualification upon completion of a four year study programme Degree awarded: Professional Master’s’ Degree in Public relations. Eligibility to further doctoral studies. Qualification: Head of Public Relations Department Name of the higher educational School of Business Administration Turiba establishment: Ltd. Place of implementation of the School of Business Administration Turiba, programme: Graudu Street 68, Riga, LV -1058 Educational Institution No.: No. 3343800213 Legal Address: Graudu Street 68, Riga, LV –1058 Founders: LKCS “Turība” A/S “Birznieka Biznesa Centrs” SIA “REINMAN” Financing: Self-financed Total number of Students: 5880 Telephone: 7622551, 7619008 Fax: 7619152 Fax: [email protected]; [email protected] Person authorized for completing Director of the Master’s programme accreditation formalities: Guntis Zemītis Director of the Programme: Dr.hist. Guntis Zemītis Content

1. Resolution of the Senate – the administrative and decision-making institution on the implementation of the study programme ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4 2. Licence …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 5 3. Document certifying the provision for continuation of higher studies in a different study programme or the same programme at a different educational institution in case of liquidation of the aforesaid study programme …………………….. 7 4. Overview of the study programme …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8 5. Advertising and Informative support for the programme ………………………………………………………………………….. 10 6. The Assessment of the perspectives of the study programme from the Latvian state point of view …………………………. 10 6.1. The compliance of the perspectives of the study programme to professional standarts …………………………………. 10 6.2. The Survey of Employers and the Results …………………………………………………………………………………….. 15 7. Evaluation of the study programme …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 19 7.1. The Aims and Tasks of the study programme ………………………………………………………………………………… 19 7.2. Organization of study programme ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 19 7.3. Practical implementation of the study programme ……………………………………………………………………………. 21 7.3.1. Methodology of Studies …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 21 7.3.2. The Form of Studies ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 22 7.3.3. Research work carried out by Academic Personnel …………………………………………………………………….. 23 7.3.4. Research topics for students ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 25 7.4. Methods of evaluation and grounds for their choice ………………………………………………………………………….. 25 7.5. The Students of the programme ………………………………………………………………………………………………... 26 7.5.1 The number of students and the dynamics ……………………………………………………………………………….. 26 7.5.2. Number of students enrolled ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 27 7.5.3. Analysis of the students’ survey …………………………………………………………………………………………… 27 7.5.4. The involvement of the students in the improvement of the study programme ………………………………………. 29 7.6. The academic personnel involved in the study process ……………………………………………………………………… 30 7.6.1. The Number of academic personnel ……………………………………………………………………………………… 30 7.6.2. Scientific research by academic personnel, qualification ……………………………………………………………….. 32 7.6.3. Books published by academic personell involved in public relations ………………………………………………….. 33 7.6.4. Academic personnel training and improvement policy ………………………………………………………………….. 33 7.7. Financial sources and provision of infrastructure ……………………………………………………………………………... 34 7.8. External Relations ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………... 36 7.8.1. Relations with potential employers ………………………………………………………………………………………... 38 7.8.2. Comparison with similar programmes in Latvia and abroad ……………………………………………………………. 39 7.8.2.1. Comparison with similar programmes in Latvia …………………………………………………………………. 39 7.8.2.2. Comparison with similar programmes in contries of European Union ………………………………………… 41 8. Plans for development of study programme ………………………………………………………………………………………... 46 8.1. SWOT analysis of the programme ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 46 8.2. Plan of development ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………... 47 8.3. Measures for implementing the plan …………………………………………………………………………………………… 47 9. Appendices: 1. Minutes of the Senate sitting 2. Authorization to conduct the process of accreditation 3. Balance sheet and Profit and loss statement of School of Business Administration Turiba for the financial year 2004/2005. 4. Cooperation treaty with Daugavpils University and Vidzeme University College 5. Diploma and its supplement 6. Description of study courses 7. Master’s Programme “Public relations” advertising times and media used by School of Business Administration Turiba 8. Professional standards 9. List of enterprises surveyed 10. References on the programme “Public relations” 11. References on the implementation of the programme “Public relations” 12. Programmes of Practice 13. Cooperation treaties 14. CVs of academic personnel 15. Recommended diploma topics 16. Library resources on public relations at School of Business Administration Turiba 17. Study Regulations 18. Examination Regulations 19. Regulations on the compilation and defence of academic papers 20. Formatting requirements for tasks to be carried out independently 21. Enrolment Regulations for 2005/2006 22. Regulations on the Senate 23. List of publications by academic personnel 24. Self evaluation by the Faculty of Public Relations for 2005/2006

1. Resolution of the Senate – the administrative and decision-making institution on the implementation of the study programme

The Professional Master’s study programme “Public Relations” was approved by the Senate of School of Business Administration Turiba on 19th January 2005. (Refer to Appendix 1 for the minutes of the respective Senate sitting. Refer to Appendix 2 for the authorization to complete accreditation formalities.) 2. Licence 3. Document certifying the provision for continuation of higher studies in a different study programme or the same programme at a different educational institution in case of liquidation of the aforesaid study programme.

The Satversme (Constitution) of School of Business Administration Turiba (hereinafter- SBAT) states “School of Business Administration Turiba guarantees with all its assets that it would provide students the opportunity for continuation of higher studies in a different study programme or the same programme at a different educational institution in case of liquidation of the aforesaid study programme.” The guarantee should be considered from two aspects - First of all, the stability of the SBAT (quality of the study process, provision of academic personnel, financial stability, possibility of development and enhancement etc.) and secondly the compatibility of the aforesaid programme with other similar programmes (possibility of continuation of studies in case of liquidation of the programme). Firstly SBAT has been in operation since 1994. The turnover and profit of SBAT has increased year by year (Refer to Appendix 3 for SBAT's financial statement and profit and loss statement for 2004/2005). Analysing the financial stability and proper organization of operations, it should be stated that there is no threat of liquidation in the near future. The number of students and teaching staff has been on the rise year by year and the number of academic staff has stabilized. More than 70% of the pedagogical workload is performed by full time teaching staff. SBAT provides the students with the study process for the current study year as well for the whole duration of the programme. The study contract concluded with each individual student by the Rector on behalf of SBAT states not just the rights and obligations of SBAT but also its liabilities. Study contracts are concluded for the whole duration of studies thereby excluding the possibility of change in the fees. The system of monthly payment for studies is convenient for students allowing them to terminate studies if they are not satisfied with the content and organization of studies Secondly, students have the opportunity for continuation of their studies in similar study programme of other higher educational institutions in case the professional master’s study programme “Public relations” is liquidated as the faculty of public relations of SBAT has concluded a treaty on cooperation with Daugavpils University and Vidzeme University College (Refer to Appendix 4 for the aforesaid treaty with Daugavpils University and Vidzeme University College). 4. Overview of the Study Programme

The professional master’s study programme “Public relations” is implemented by the Faculty of public relations. The aforesaid programme has been drawn up in accordance with provisions of the Cabinet of Ministers No. 841 on 2nd level professional higher educational study programme standards and professional standards for “Head of Public Relations Department”. The main field of qualification and acquisition of Master’s degree: public relations in theory and practice, public relations ethics and social responsibility, communications science and management, intercultural relations etc. Degree awarded: professional master’s degree in public relations. Level of Qualification: 5. Qualification Acquired: Head of Public Relations Department (1234). Upon successful completion of the programme a diploma and diploma supplement recognised in Europe is awarded (Refer Appendix 5). Mandatory programme requirements: Successful completion of the programme that includes basic and optional study courses, 12 or 32 (in case the student does not have the qualification “Public Relations Manager” or “Head of Public Relations Department”) weeks of practice work at public relations enterprises with the aim of developing professional skills and an evaluation of these skills, compilation and defence of master’s paper and obtaining not less than 80 or 100 (in case the student does not have the qualification “Public Relations Manager” or “Head of Public Relations Department”) credit points. The students enrolled for the professional master’s study programme must have Academic or professional bachelor’s degree or professional qualification acquired upon completion of a four-year study programme The content of the study programme comprises academic and professional basic study courses, practice, optional and specialty courses, independent academic and research work. Please refer to Table 1. Professional master’s study programme “Public relations” for full time evening and correspondence studies approved for 2005.

Table 1. Professional master’s study programme “Public relations” for full time evening and extramural studies

3. academic Study courses Department CP Exams 1.academic year 2. academic year year 1. sem. 2. sem. 3.sem 4. sem 5.sem CP Exam CP Exam CP Exam CP Exam CP Exam Mandatory courses 52/72 7 20 5 12 1 20 1 20 1 Public Relations Theory and Communication Science 4 1 4 1 Practice Communication Science and Communication Science 4 1 4 1 Management Strategic Management and Management Science 4 1 4 1 Forecasting Public Relations ethics and Communication Science 4 1 4 1 Social Responsibility Organisation of Research Communication Science 4 1 4 1 Work Practice Communication Science 12 1 12 IE Practice* Communication Science 20 1 12 IE 20 IE State Examination SAF 20 1 20 VP State Examination * SAF 20 1 20 VP Selective Optional courses 28 9 20 4/2 8 1/2 Presentation Technology and Information Technology 4 1 Skills 4 1 Communication Science and Economic Science 4 1 Management 4 1 Quality Systems and Management Science 4 1 Management 4 1 Theory of Economics Economic Science 4 1 4 1 Organising Public Relations Communication Science 4 1 Campaigns 4 1 European Integration Communication Science 2 1 2 IE International Relations Public Law 2 1 2 IE European Union Law Public Law 2 1 2 IE Intercultural Communication* Communication Science 2 1 2 IE Legal Aspects of Public Private Law 2 1 Relations* 2 IE Professional English Language 4 1 4 1 Lobbyism Communication Science 4 1 4 1 Journalistic Technology Communication Science 4 1 4 1 Rhetorics Communication Science 4 1 4 1 Finance Management Accounting and Finance 4 1 4 1 Personnel Management Management Science 2 1 2 IE Strategic Communication Communication Science 2 1 2 IE Conflictology Communication Science 2 1 2 IE Marketing Communication* Economic Science 2 1 2 IE Mass and Political Communication Science 2 1 Psychology* 2 IE Advertising Theory and Communication Science 2 1 Practice* 2 IE Communication Science Latvian Literary Language* 2 1 2 IE State Administration and Public Law 2 1 Public Relations* 2 IE Speech culture* Communication Science 2 1 2 IE

Total 80/100 16 20 5 20 6 20 4 20 1 20 1

The difference between the full time evening and extramural programme is the duration of the studies. A comparison of the programme to 2nd level professional higher educational State standards can be seen in Table 5. on page 20. Please refer to Table 2. and Table 3. on page 10. and 13. for comparison to professional standards. (Refer to Appendix 6. for study course description)

5. Advertising and Informative support for the programme

The advertising and informative support can be divided into three parts: . Advertising about SBAT; . Advertising about the master’s study programme “Public relations”; . Publications in the mass media about the Faculty of Public Relations and the Master’s programme „ Public Relations“. The advertising was created with the aim of informing potential students about the opportunities for studies in such a programme, the duration and quality of studies (Refer to Appendix 7. for Master’s Programme “Public relations” and advertising times and media used by SBAT). The advertising materials and publications are available at the library and the department for development of SBAT.

6. The Assessment of the perspectives of the study programme from the Latvian state point of view

6.1. The compliance of the study programme to professional standards

The professional master’s study programme was drafted in compliance to the professional standards “Head of Public Relations Department” approved by the Ministry of Education and Science with decree No. 649 on 29th December 2003. (Refer Appendix 8. for professional standards) The aims, content and scope of the study programme are in accordance to those defined in the state standards. The comparison of master’s study programme to the relevant professional standards can be seen in Table 2. and 3.

Table 2. Comparison of Master’s programme to professional standards (duties and tasks)

Duties Tasks Relevant Courses 1. Monitoring and analysis of 1.1. In depth analysis of the Communication Science and Latvian and Foreign mass society, media and public and Management media, databases etc. and political agenda. State administration and Public other sources of public Relations* information. International Relations Strategic Communication European Union Law 1.2. Precisely define and assess Strategic Management and the development in one’s field Forecasting including the non-governmental Theory of Economics sector. European Integration 1.3. To monitor the gathering of Journalistic Technology information on public opinion and the main tendencies and Organisation of Scientific work follow the changes in legislation. Legal Aspects of Public Relations* 1.4. Report to the management European Union Law of the organization on the Presentation Technology and analysis and the use of the Skills survey results. Strategic Communication Speech Culture*

2. Managing the 2.1. To manage the Rhetorics planning, organization development and Public Relations Theory and Practice and evaluation of public implementation of public and Strategic Management and Forecasting relations events internal communication plans. Organising Public Relations Campaigns 2.2. Monitor the organisation, Strategic Communication conduct and evaluation of Public Relations Theory and Practice press conferences, Organising Public Relations Campaigns presentations, special events Mass and Political Psychology (inauguration ceremonies, Intercultural Communication anniversaries, fund raising, VIP visits, competitions, award Public Relations Ethics and Social ceremonies etc.). Write scripts Responsibility (plans). State Administration and Public Relations 2.3. Plan and supervise the International Relations preparation of informative and Public Relations Theory and Practice other types of texts on the Communication Science and enterprise/organization for Management distribution to mass media. Organising Public Relations Campaigns 2.4. Organize long term PR Strategic Communication and advertising campaigns, Organising Public Relations Campaigns sponsorships, patronisation Public Relations Theory and Practice and other campaigns on Advertising Theory and Practice* behalf of the enterprise. Marketing Communication* 2.5.Coordinate the duties of Strategic Communication PR managers and experts to Strategic Management and Forecasting develop proactive company Personnel Management stance regarding important issues. Quality Systems and Management 2.6. To manage the basic PR Conflictology functions (monitoring, Public Relations Theory and Practice information, communication, Quality Systems and Management persuasion) audit, as well as monitoring and evaluation of campaigns and other State administration and Public Relations communication activities. 3. Organization and 3.1. Plan and coordinate Public Relations Ethics and Social provision of useful surveys on issues related to Responsibility (empirical) research, the company’s activities. To Organisation of Research Work training. develop empirical research programmes, hire research Organising Public Relations Campaigns firms. 3.2. Analyse results of Marketing Communication* personnel survey on their Personnel Management professional needs and Strategic Management and Forecasting improvement of company operations. To submit recommendations for the introduction of innovative Mass and Political Psychology changes in the organizational culture, structure and management policies. 3.3. Plan training courses for Organisation of Research Work the improvement of Personnel Management quality/effectiveness of communication. Consult the management and staff on Conflictology public relations issues. 3.4. Submit recommendations Public Relations Theory and Practice based on Strategic Management and Forecasting quantitative/qualitative research on the further improvement of planning and Organising Public Relations Campaigns effectiveness of public relations operations. 4. Planning and 4.1. To work out PR Public Relations Ethics and Social implementation of programmes and plans in Responsibility Corporate concert with other organisation Public Relations Theory and Practice communication heads – set priorities, target Strategic Management and Forecasting strategies. audiences and messages addressed to them. Strategic Communication 4.2. To work out a detailed Brand Management public relations strategy and Organising Public Relations Campaigns tactics including crisis Lobbyism communication plan for maintaining the company’s Strategic Communication reputation. 4.3. To regularly conduct Strategic Communication evaluation and control as well as renew and enhance Public Relations Theory and Practice existing strategies and plans. 4.4. To manage PR managers Strategic Management and Forecasting and experts involved in PR Strategic Communication activities and be responsible for the effective use of the Finance management programme budget. 5. Professional growth. 5.1. Follow the latest Latvian European Integration and international public Professional English relations periodicals, training and theoretical literature as well as operations of PR International Relations professional organisations and associations. 5.2. To further one’s European Union Law knowledge and skills in Professional English systematic and planned European Integration manner by attending conferences, courses and International Relations seminars. 5.3. To follow the latest social Strategic Communication and other research and Professional English developments in essential sciences on behalf of the European Integration organisation. 5.4. To introduce the latest Marketing Communication* information and Journalistic Technology communication technology. Rhetorics Improve one’s communicative Speech Culture* competence by perfecting Latvian Literary Language* speech and writing culture. Intercultural Communication Conflictology

* study courses mandatory for students who lack the qualification „Public relations manager“ or „Head of Public Relations Department“. Table 3. Comparison of Master’s programme to professional standards (knowledge)

Study courses in the programme that provide the Requirements - "Knowledge" particular knowledge Public Relations Theory and Practice - 4 CP Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility - 4 CP Organisation of Research work - 4 CP Presentation Technology and Skills – 4 CP Public Relations Organising Public Relations Campaigns – 4 CP Legal Aspects of Public Relations* - 2 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP State Administration and Public Relations* - 2 CP Strategic Management and Forecasting - 4 CP Presentation Technology and Skills – 4 CP Brand Management - 4 CP Strategic Communication -2 CP Marketing Communication International Relations - 2 CP Finance Management - 4 CP Theory of Economics - 4 CP Marketing Communication* - 2 CP Advertising Theory and Practice* - 2 CP Communication Science and Management - 4 CP Professional English - 4 CP Journalistic Technology - 4 CP Journalism Rhetorics - 4 CP Intercultural Communication* - 2 CP Latvian Literary Language* - 2 CP Speech Culture* - 2 CP Communication Science and Management - 4 CP Organisation of Research work – 4 CP Presentation Technology and Skills - 4 CP Lobbyism – 4 CP Brand Management - 4 CP Reputation Theory Journalistic Technology - 4 CP Rhetorics - 4 CP Quality Systems and Management – 4 CP Personnel Management - 2 CP Conflictology - 2 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility - 4 CP Advertising Theory and Practice* - 2 CP Public Relations Theory and Practice – 4 CP Law regulating mass media and Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility - 4 CP advertising activity International Relations - 2 CP European Union Law - 2 CP Legal aspects of Public Relations* - 2 CP Public Relations Theory and Practice - 4 CP Communication Science and Management - 4 CP Organisation of Research work – 4 CP Lobbyism – 4 CP Communication Theory Professional English - 4 CP Brand Management - 4 CP Journalistic Technology – 4 CP Strategic Communication -2 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2CP Public Relations Theory and Practice - 4 CP Communication Science and Management - 4 CP Journalistic Theory - 4 CP Persuasive Communication Rhetorics - 4 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP Advertising Theory and Practice* - 2 CP Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility - 4 CP Brand Management- 4 CP Rhetorics - 4 CP Political communication Strategic Communication -2 CP International Relations - 2 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP Communication Science and Management - 4 CP Professional English – 4 CP Lobbyism - 4 CP Brand Management - 4 CP International and Intercultural European Integration - 2 CP communication Quality Systems and Management – 4 CP Personnel Management - 2 CP Conflictology - 2 CP Intercultural Communication* - 2 CP Advertising Theory and Practice* - 2 CP Sociology Public Relations Theory and Practice – 4 CP Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility - 4 CP Organisation of Research Work – 4 CP European Integration - 2 CP International Relations - 2 CP Conflictology - 2 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP State Administration and Public Relations* - 2 CP Organising Public Relations Campaigns – 4 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP Strategic Management and Forecasting - 4 CP Political Science International Relations - 2 CP European Union Law - 2 CP European Integration - 2 CP Strategic Management and Forecasting - 4 CP Quality Systems and Management - 4 CP Entrepreneurial economics Personnel Management - 2 CP Theory of Economics - 4 CP Strategic Management and Forecasting - 4 CP Quality Systems and Management - 4 CP Organisation Theory Conflictology - 2 CP Personnel Management – 2 CP Finance Management - 4 CP Rhetorics - 4 CP State Language Speech Culture* - 2 CP Latvian Literary language * - 2 CP Professional English - 4 CP Foreign Language Presentation technology and skills – 4 CP European Integration - 2 CP

* study courses mandatory for students who lack the qualification „Public relations manager“ or „Head of Public Relations Department“.

It is to be concluded that the master’s study programme fulfils all the requirements of the professional standards and provides the opportunity to master the skills and knowledge necessary to fulfil the duties foreseen in the professional standards.

6.2. The Survey of Employers and the Results

Public Relations is a rapidly developing field in business in Latvia and abroad. There are about 100 public relations companies working in Latvia over the past few years. A lot of Latvian enterprises have public relations departments. The professional master’s programme “ Public Relations” was developed taking into account the growing demand in the labour market. Suggestions on developing a master study programme have been echoed repeatedly by public relations experts, customers as well as in the sittings of council of faculty of public relations of SBAT. Please refer to Appendix 10 for suggestions regarding the introduction of master’s study programme “Public Relations” and references. The demand for postgraduates of professional master’s programme “Public Relations” in the labour market is confirmed by the references of potential employers (Refer Appendix 11) and the results of the survey conducted among employers during the academic year 2005/2006. 45 employers were surveyed in November 2005 and 21 responses were received. The employers were asked the following questions: 1) What kinds of specialists are currently in demand in the labour market? (refer Fig.1) 2) Is there a public relations department or public relations experts in your company? (refer Fig. 2) 3) Do public relations experts working in your company have the necessary education in this field? (refer Fig. 3) 4) What are the skills required for a good public relations expert? (refer Fig. 4.) 5) What study subjects must be mastered by heads of public relations departments? (refer Table 4.) Fig.1. Results of survey of employers

What kind of specialists are currently in demand in the labour market?

Goal orientated With a sense of 5% Loyal responsibility 10% 20%

Knowledgeable Able to work 10% creatively Experienced 20% 10% Good communication Independent skills 15% 10%

There is a current demand in the market for experts with a great sense of responsibility, able to work creatively and independently carry out research work. Knowledge equivalent to professional master’s degree and the qualification “Head of public relations department” would provide the necessary skills.

Fig.2. Results of survey of employers

Is there a public relations department or public relations experts in your company?

13% Department

49% Experts

38% No plans for creating a department

49% of enterprises have public relations departments and only 13% of the enterprise do not plan on creating such a department. 38% of the enterprises have only one expert working although a public relations department exists. This proves that heads of public relations department and employees are in demand in the market. Fig.3. Results of survey of employers Do public relations experts working in your company have the necessary education in this field?

Bachelor's degree but 29% not in Public Relations 42% Master's Degree in CommuicationScience Master's Degree in 29% other fields

The majority of public relations experts who work in enterprises lack education in this field. It clearly shows that the master’s programme “Public Relations is necessary for gaining the professional master’s degree and the qualification of head of public relations department. Fig.4. Results of survey of employers

What are the skills required for a good public relations expert? Ability to work in Audio/photo/video Public Knowledge of a team documentation presentation skills languages 20% 5% 5% 5% Overall Communication Development skills

5% 15% Diplomacy

5% Ability to relate Excellent Latvian theory and Strategic and logical thinking practice 15%

10% 10%

According to employers a good PR expert should have good language skills, including Latvian, communication skills, strategic and logical thinking, ability to relate theory to practice etc.

Table 4. Results of survey of employers

Study course Response % Strategy and tactics 25% Foreign language 21% Latvian language stylistics Logics Basics of Journalism Management basics 18% Information Technology Finance management Risk management 15% Crisis management Psychology 9% Social anthropology Drama and acting skills Semantics Work with media Law Sociology Philosophy Verbal and non-verbal communication Rhetorics 6% Communication Advertising and marketing 5% Integrated marketing communication History 1% Cultural studies

Employers stress the importance of such study courses where it is possible to gain management basics, strategy and tactics, in-depth knowledge and skills in communication, Latvian language and foreign languages that are beyond the scope of bachelor’s study programme that point out the necessity for a professional master’s degree. (Refer to Appendix 9 for a list of enterprises surveyed) 7. Evaluation of the study programme

7.1. The Aims and Tasks of the study programme

Aims of the programme: . To provide students the opportunity of gaining knowledge and developing their skills in accordance to the requirements defined by the 2nd level higher professional education standards for professional master’s degree, professional standards for the profession of head of public relations department and the demands of the labour market. . To provide students the opportunity of further continuation of doctoral studies after successful completion of the programme. . To promote the development of the student into a well developed, free and creative personality.

The tasks set to achieve the aims are: . To organise and develop a well defined, precise study system to ensure the quality of knowledge gained and the research work and practical skills acquired. . To develop and perfect the study process with the provision of informative and material technical support. . Motivate the students to work in their chosen specialty. . To develop the ability and skills to acquire and use information in the everyday study process.

Expected results: . Highly qualified heads of public relations department in accordance with the demands of the labour market. . Improvement of quality of education in public relations. . Improvement in quality of public relations services.

It is foreseen that the first graduates to get their master’s degree would be in the academic year 2007/2008. It should be concluded that the tasks set by the programme are accomplishable and aims achievable.

7.2. Organization of Study programme

The professional master’s study programme “Public Relations” was drafted in compliance to the 2nd level higher professional education standards approved by the Ministry of Education and Science with decree No. 481 on 20th November 2001. Refer to Table 5. for comparison of SBAT professional master’s study programme “Public Relations” to 2nd level higher professional education standards. Table 5. Comparison of SBAT professional master’s study programme “Public Relations” to 2nd level higher professional education standards

State standards SBAT programme 17. The scope of the master’s programme is Scope of the programme – 80 or 100 CP. at least 40 credit points. The total Total duration of studies – 6 or 6,5 years, as duration of studies for obtaining a the duration of master’s programme is 2 or professional master’s degree is at least 5 2.5 years. years. Requirement has been fully adhered to. 18. Mandatory courses for the master’s programme: 18.1. study courses that provide for learning Study courses that provide for learning the the latest achievements in theory and latest achievements in theory and practice: practice in this field with a scope of at least 7 . Public Relations Theory and Practice – credit points; 4CP . Communication Science and Management – 4CP Total: 8 CP Requirement has been fully adhered to. 18.2. research work, innovative work, project The following study courses meet this work and management study courses with a requirement: scope of at least 5 credit points; . Organisation of Research Work – 4CP . Strategic Management and Forecasting– 4CP Total: 8 CP Requirement has been fully adhered to. 18.3. pedagogy and psychology courses with The following study courses meet this a scope of at least 2 credit points; requirement: . Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility – 4 CP . Mass and Political Psychology – 2 CP Total: 6 CP Requirement has been fully adhered to. 18.4. practice with a scope of at least 6 credit Scope of practice – 12 CP. points; Requirement has been fully adhered to. 18.5. state examination including the drafting State examination – 20 CP. and defence of master’s paper or diploma Requirement has been fully adhered to. paper (diploma project) with a scope of at least 20 credit points. 19. Enrolment requirements for the master’s Programme enrolment requirements: programme: professional bachelor’s . Academic or professional bachelors’ degree or academic bachelors’ degree or degree or professional qualification professional qualification obtained after obtained after completion of at least a 4 – completion of at least a 4 year study year study programme. programme. Requirement has been fully adhered to. 20. Students with academic bachelor’s The qualification, degree and rights awarded degree gain 5th level professional after completion of the programme: qualification. . Head of the Public Relations Department. . Professional master’s degree in Public Relations. Rights to further doctoral studies. Requirement has been fully adhered to. 21. The choice of study courses of the Refer comparison of programme to master’s programme, content and scope professional standards. as well as content of practice for the Requirement has been fully adhered to. degree awarded shall be in compliance with the professional standards. 22. After successful completion of masters‘ Refer point 20. programme a master degree shall be Requirement has been fully adhered to. awarded in this field, connected field, or profession 23. The professional master’s degree Refer point 20. awarded entitles one to further doctoral Requirement has been fully adhered to. studies upon successful completion of enrolment formalities.

It should be concluded that the aims, content and scope of the study programme are in compliance with the state education standard requirements. The scope of the study programme „Public Relations” is 80 or 100 credit points depending upon the education qualifications of the enrolled student. The content of the study programme in respect of the credit points is as follows: . Mandatory study courses 20 CP; . Optional study courses 28 CP; . Practice 12 or 32 CP; . Diploma project 20 CP. 60% of credit points are study courses, 15% - professional practice, 25% - master’s paper. (Refer Appendix 13 for treaty on cooperation)

7.3. Practical implementation of the study programme

The organization of the study process in SBAT is in accordance with the Laws on Education, Law on Higher Educational Institutions. The organization and implementation of studies in SBAT is regulated by . study programme; . study course programmes; . study year plan; . calendar of studies; . study regulations; . examination regulations; . practice regulations; . state examination regulations; . regulations on compilation and defence of master’s papers etc. . regulations on the compilation of master’s paper etc. These documents are available in the student’s manual published each year and on the SBAT Internet page.

7.3.1. Methodology of Studies

Different methodologies are used in the process of studies. The type of methods and the proportion can be seen in Fig.5. The quality and effectiveness of the methods used are evaluated by visiting these lessons. The dean of the public relations faculty, head of the master’s programme and the head of the communication science department regularly visit the lessons of the academic staff and evaluate the study courses and the staff using the following criteria: 1. relevance of the topic to the study programme; 2. layout of the study material; 3. support material used; 4. teaching methods; 5. the teaching materials prepared by the academic staff; 6. Contact with the audience. The results obtained from the hospitality visits are: 1. Topics are in relevance to the study programme. 2. The layout was interesting, the contents relevant and in logical order and according to the practice in the field. 3. Multimedia projectors, TV, Internet, overhead projectors, boards and different posters etc. were used during the lectures 4. The teachers are free to use different teaching methods. The methods used can be seen in Fig. 5. 5. The academic staff use lecture notes, give out handouts list of books and scientific literature to students. 6. Academic staff have good contact with the audience, students are interested and take active part in discussions.

Fig.5. Teaching methods used Discussions 4% lectures by Work in groups visiting 4% lecturers Seminars 2% Lectures 7% 26%

Public lectures Independent for SBAT study and students Practical research work 2% lessons 32% 23%

It should be concluded that a variety of different methods are used in the teaching process that provide for the achievement of the aims of the programme and the tasks set.

7.3.2. The Form of Studies

The students are offered a choice of a suitable time or form of studies that is shown in Table 6. Table 6. The Form of Studies

Form of Time of Studies Study Days Timings Evening Every Thursday evening and Thursday: 18.15-21.20 Saturdays Saturdays: 9.00-18.50 Extramural Every alternate Saturday Saturdays: 9.00 – 18.50

These study forms have been created to meet the market demands and allows students to combine studies with work. 7.3.3. Research work carried out by Academic Personnel

The theme of research work is defined by the present situation in the field of public relations, reflects the interest of the teaching staff of the “Public relations” programme, students and the partners in cooperation. SBAT devotes a lot of attention to the improvement of the qualification of its academic personnel. There are 27 docents among the teaching staff of the master’s study programme “Public relations” out of which 15 have Doctors’ degree and 8 at present are doing their doctoral studies. (Refer Appendix 14 for CV’s of Academic personnel). Each year SBAT organises International scientific research conferences: . 1999 - “Business Environment: Legal basis and quality” . 2001 - "Transformation of Economic and Social Development: Processes, Tendencies and Results ", . 2002 - “Entrepreneurship and the legal environment - Processes, Tendencies and Results”. . 2003 - “Development of Sustainable Tourism: tendencies, experience and opportunities”. . 2004 - “Business options, problems and risks and their solutions concerning globalisation”. The faculty of Public Relations organised the conference “Public Relations: Quality, benefits and risks” in June 2005. The conference was organised in two parts – Plenary session and workshops. The topics for the plenary session: . “ Quality in communications – criteria, quality, management and measurement”, ex-president and honorary member of the International public relations association Jorens Shebergs. . "Политические технологии: Избирательная кампания Виктора Ющенко”, Organiser of election campaign for the Ukrainian president V. Jushenko, Deniss Bogush. . "Стратегии развития паблик рилейшнз", Head of the marketing department of Ukraine’s international Zalaman University, professor Georgijs Pochepstovs. . "Ethics of public relations: research field and teaching possibilities", Norwegian Business School, professor Johannes Brinkmans.

The following SBAT academic staff participated in the science section: . "Corporate social responsibility as a business instrument ", Andris Pētersons; . "The role of sworn attorneys in maintaining the public image of the client in trials ", Dana Rone; . "Risks of social guarantees in enterprises", Anna Medne, Valija Ulmane; . "Evaluation of compliance of Latvian educational system to legal enactments ", Valdis Rocēns; . "Accessibility to municipalities – a prerequisite for successful regional development", Inta Slavinska; . "Latvian Regions in the public relations context ", Staņislavs Keišs; . "Evaluation of economic stability of enterprises", Janīna Romancēviča. Books written by academic staff that are used in the master’s studies programme: 1. A.Pētersons, L.Pavāre “Korporatīvā sociālā atbildība. Jauns veids, kā pelnīt vairāk” (Corporate Social Responsibility. A New Way to Earn More.) (2005); 2. I.Kalve “Apseglot pārmaiņu vējus. Stratēģiskā un pārmaiņu vadība”(Covering Winds of Change. Strategic and Change Management.) (2005); 3. G.Počepcovs “Oсновы паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов” (Basics of Public Relations for Professionals.) (2003); 4. G.Počepcovs “Паблик рилейшнз или как успешно управлять общественным мнением” (Public Relations or How to Effectively Manage Public Opinion.) (2003); 5. G.Počepcovs “Паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов” (Public Relations for Professionals.) (2000); 6. G.Svence “Ievads politiskajā psiholoģijā: vara. Elitārisms. Līderis un grupa” (Introduction to Political Psychology: Power. Elitism. Leader and group.) (2004); 7. G.Svence “Pieaugušo psiholoģija: personības brieduma perioda attīstības akcenti un profesionālā motivācija” (Adult Psychology: Development Accents of Personality Maturity Period and Professional Motivation.) (2003); 8. G.Svence “Attīstības psiholoģija” (Development Psychology.) (1999); 9. I.Gerčikovs “Стандартизация и сертификация систем качества” (Standardisation and Certification of Quality Systems.) (2002); 10. I.Gerčikovs “Современный маркетинг” (Contemporary Marketing.) (2001); 11. I.Gerčikovs “Практический маркетинг” (Practical Marketing.) (1999); 12. I.Gerčikovs “Коммуникационная политика фирмы” (Communication Policies of an Anterprise.) (1998); 13. I.Kalve “Делопроизводство в Латвии. Рациональний подход” (Office Work in Latvia. Rational Approach.) (2003); 14. I.Kalve “Jaunās paaudzes lietvedība” (New Generation of Booking.) (2002); 15. I.Kalve, J.Augucēvičs “Dokumentu datorizētā sagatavošana” (Computerised Documentation.) (2002).

The academic staff of the master’s programme “Public Relations “ have taken part in the following conferences and seminars in 2005: . SBAT 6th International Scientific Conference „ Public Relations: Quality, benefits and risks”, Latvia; . International Baltic states and Norwegian media researchers seminar „The Baltic Media World”, Latvia; . International Conference “Spring University. Changing Education in a Changing Society”, Lithuania; . International Conference „Activating an Educational Fortune for Europe through Citizens’ Initiatives and Adult Education”, Austria; . International Council for Central and East European Studies (ICCEES) VII World Congress „Europe – Our Common Home?”), Germany; . International Conference “CIVITAS CHOBERGENSIS Cultural changes in the Baltics 13th century, Poland; . Workshop on Patterns of mortality by cause of death as reflection of social inequality NED, France; . Letonikas I Congress, Latvia; . Conference organised by ES information agency, European Parliament information bureau and representative of European Commission in Latvia „Ko Latvijai nozīmē Eiropas Konstitūcija?”, Latvia; . Panel discussion –programme organised by Nuremberg city and region „EUROVISIONEN – Kultur plus zehn”, Germany; . Landesarbeitsgemeinschaft für Deutsche Ostkunde im Unterricht in Nordrhein- Westfalen e.V. seminar „Eiropas nākotne: ES paplašināšanās uz austrumiem perspektīvas” (Europe’s future: Perspectives of EU expansion to the East), Germany.

The following academic staff were awarded for their academic activity: 1. 2005 – Recognition certificate from Vidzeme University College „Par ieguldījumu 6. Baltijas studiju konferences Eiropā rīkošanā un grāmatu „Pašcenzūra pret paškontroli Latvijas presē: Mediju pētījuma atklājumi” publicēšanu pētījuma „Pašcenzūra Latvijas medijos” ietvaros” (for contribution to the organisation of 6 th Baltic studies conference and publishing the book “Self Censorship Vs Self Control in the Latvian Press: Media Research Discoveries”) (Ainārs Dimants); 2. Latvian Science Academy and Lattelekom Annual award for leading scientists and creative practitioners in telecommunication and social sciences (Ainārs Dimants); 3. Ministry of Education and Science award “Par nozīmīgu devumu Latvijas senākās vēstures pētniecībā” (for significant contribution to research of ancient Latvian history) and Honorary diploma (Guntis Zemītis).

The research topics of the academic staff match the aims and contents of the study programme. These scientific achievements enrich the study content and the scientific research carried out furthers the qualification of the academic staff.

7.3.4. Research work topics for students.

The basics of research work is acquired by the students at the beginning of the first study year. During the 2nd semester of the 2nd study year or 1st semester of the 3rd study year the students write their master’s paper. The students can choose from 30 topics offered that are connected with public relations. (Refer to Appendix 15 for SBAT recommended list of master paper topics. The list of literature available in the SBAT library can be seen in Appendix 16). Each year SBAT organises scientific practical conferences for masters’ students where students can present their papers. The best are published in the proceedings that are available in print as well as on CD.

7.4. Methods of evaluation and grounds for their choice

The quality policy developed by SBAT is aimed at satisfying the needs of the client offering him relevant qualitative service. All the structural units of SBAT work in accordance with the requirements defined in the SBAT quality manual. SBAT, whose operations are based on continuous improvement and perfection, as well as excels in business and quality management principles has received the Latvian Quality Associations’ award for the year 2001. The quality of SBAT operations is based on the quality control system introduced that provides for the following: . study process that is regulated by the law on higher educational institutions; . the implementation of the programme and its development is monitored by the Senate of SBAT by means of self-evaluation study carried out each year that analysis the programmes; . the study process is monitored by the deans and the departments by means of hospitality visits during lessons, checking of study journals, student surveys and other methods; . student manuals are published and distributed each year. The methods of evaluation and their choice are determined by the respective departments. The system of evaluation is determined for each study course programme. The system is regulated by study regulations (Refer Appendix 17), examination regulations (Refer Appendix18), regulations on the compilation and defence of academic papers (Refer Appendix 19), and formatting requirements for tasks to be carried out independently (Refer Appendix 20). The basic principles of evaluation of education are: . summation of positive achievements . mandatory examinations . transparent and clear evaluation criteria . accessibility to examinations Information on conditions and prerequisites for final exams for study courses, practice programmes, prerequisites for defence of practice work reports and other study regulations are published in the students manual published and distributed to students each year. It is also accessible on SBAT local area network. The criteria for evaluation of master’s paper: . ability to systemise, consolidate and further the theoretical knowledge and experience . independently work with literature and information sources . ability to define and solve problematic issues, understand, research and reflect innovations . analyse topical business issues . ability to offer recommendations in the topic of research . ability to independently defend one’s research work Students who have successfully completed the study programme and have passed the state examination with at least 5points (average) in the 10-point grade system shall be awarded the master’s degree. Please refer to Table 7. for average marks obtained by students during the 1st semester of the study year 2005/2006.

Table 7. Average marks obtained by students during the 1st semester of the study year 2005/2006

Study Form of studies year Evening Extramural 1st year 6.67 6.79

It should be concluded that the average level of knowledge of students in both forms are similar.

7.5. The Students of the programme

There are 103 students in the professional master’s programme.

7.5.1. The number of students and the dynamics

The distribution of students of master’s study programme „Public Relations” can be seen in Table 8. Table 8. Number of students in the master’s study programme „ Public Relations”

Form of studies Study year Evening Extramural 1st year 53 50

7.5.2. Number of students enrolled

The enrolment of students at SBAT is in accordance with the enrolment regulations. (Refer Appendix 21 for enrolment regulations for 2005/2006) The number of students enrolled in the master’s programme “Public Relations” for the study year 2005/2006 in September can be seen in Table 9.

Table 9. Number of students in the master’s study programme „Public Relations” for the study year 2005/2006

The number of students enrolled in the master’s programme “Public Relations” in September 2005 was 101.

7.5.3. Analysis of the students’ survey

SBAT regularly conducts student surveys to evaluate the study process. A survey of 1st study year students of evening and extramural department was conducted during the first semester. The students were asked to answer the following questions: . Which field do you work in? (Refer Fig.6.) . Why did you choose SBAT for your master’s studies? (Refer Fig.7.) . Are you satisfied with the master’s programme “Public Relations”? (Refer Fig. 8.) . How do you evaluate studies at SBAT? (Refer Fig.9.)

Fig.6. Field of employment of students of master's programme “Public Relations”

Finance Trade Service industry 7% 8% 30% Others 6% Education and Culture State and 12% Municipal Marketing Public institutions 12% Relations 15% 10%

95% of the master’s programme students are employed. Most of the work in the following fields - (30%) service industry, 15% - state and municipal institutions, 12% - marketing un 12% - education and culture. It shows the necessity for education in public relations. Fig.7. Results of students’ survey

Why did you choose SBAT for your master’s studies?

Satis fied with the m aster's program m e

SBAT is a m odern es tablishm ent

High quality of studies 10% 3% 31% 14% Only institution that offers thes e studies

Qualification acquired increases com petitiveness in 22% 14% 6% the m arket Knowledgeable teachers

The students choose SBAT because they consider it to be a modern institution; they were satisfied with the offered programme; it is the only programme of such kind in Latvia and the qualification acquired increases one’s competitiveness in the labour market. Fig.8. Results of the students’ survey

Are you satisfied with the master’s programme “Public Relations”?

Partly Not satisfied Fully saisfied 16% 1% 22%

Satisfied 61%

99% of the students are satisfied with the offered study programme, which shows that the programme meets the demands. Fig.9. Results of students’ survey

How do you evaluate studies at SBAT Turība?

Studies correspondto the chosen speciality Individual approach

Teacher link theory to practice 9% 12% 17% 14% Topical knowledge acquired

Favourable environm ent 14% 14% 18% 2% Visiting lecturers

Good library

Knowledgeable teachers

Students highly appreciate the fact that teachers link theory to practice, SBAT has a favourable environment, the teachers are knowledgeable and the knowledge acquired is topical.

At the end of the first semester the students evaluated the 5 study courses and 6 teachers on a 5-point scale system. Public relations ethics and social responsibility (A.Petersons) - 4,00, Organisation of research work (S.Kristapsone) - 4,03, Public relations theory and practice (O.Balodis) - 4,20, Communication science and management (G.Počepcovs) - 3,90, Strategic management and forecasting (A.Baumanis un I.Kalve) - 4,00 and 4,60. Average - 4,12. The students answered the following questions to evaluate the study courses: 1) Are the subjects covered in other study courses? 2) Evaluate the level of difficulty of the courses. 3) What proportion of the lectures have you mastered? The students responded that the materials were not covered in other study courses. The level of difficulty was average and almost 70% of the students mastered all the study courses. The students had objections regarding the study course “communication science and management in Russian language. Students were offered the choice to attend lectures in this course in English. Analysing the results of the students’ survey it could be concluded that the master’s programme “Public Relations” fully meets the demands of the labour market and students need for good quality education.

7.5.4. The involvement of the students in the improvement of the study programme

The students of the Faculty of Public Relations are actively involved in the decision-making process regarding the study programme “Public Relations”. There are 2 master’s students in the Council of Faculty of Public Relations. The students are given the opportunity to plan their examination schedule with the teachers for each semester themselves. The faculty has all the e-mail addresses of students and all students or definite groups are electronically informed about important issues. Students can send other students messages or ask for clarifications from the faculty as well. The students could directly influence the study process by actively participating in the SBAT students’ self-governing body. The students’ self-governing body is an institution that represents the student’s interests in academic, cultural, social and material issues at SBAT. The tasks of SBAT's students’ self-governing body are: . to represent SBAT's students on a national and international scale; . to represent the students' interest in academic issues; . to organize the election of students’ representative in the Senate; . to provide for the participation of the elected representatives in the sittings of the Senate and the Constituent Assembly; . to organize and coordinate extracurricular activities for SBAT students; . to provide students information regarding current events at SBAT and the operations and activities of the students’ self-governing body. The students’ self-governing body observes the SBAT constitution, normative enactments of the Republic of Latvia, Internal rules of SBAT, students’ self-governing body regulations as well as other documents regulating SBAT activities.

7.6. The academic personnel involved in the study process

The academic personnel are elected by the SBAT Senate in accordance with the relevant election regulations. (Refer Appendix 22 for Senate regulations)

7.6.1. The Number of academic personnel

(Refer to Appendix 14 for CV of academic personnel. Refer Appendix 23 for list of publications of academic personnel) The qualifications and description of academic personnel can be seen in Tables 10.,11., 12. and Fig.10. Table 10. Academic personnel, qualification, study courses

No. Academic Full time / Part personnel Education, time Study courses Name, surname position 1. Oskars Balodis Mag.pol., Part Time  Public Relations Theory and doctoral Practice student,  Lobbyism lecturer 2. Georgijs Dr.hab.phil., Part Time  Communication Science Počepcovs professor and Management 3. Andris Pētersons Mag.hist., Full Time  Public Relations Ethics and Mag.soc., Social Responsibility doctoral student, docent 4. Silvija Kristapsone Dr.oec., docent Part Time  Organisation of Research Work 5. Aldis Baumanis Dr.paed., Full Time  Strategic Management and asoc.prof. Forecasting 6. Ieva Kalve Mag.oec., Full Time  Strategic Management and doctoral Forecasting student, lecturer 7. Guntis Zemītis Dr.hist., Full Time  European Integration asoc.prof.  Intercultural Communication* 8. Valdis Blūzma Dr.hist., Full Time  International Relations asoc.prof. 9. Imants Bergs Mag.iur., Full Time  European Union Law Doctoral student, lecturer 10. Oskars Onževs Dr.sc.ing., Full Time  Presentation Technology docent and Skills 11. Aldis Balodis Dr.sc.ing., Part Time  Quality Systems and asoc.prof. Management 12. Anna Ābeltiņa Dr.oec., docent Full Time  Theory of Economics 13. Mārtiņš Krieviņš Mag.pol., Part Time  Organising Public Relations lecturer Campaigns 14. Ilze Rence Mag.iur., Full Time  Legal Aspects of Public lecturer Relations 15. Daina Škuškovnika Dr.psych., Part Time  Conflictology lecturer 16. Ainārs Dimants Dr.phil., Full Time o Journalistic Technology asoc.prof. 17. Dite Liepa Mag.philol., Part Time  Latvian Literary Language doctoral student, lecturer 18. Jānis Načisčionis Dr.iur., Full Time  State Administration and asoc.prof. Public Relations 19. Ligita Zīlīte Mag.paed., Full Time  Personnel Management doctoral student, lecturer 20. Janīna Mag.ing., Full Time  Finance Management Romancēviča lecturer 21. Iļja Gerčikovs Dr.oec., Part Time  Marketing Communication lecturer 22. Ineta Geipele Dr.oec., Part Time  Advertising Theory and asoc.prof. Practice 23. Guntis Strazds Dr.hab.sc.ing., Part Time  Strategic Communication lecturer 24. Ineta Lūka Mag.paed., Full Time  Professional English doctoral student, docent 25. Velga Vēvere Mag.hist., Part Time  Brand Management doctoral student, lecturer 26. Dace Skadiņa Mag.art., Part Time  Speech Culture lecturer  Rhetorics 27. Guna Svence Dr.psych. Part Time  Mass and Political Asoc.prof. Psychology

Fig.10. Academic personnel involved (%) Full time staff 52%

Part time staff 48%

52% of the workload is performed by full time SBAT academic staff.

Table 11. Qualification of academic staff

Qualification of academic staff Number Total 27 Doctors 15 Doctoral students 8 Masters 4

56% of academic staff are doctors, 30% are doctoral students.

Table 12. Academic position of staff

Academic position of staff Number Total 27 Professors 1 Associate professors 8 Docents 5 Lecturers 13

33,35% of staff are professors or associate professors, 18,5% are docents and 48,15% are lecturers.

7.6.2. Scientific research by academic personnel, qualification

The fields of research of academic staff involved in the study programme “Public relations” are as follows: . Public relations ethics; . Social responsibility in public relations; . Role of Public Relations department in the organisational structure; . Significance of public relations in the management process; . Performance appraisal in public relations; . Public relations as a management function; . Quality criteria in public relations; . Public relations as an enterprise development tool; . Public relations – latest theoretical notions; . Globalisation of Business; . Tendencies and opportunities for development of Latvian business environment; . The impact of business on personality; . The process of democratisation of language; . Modelling and optimisation of business processes; . Problems concerning education in Latvia and their solutions. . Identity: types and significance (Refer Appendix 14 for CV’s of academic personnel. Refer Appendix 23 for list of publications of academic staff)

7.6.3. Books published by academic personnel involved in public relations

1. A.Pētersons, L.Pavāre “Korporatīvā sociālā atbildība. Jauns veids, kā pelnīt vairāk” (Corporate Social Responsibility. A New Way to Earn More.) (2005); 2. I.Kalve “Apseglot pārmaiņu vējus. Stratēģiskā un pārmaiņu vadība”(Covering Winds of Change. Strategic and Change Management.) (2005); 3. G.Počepcovs “Oсновы паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов” (Basics of Public Relations for Professionals.) (2003); 4. G.Počepcovs “Паблик рилейшнз или как успешно управлять общественным мнением” (Public Relations or How to Effectively Manage Public Opinion) (2003); 5. G.Počepcovs “Паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов” (Public Relations for Professionals) (2000); 6. G.Svence “Ievads politiskajā psiholoģijā: vara. Elitārisms. Līderis un grupa” (Introduction to Political Psychology: Power. Elitism. Leader and Group.) (2004); 7. G.Svence “Pieaugušo psiholoģija: personības brieduma perioda attīstības akcenti un profesionālā motivācija” (Adult Psychology: Development Accents of Personality Maturity Period and Professional Motivation.) (2003); 8. G.Svence “Attīstības psiholoģija” (Development Psychology.) (1999); 9. I.Gerčikovs “Стандартизация и сертификация систем качества” (Standardisation and Certification of Quality Systems.) (2002); 10.I.Gerčikovs “Современный маркетинг” (Contemporary Marketing.) (2001); 11.I.Gerčikovs “Практический маркетинг” (Practical Marketing.) (1999); 12.I.Gerčikovs “Коммуникационная политика фирмы” (Communication Policies of an Enterprise.) (1998); 13.I.Kalve “Делопроизводство в Латвии. Рациональний подход” (Office Work in Latvia. Rational Approach.) (2003); 14.I.Kalve “Jaunās paaudzes lietvedība” (New Generation of Booking.) (2002); 15.I.Kalve, J.Augucēvičs “Dokumentu datorizētā sagatavošana” (Computerised Documentation.) (2002).

7.6.4. Academic personnel training and improvement policy

Personnel training objective: advance the professional, methodological, pedagogical and psychological knowledge and educational level or re-qualification for the purpose of working out and implementing current or future programs, projects or processes of the enterprise in compliance with the legislative enactments.

The professional development of level and qualification of the personnel is: . short-term - by attending further-education courses, seminars, conferences and by taking part in experience exchange trips/events, . long-term - vocational education, secondary professional education or higher education for acquiring a professional qualification, bachelor's degree, master's degree or doctor's degree, . continuous - by way of studying literature in specialization, experience sharing with colleagues, gaining more on enlightenment, etc.

Planning and organization of SBAT personnel training Centralized training: studies are planned and organized by the Personnel Department with regard to proposals of the heads of SBAT administrative and structural units, in compliance with the teaching plan and the individual plan of personnel. Decentralized training (training at the level of structural units): . The individual plan of academic personnel foresees further qualification events –participation in courses, scientific conferences, seminars etc. . studies are planned and provided for by the heads of structural units with regard to the specific nature of each structural unit. . heads of structural units prepare teaching plans and coordinate thereof with their senior managers and Personnel Department. The teaching plans are approved by the Chairman of the Board. The teaching plans could be revised subject to the training event actuality or expediency at a certain time period. Funds for training of personnel of teaching units are included in the academic and scientific activity budget, funds of other units for short-term training - in the Personnel Department budget. Further dissemination of information gained during training Upon completion of short-term training, the employee shall coordinate the expediency of further dissemination of information with the head of structural unit of Personnel Department and within two weeks shall 1) publish a paper on the Internet, or 2) give a lecture; 3) disseminate electronically or orally information to the colleagues. Evaluation of training activities Heads of structural units shall provide within six months upon completion of the employee's training for evaluation of its efficiency by way of control of how the employee applies his acquired knowledge on the performance of one's direct official duties. The head of structural unit shall plan the employee's further training proceeding from above evaluation. SBAT has developed a strategy for 2006 –2012. One of the directions of the strategy is further training of academic staff and involvement of academic staff in scientific projects at SBAT as well as in other projects.

7.7. Financial sources and provision of infrastructure

The financial condition of SBAT is very stable. Equity capital, real estate, profit and investments are more than all the other private higher educational institutions taken together. Information about the higher school teaching material, technical and information provisions can be arranged in the following sections: 1. Material resources of SBAT; 2. Libraries, access to teaching and scientific literature, laboratories, duly equipped computer classrooms and lecture rooms; 3. Existing information systems and opportunities for information exchange with national and international information networks. SBAT is located at 68 Graudu St., Riga, and is private territory. All classes, household and auxiliary premises are well appointed for a big number of students (some 2000 – 2500 students) studying in SBAT premises at the same time. SBAT buildings were put on records of the Land Register as the establishments’ property on September 16, 1996. Pursuant to the Republic of Latvia Parliament law of November 4, 1995, the School of Business Administration Turiba was included in the list of educational objects of national significance. There are 2 school buildings, a student hostel, two dining halls, two cafés, and a gym, a sport complex with a training-equipment hall, sauna, solarium, hairdressing salon, dentist's cabinet, laundry room, boiler house, service garage, and parking lot on the territory. All required conditions for studies have been created – new conference-halls, lecture rooms, computer classes, laboratories and classrooms. The lecture rooms are equipped with high-quality visual aids - white boards, overhead transparency projectors and screens, audio and video equipment, and multimedia. After reconstruction there is a modern two-floor library. SBAT library is newly furnished, fully computerised, modern, freely accessible library with readers’ databases, electronic registration system and electronic books and periodicals catalogue. The main aim of the library is to facilitate studies, post diploma training and research work by providing latest books and scientific literature in the respective study programmes and research fields, providing access not only to the wide range of books fund and press fund but also to online, local web and Internet resources. The library has 285 workstations and out of them 100 are computerized working stations. If users have computers with Internet access SBAT’s electronic catalogue can be accessed from any part of the world. The book and press fund, databases and Internet resources are open to students of other educational institutions too. Two literature search and selection electronic catalogues are under subscription that provide for search of necessary literature using names of subjects and key words. SBAT increases its investment in the development of the library and fund proportional to the increase in the number of students. . The library has a book fund of more than 100,000 books. SBAT invested 39,404 Ls for the procurement of books in the study year 2004/2005. EBSCO (Elton B. Stephens Company) statistical data from November 2005 shows that SBAT electronic library is one of the most popular in Latvia. Refer to Fig.11. for a comparison with other libraries. Fig.11. Use of electronic versions of all Latvian libraries of higher educational institutions in November 2005 (frequency)

LU library 1848

RPIVA library 496

RTU library 383

LLU library 247

RSU library 239

REA library 235

BAT library 192

BA library 86

LPA library 43

SPPA library 36

DU library 26

BKI library 23

JA library 10

RA library 5

LPoA library 5

NAA library0

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

Since 1997, SBAT publishing house has published more than 100 books whose authors are academic personnel from SBAT as well as from other institutions. The total number of copies in circulation exceeds 200,000. SBAT has donated more than 30,000 Ls worth of books to Schools and institutions under the promotional event “Dalies Turībā” during the past year. SBAT is equipped with sate of the art conference halls and lecture rooms. The conference halls could be combined to seat more than 700 participants, and cultural or entertainment activities for more than 1500 people could be organized there. The Students have access to more than 460 computer terminals with free Internet access. A special courtroom replica has been built for training purposes.

7.8. External Relations

The Faculty of Public Relations works in cooperation with World Bank, Foreign Ministry, Latvian Association Of Public Relations Professionals, Latvian Employers’ Confederation, Latvian Chamber Of Commerce And Industry, Latvian Journalists Union, and Baltic Media Research Association. The Faculty of Public Relations works in cooperation with Vidzemes University College, Daugavpils University, Latvian University, Baltic Russian Institute, Riga’s Stradina University, Pacific Lutheran University (USA), Vienna University (Austria), Munich’s Technical University (Germany), Lugano University (Switzerland), St.Petersburg University (Russia), Vilnius University (Lithuania), Norwegian Business School (Norway), Jyvaskule University (Finland). The Faculty of Public Relations is also actively involved in scientific conferences and seminars organised by SBAT. Close links with employers, state and public organisations have been forged, thereby offering master’s students the opportunity of perfecting their knowledge and skills in public relations in practice. The Faculty of Public Relations organised the 6th international scientific conference “Public relations – quality, benefits and risks” at SBAT on 3rd June 2005. The dean of the Faculty of Public Relations Andris Petersons interned at the Pacific Lutheran University (USA) in June – August 2005 on an experience exchange programme in organisation of faculty activities and read lectures in public relations. The students of the Faculty of Public Relations organised a clean up of the Oak tree groves and ruins of Arlavas parish estate in Valdemarpils area on 17th September 2005. It was organised in cooperation with local municipality and Arlavas Foundation. A public lecture by Arturs Eglitis, head of public relations of J/S “Hansabanka” on corporate social responsibility was organised by the Faculty of Public Relations. In October the masters’ and bachelors’ students of the Faculty of Public Relations in cooperation with the International Road Transport Union “Latvijas Auto” organised the presentation of Latvian stage of pioneering truck Caravan Silk Road “Peking – Berlin-Brussels” and its publicity. In November a public lecture of Dr.hab.phil., professor Georgijs Pochepstovs, head of political information department of Ukrainian University was organised. On 3rd November 2005 the head of communication science department asoc. Prof. Andris Dimants presented a paper on development of Baltic states upon accession into the European Union at a conference organised by “Kasseller Sparkasse” bank in Germany. On 5th December a seminar “Development of strong NGO’s” was organised at SBAT by the Faculty of Public Relations in cooperation with the Special Task Secretariat for Social Integration Secretariat of the Special Tasks Ministry for Social Integration. A presentation of the book “Korporatīvā sociālā atbildība. Jauns veids kā pelnīt vairāk” (Corporate Social Responsibility. A New Way to Earn More.) by A. Peterson and L. Pavare was held in December in cooperation with the Latvian Chamber of Commerce and Industry. The director of the master’s programme, asoc. prof. Guntis Zemitis was invited by the St. Petersburg University to read a course on Baltic history in February. The head of the communication science department assoc. prof Ainars Dimants has been invited as a guest lecturer by the Vienna University, Austria in March - April 2006. The students of the Faculty of Public Relations within the framework of the Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility carry out independent projects – “good work” for the society. Donor’s day at SBAT, “Everybody dances”, “Help children, donate a book”, charity event - concert at the Laucins pansion “Labais darbs Skuķu pagasta veco ļaužu ģimenes mājā” etc. were some of the projects organized. A mandatory task “good work” was publishing an article in the mass media and thereby gaining publishing skills and popularising the Faculty of Public Relations as well as SBAT. The Faculty of Public Relations on a commission by SBAT conducted a social survey among 10th, 11th and 12th form secondary school students on their attitude towards higher education and SBAT as potential graduates. The master’s students actively participated in the preparations for the international conference on corporate social responsibility organised by the public relations faculty. The conference will be held on 22nd February in cooperation with World Bank, Latvian Employers Confederation, UNDP (United Nations Development Programme) and the Secretariat of the Special Tasks Ministry for Social Integration.

7.8.1. Relations with potential employers

The management of the Faculty of Public Relations arranges meetings with leading specialists at least twice a month. At least once a semester a sitting of the Council of the Faculty of Public Relations is organized wherein leading specialists also participate. The list of members of the Council can be seen in Table 13.

Table 13. List of members of the Council of public relations faculty

1 Jānis Leja General Director, Latvian Chamber of Commerce and Industry 2 Aivars Rudzinskis President, Latvian Press Publishers’ Association President, Junior Chamber International 2006; owner and head of 3 Didzis Šimis SIA HORTUS Digital 4 Aivis Freidenfelds Deputy director, Department of communication, State Chancellery Deputy director, Public Relations Department of Latvian Bank, 5 Kristaps Otersons Member of board of Latvian Association of PR professionals Director, Observer Latvija Business espionage and communication 6 Andrejs Sergejevs effectiveness evaluation company Chairman of the board and executive director of the Public Relations 7 Oskars Balodis Agency Consensus PR Head of Public relations and Communications department of Parex 8 Viktors Zaķis bank; Member of board of Latvian Association of PR professionals 9 Krišjānis Papiņš Leading ideologist of ardes mechi Vice chairman of Board of Media and Marketing Research firm TNS 10 Ginta Krivma Latvija 11 Valdis Melderis Programme director, Radio Skonto 12 Inta Lase Chief editor of news service, Latvian TV 13 Pēteris Strautiņš Commentator, Newspaper Diena 14 Andris Kolbergs Writer, Chairman of the board of Fund AKA 15 Jānis Rušenieks TV director and producer 16 Selga Laizāne Head of Latvian Television 1 17 Andris Jaunsleinis Chairman of Latvian Municipal Union 18 Laura Minskere Chairperson of the board, Public Relations company Mediju Tilts 19 Edgars Zagorskis Student, Faculty of Public relations 20 Mareks Elnionis Student, Faculty of Public relations 21 Alvīne Jansone Student, Faculty of Public relations 22 Aigars Briedis Public Relations Consultant, Student, Faculty of Public relations 23 Anda Celma Public Relations Consultant, Student, Faculty of Public relations Chairperson of the board, Public Relations and Translation agency 24 Liāna Bokša Idea Media; Student, Faculty of Public relations Head of press and public relations department, British Embassy; 25 Lelde Pfafrode Student, Faculty of Public relations 26 Andris Pētersons Dean, Faculty of Public Relations 27 Ineta Lūka Head of Department of Languages 28 Ainārs Dimants Head of Communication Science department 29 Guntis Zemītis Director of Master’s Programme „ Public Relations 30 Daina Liepiņa Office Administrator, Public Relations Faculty

A lot of students of the Faculty of Public Relations work in the field of public relations. Each year a survey of their employers is carried out. 39 employers were surveyed in 2005. The employer evaluated the students’ performance on a 5-point scale in terms of interest, discipline, precision, skills, and level of independence, knowledge, abilities and theoretical background. The employers highly evaluated the following qualities of students: . Level of independence (5.00), . Interest (4.65), . knowledge (4.55), . Discipline and abilities (4.40). The theoretical background and skills of students were evaluated a bit lower.

7.8.2. Comparison with similar programmes in Latvia and abroad

SBAT became member of the World leading business institutions association in March 2002, which has about 850 leading business educational institutions as their members. The study programme “Public Relations” has been compared to the programme offered by the following institutions: . Latvian University (Latvia); . Tallinn’s Pedagogy University (Estonia); . Leeds Metropolitan University (Great Britain) and Utrecht’s University (Netherlands).

7.8.2.1. Comparison with similar study programme in Latvia

There are no higher education institutions at the moment in Latvia that offer students master’s studies in Public Relations. The master’s programme “Communication Science” of the Latvian University has been used for comparison. Refer to Table 14. and 15. for comparison.

Table 14. Comparison of structures of SBAT programme “ Public Relations” to Latvian University’s “Communication Science” programme

Latvian University SBAT Credit points 80 CP (120 ECTS) 80 CP (120 ECTS) or 100 CP (150 ECTS) Duration of Studies 2,5 years 2 or 2,5 years Mandatory courses 35 CP (52,5 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Optional courses 25 CP (37,5 ECTS) 28 CP (42 ECTS) Practice ------12 CP (18 ECTS) or 32 CP (48 ECTS) Final Examination - 20 CP (30 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Masters’ paper

Table 15. Comparison of content of SBAT programme “ Public Relations” to Latvian University’s “Communication Science” programme Latvian University CP SBAT CP Study courses that match fully or partially Basics of Scientific research work 4 Organisation of research work 4 and compilation of master’s paper Concept of Master’s paper 3 Modern methods of processing 3 research data Methods of scientific research and 3 teaching (Practical) Analysis Seminar I 2 Communication and media 4 Communication Science and 4 philosophy management Communication theory as a social 4 Public Relations Theory and 4 science practice Impact communication theory 4 Organising Public Relations 4 Campaigns Communication sociology 4 Introduction to communication 2 science Mass communication theory 4 Communication and contemporary 3 Public Relations ethics and Social 4 ethics Responsibility Political communication 3 Lobbyism 4 Linguistics and communication 3 Latvian literary language* 2

Speech culture* 2 Rhetorics 4 Global and International 3 International Relations 2 Communication Theory European Union Law 2 Integrated marketing Communication 3 Marketing communication* 2 Semiotics 3 Brand Management 4 Advertising Semiotics 3 Culture a Soviet Instrument: Era of 3 Intercultural Communication* 2 Stalinism. Research project. Scientific Practice System transformation in Latvia: Elite 2 European Integration 2 and Mass Communication Aspects History of socialization and 3 communication of Latvian Culture Culture and Social communication 4 Research methods in Mass 3 Journalistic Technology 4 Communication and its application in academic and Market research Contemporary Business 3 Strategic Communication 2 Communication Public Relations as Communication 3 Strategic Management and 4 Process Management Forecasting State Administration and Public 2 Relations* Study courses that do not match Information Society: Theory and 4 Quality Systems and Management 4 Problems Information Society: Theory and 2 Theory of Economics 4 Problems. Scientific Practice. Discourse analysis: Theory and 3 Presentation Technology and Skills 4 Application Feminism discourse Culture and 3 Legal Aspects of Public Relations* 2 Communication Professional English 4 Finance Management 4 Personnel Management 2 Conflictology 2 Mass and Political Psychology* 2 Practice ------Practice 12 or 32 Master’s Paper 20 State Examination 20

The main aim of the Latvian University’s „Communication Science“ programme is to educate communication science experts. The main aim of the SBAT’s „Public Relations“ programme is to prepare heads of Public Relations departments in enterprises and state institutions. The Latvian University’s „Communication Science“ programme consists of mandatory study courses (35CP) and optional study courses (25 CP), the same as in SBAT’s programme - mandatory (20 CP) and optional (28 CP). The scope of optional subjects in the programme “Communication Science” is less than that of SBAT’s “Public Relations” programme and practice is not included, whereas in the SBAT programme 12 or 32 CP of practice is foreseen. The difference between both the programmes are study courses connected to the specifics of the profession of heads of public relations departments.

7.8.2.2. Comparison with similar study programmes in European Union Institutions

The SBAT master’s study programme “Public relations” has been compared with the “Communication” study programme of Tallinn’s Pedagogy University (Estonia) and “European Public Relations” programme of Leeds Metropolitan University (Great Britain) and Utrecht’s University (Netherlands). Refer to Table 16., 17., 18., 19. for comparison.

Table 16. Comparison of structures of SBAT programme “ Public Relations” to “Communication” study programme of Tallinn’s Pedagogy University (Estonia)

Tallinn’s Pedagogy SBAT university (Estonia) (Latvia) Credit points 80 CP (120 ECTS) 80 CP (120 ECTS) or 100 CP (150 ECTS) Duration of studies 2 years 2 or 2,5 years General Courses 12,7 CP (19 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Basic Courses 44,7CP (67 ECTS) ----- Optional Courses 5,3 CP (8 ECTS) 28 CP (42 ECTS) Practice 14 CP (21 ECTS) 12 CP (18 ECTS) or 32 CP (48 ECTS) Final Examination - 10 CP (15 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Master’s paper

Table 17. Comparison of contents of SBAT programme “ Public Relations” to “Communication” study programme of Tallinn’s Pedagogy University (Estonia)

Tallinn’s Pedagogy university CP SBAT (Latvia) CP (Estonia) Study courses that match fully or partially Communication Theory 3 Communication Science and 4 Interpersonal communication 3 Management Strategic Communication 4 Strategic Communication 2 Rhetorics 4 Rhetorics 4 Argumentation and Rhetorics 2,7 Speech Culture* 2 Data Analysis 2,7 Organisation of research work 4

Qualitative and Quantitative 2 methods Computer Technology 2,7 Presentation Technology and 4 skills Contemprory Social Psychology 2,7 Mass and Political Psychology* 2 Social Influence and Interpersonal 4 Realtions Psychology EU Policy and Institutions 2,7 European Integration 2 Education in multicultural society 2,7 International Relations 2 European Union Law 2 Intercultural Communication* 2 Organisation Theory 2,7 Startegic Management and 4 Project Management 2,7 Forecasting Project planning 2,7 Language Planning 4 Latvian Literary Language* 2 Public Relations and Dialogue 4 Public Relations Theory and 4 Practice Public Relations Ethics and Social 4 Responsibility Orgainising Public Relations 4 Campaigns Legal Aspects of Public 2 Relations* State Administration and Public 2 Relations* Semiotics 2,7 Brand Management 4 Marketing Communication* 2 Study courses that do not match Electronic Publishing 2,7 Quality Systems and 4 Management Social Arguments and Contextual 4 Theory of Economics 4 Argumentation Pragmatics 4 Professional English 4 Art of Creating an Image 2,7 Lobbyism 4 Androgogy 2,7 Journalistic Technology 4 Social Language and Language 4 Finance Management 4 Policy Personnel Management 2 Conflictology 2 Practice 14 Practice 12 or 32 Master’s Examination 10 State Examination 20 The aim of Tallinn’s Pedagogy University’s master’s programme “Communication” is to prepare experts, who manage the internal and external communication of enterprises in State as well as private businesses. Tallinn’s Pedagogy University students study management skills also. The main aim of the SBAT’s „Public Relations“ programme is to prepare heads of public Relations departments in enterprises and state institutions. Tallinn’s Pedagogy University programme “Communication” courses are general courses (12,7 CP), Basic (44,7 CP) and Optional (4 CP) courses, whereas SBAT’s programme consists of - mandatory (20 CP) and optional (28 CP) courses. General courses of the Tallinn’s Pedagogy University's programme “Communication” and SBAT programme “Public Relations” match. The scope of optional courses of the programme “Communication” is less than that of the programme “Public relations”. Both the programme stress the importance of practical skills gained by the students. The credit points for state examination at SBAT are higher. The difference between both the programmes are study courses connected to the specifics of the profession of heads of public relations departments.

Table 18. Comparison of structures of SBAT programme “ Public Relations” to “European Public Relations” programme of Leeds Metropolitan University (Great Britain) and Utrecht’s University (Netherlands)

MARPE SBAT (Great Britain, (Latvia) Netherlands) Credit points 60 CP (90 ECTS) 80 CP (120 ECTS) or 100 CP (150 ECTS) Duration of Studies 1 year 2 or 2,5 years Mandatory courses 36,7 CP (55 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Optional courses 6,7 CP (10 ECTS) 28 CP (42 ECTS) Practice --- 12 CP (18 ECTS) or 32 CP (48 ECTS) Final Examination - 16,7 CP (25 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Masters’ paper

Table 19. Comparison of contents of SBAT programme “ Public Relations” to “European Public Relations” programme of Leeds Metropolitan University (Great Britain) and Utrecht’s University (Netherlands)

MARPE (Great Britain, CP SBAT (Latvia) CP Netherlands) Study courses that match fully or partially Research Methods 3,3 Organisation of Research Work 4 Public Relations Theory and 6,7 Public Relations Theory and 4 Tendencies Practice Communication Management 6,7 Public Relations Ethics and 4 Ethics Social Responsibility Communication Science and 4 Management Government Interests and 6,7 Strategic Management and 4 Lobbyism in the EU context Forecasting Lobbyism 4 6,7 European Integration 2 International Business Theory of Economics 4 environment International Relations 2 European Union Law 2 Intercultural Communication* 2 International Marketing 6,7 Marketing Communication* 2 Management Brand Management 4 Strategic Communication 2 Finance Management 4 Consumer Behavioural 6,7 Personnel Management 2 Patterns Conflictology 2 Mass and Political Psychology* 2 Critical Approach in Public 6,7 Quality Systems and 4 Relations Management Organising Public Relations 4 Campaigns Journalistic technology 4 Legal aspects of Public 2 Relations* State Administration and Public 2 Relations* Study courses that do not match EU Public and Media sphere 6,7 Presentation Technology and 4 Skills Any subject offered by Leeds 6,7 Professional English 4 Metropolitan University with a scope of 10 ECTS or 2 courses with 5 ECTS each Rhetorics 4 Latvian Literary Language* 2 Speech Culture* 2 Practice ------Practice 12 or 32 Dissertation 16,7 State Examination 20

The Study programme “MARPE” – “Master of Arts in European Public Relations”, is a joint study programme offered by - Leeds Metropolitan University (Great Britain) and Utrecht’s University (Netherlands). The programme is for students whose native language is not English and the aim of the programme is to enhance the public relations skills and knowledge of those seeking to work in the public, private sector as well as in European Union Institutions. The duration of the studies is 1 year – 1st semester is from October to January at Utrecht’s University, and 2 nd semester from February to June at Leeds Metropolitan University. Students write their dissertation during the 2nd semester and in summer. Those who are employed can compile and defend their dissertation work in the 1st semester the following year. The study programme “MARPE” has more credit points for mandatory courses. However the scope of optional study courses is less in the programme “MARPE” in comparison to the SBAT professional master’s study programme “Public Relations”. The programme “MARPE” does not include practice work that is of great importance in the SBAT programme.

Summary: 1. The SBAT master’s programme “Public Relations” has the right balance of academic and professional and theoretical and practical knowledge offered. 2. The programme is flexible and it is possible to react quickly to the demands of students and the labour market. 3. The load of studies is consistent and balanced. 4. Comparing the SBAT master’s programme “Public Relations” with similar programmes offered by European Union Institutions it could be concluded that the SBAT master’s programme “Public Relations”, its basic principles, scope as well as the implementation of the programme are similar. The SBAT programme “Public Relations” provides education equivalent to European Union Institutions. 8. Plans for development of study programme

The aim of the faculty of public relations is to develop the master’s programme “Public Relations” in order to offer competitive higher professional education in the field of public relations.

8.1. SWOT analysis of the programme

To evaluate the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats a SWOT analysis of the master’s programme “Public Relations” was carried out in January 2006 (Refer Table 20.). Table 20. SWOT analysis

Strengths Weaknesses

. Only professional master programme . SBAT is generally associated with in public relations offered in Latvia. high quality tourism and business . Individual approach to students administration programmes and an . Recognised experts with PhD. opinion on the master’s programme degrees in the full time staff in public relations is yet to be formed . Recognised foreign experts involved . Lack of experts with PhD. Degrees in in the implementation of the this field programme . Different preparatory level of present . Students are provided the opportunity students which hinders the optimal to undergo practice work development of a course programme . Cooperation and support of leading . Short programme history Latvian and foreign public relations experts and higher educational establishments . Good infrastructure for studies and research work . Ability of SBAT to provide competitive salaries to the academic staff.

Opportunities Threats

. The role and significance of public . Decrease in the number of students relations is growing and there is a due to the demographic situation growing demand for highly qualified . Other establishments could start PR specialists implementing similar programmes . More and more higher educational . Uneven competition from state higher establishments offering bachelor’s educational institutions and 2nd level higher professional education programmes that increases the potential number of postgraduates . SBAT students are popularising the image of the faculty with their active involvement 8.2. Plan of development

In order to ensure competitiveness, demand in the labour market and the dynamic development of the study programme a plan of development has been drafted that includes the following main concepts: . Perfect the study course taking into account the recommendations of professionals in the field of public relations, students and the demands of the market; . Provide the teaching staff with professional growth opportunities; . Strengthen the cooperation of the faculty of public relations with similar faculties in Latvia and abroad; . Direct the students towards independent acquisition of knowledge and skills; . Increase the proportion of research work; . Perfect the quality control system at the faculty of public relations; . Maintain a suitable environment for successful flow of the study process; . Increase the number of students enrolled.

8.3. Measures for implementing the plan

Practical implementation of the No. Measures to be carried out measures . Popularise the programme among potential students. . To increase the number students each year by at least 20%. Increase in the number of students . Regularly conduct surveys among students and define the necessary 1. changes required in the implementation of the study programme. . To conduct survey of employers to keep in tune with increasing demands of the labour market. . Conduct surveys of alumni. . Follow and consider the changes in the labour market in connection with Latvian accession into the EU. More Topicality and development of the study stress laid on professional foreign 2. programme in accordance to labour languages by planning 10-20% of the market demands study courses in foreign languages taught by foreign visiting lecturers as well as by local academic staff.

. To publish teaching books in the Development and perfection of relevant study courses in the near 3. methodological material and publishing future (3 years) that are necessary for the necessary literature successful implementation of the study process. 4. . Further qualification of full time staff by ensuring participation in at least 3 Further qualification of academic further qualification courses each personnel year. . To promote participation of academic staff in International conferences. . To support and promote cooperation of academic staff with higher educational institutions abroad. . Continue implementation of research work plan of SBAT. . To attract visiting lecturers from other countries. . To make decisions at the meeting of council of public relations faculty on the involvement of definite guest lecturers in the implementation of study courses of the master’s programme. . Promote and develop cooperation with higher educational establishments that offer similar study programmes thereby ensuring Cooperation with higher educational experience exchange and 5. establishments abroad development of the study process. . To continue cooperation with Ukrainian higher educational institutions and experts, St. Petersburg University and attracting students from abroad.

The development plan is being implemented in accordance with the development strategy of SBAT. Appendixes

(some of materials are only in copies) Appendix 1

Minutes of the Senate sitting Appendix 2

Authorization to conduct the process of accreditation Appendix 3

Balance sheet and Profit and loss statement of School of Business Administration Turiba for the financial year 2004/2005 Appendix 4

Cooperation treaty with Daugavpils University and Vidzeme University College Appendix 5

Diploma and its supplement Appendix 6

Description of study courses PUBLIC RELATIONS THEORY AND PRACTICE Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Mag.pol. Oskars Balodis

Aims – to provide students theoretical knowledge in public relations and its different methods. Preliminary knowledge required – Introduction to public relations. Tasks – to acquaint the student with the concept of public relations, public relations development history, public relations methods, working principles that are used in practice. To provide an overview of specifics of public relations work and the role of mass media in public relations activities. Mandatory requirements - three regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\...

Contents

1. Introductory lecture. Course plan, requirements. 2. Beginnings of public relations, history. Theoretical framework of public relations. 3. Essence of public relations. Symmetric and asymmetric public relations. 4. Planning, organising and implementing public relations processes – principles of good practice. 5. The role of public relations in the decision-making process, organising activities and communication. 6. Public relations and public opinion. The role of public relations in creating a reputation and changing public opinion. 7. Cooperation with mass media. The role of mass media in the reflection of public relations activities. 8. Different branches of public relations, relation with other spheres. 9. Corporate public relations. The role of public relations in internal and external communication. 10. Public relations in public administration, private and non-governmental sectors. 11. Profile of a public relations worker, daily routine. Public relations companies and public relations company employees. 12. Evaluation of public relations activities. 13. Ethics and professionalism. 14. Latest tendencies in public relations.

List of literature

1. Austin E.W., Pinkelton B.E. Public Relations Management. Planning and Managing Effective Communication Programs. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2001. 2. Baskin O., Aronoff C.E. Public Relations. Memphis: Wm. C.Brown Publishers, 1992. 3. Black S. The Practice of Public Relations. Oxford: Clay Ltd., 1995. 4. Dominick J.R. The Dynamics of Mass Communication. New York: McGraw-Hill Inc., 1990. 5. Gregory A. Planning and Managing Public Relations Campaigns. London: the Institute of Public Relations, 2000. 6. Harrison S. Public Relations. London, International Thomson Business Press, 1996. 7. Heath R.L. Handbook of Public Relations. London: Sage Publications, 2001. 8. Hendrix J.A. Public Relation Cases. 3rd ed., Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1995. 9. Katlips S.M., Senters A.H., Brūms G.M. Sabiedriskās attiecības. Rīga: Avots, 2002. 10. Kendall R. Public Relation Campaign Strategies. New York: Addinson-Wesley Educational Publishers, 1996. 11. Kitchen P.J. Public Relations Principles and Practice. Thomson Business Press, 1997. 12. Королько В. Паблик рилейшнз. Украина, 2000. 13. Lapsa T. Sabiedriskās attiecības. Ievads teorijā un praksē. Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība SIA, 2002. 14. Moss D. Public Relations in Practice. A casebook. New York: Routledge, 1994. 15. Seitel F.P. The Practice of Public Relations. 5th ed., Macmillan Publishing Company, 1992. 16. Veinberga S. Publiskās attiecības. Teorija un prakse. Rīga: Apgāds Zvaigzne ABC, 2004. 17. Wilcox D.L., Ault P.H, Agee W.K., Cameron G.T. Essentials of Public Relations. New York: Addison Wesley Educational Publishers, 2001. 18. Пашенцев Е. Н. Паблик рилейшнз от бизнеса до политики. Москва: Финпресс, 2000. COMMUNICATION SCIENCE AND MANAGEMENT Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.hab.phil. Georgijs Pocepcovs

Aim – to provide in depth knowledge of theory of communication and communication management. Preliminary knowledge required – knowledge of communication at the bachelor’s level. Tasks – to acquaint the students with the latest achievements in communication science – theoretical directions and scientific hypothesis in the context of modern socio- cultural society. Mandatory Requirements – three regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. Final examination – examination. Additional information – folder X:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Status of communication science among modern social sciences. 2. Latest research on the origin of communication science. 3. Origin of mass communication and modern problems. 4. Specifics of content and forms of information in modern day world. 5. Social communication network and modern structures. 6. Tendencies in interpersonal communication. 7. Specialised communication. 8. Organisation and management of integrated communication. 9. Strategy and management tactics in communication. 10. Office communication. 11. Forecasting audience of communication. 12. Cultural aspects of modern communication.

List of literature

1. Ferguson S.D. Communication planning: An integrated Approach. Sage Publications, 1999. 2. Priedītis A. Ievads kulturoloģijā.Kultūras teorija un kultūras vēsture. Daugavpils:A.K.A., 2003. 3. Priedītis A. Kultūru dialogs: Interkulturālās komunikācijas vēsture un teorija. R:''Turība'', 2005. 4. Le Bons G. Pūļa psiholoģija. Rēzekne: Latgales Kultūras centrs, 1998. 5. Slembek E. Culture and communication. Frankfurt\Main, 1991. 6. Triandis H. Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, 1995. 7. Бориснев С.В. Социология коммуникации. М.: ЮНИТИ - ДАНА, 2003. 8. Шарков Ф.И. Основы теории коммуникации. М. : Перспектива, 2003. 9. Шарков Ф.И. Интегрированные PR – коммуникации. М. : РИТ - холдинг, 2004. 10. Разроев Э. Инфокоммуникационный бизнес. М. : Профессия, 2003. 11. Березин В. Массовая коммуникация: сущность, каналы, действия. М. : РИТ - холдинг, 2003. STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT AND FORECASTING Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr. paed., asoc. prof. Aldis Baumanis and Mag.oec. Ieva Kalve

Aims – to provide in depth knowledge on possibilities of strategic management and development forecasting, develop skills for application of knowledge gained in practice. Preliminary knowledge required - Management science and business administration. Task s- 1) to acquaint students with the essence and necessity of strategic management, 2) to acquaint students with strategic management methods, 3) help understand change, detect change or the necessity for change and organise and manage change, 4) to acquaint students with the basics of forecasting theories, market forecasting models and methods of calculation, 5) to acquaint students with the basic principles of gathering and processing necessary statistical data, 6) to provide the opportunity of acquiring skills in forecasting economic processes. Mandatory requirements – three regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope - corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional Information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Necessity and essence of strategic management. 2. Strategic management in a tourism enterprise. 3. Change, understanding change and management, notions on systems. 4. Strategic management and control – overview of theory and methods. 5. Organisation structure, its strategic significance and models. 6. Organisational culture and its creation. 7. Processes. Forecasting and decision-making. Forecasting methods. 8. Gathering and analysing statistical data. 9. Indicators, systems and its significance in forecasting. 10. Forecasting models, types. Simple models. 11. Single factor and multifactor linear regressions. Dynamic rows, main tendencies and defining them. 12. Forecasting taking into account seasons. 13. Forecasting demand.

List of literature

1. Arhipova I. Statistika ar Microsoft Excel ikvienam / Irina Arhipova, Signe Bāliņa. – Rīga : Datorzinību Centrs1.daļa. – 1999. – 163,[1] lpp. : il. – Bibliogr.: 153. lpp. (ABO–10, LAS–3, MĀC– 17). 2. Arhipova I. Statistika ar Microsoft Excel ikvienam / Irina Arhipova, Signe Bāliņa. – Rīga : Datorzinību Centrs2.daļa. – 2000. – 133 lpp. : il. – Bibliogr.: 123. lpp. (ABO–10, LAS –3, MĀC–17). 3. Carnall Colin A. Managing Change in Organizations / Colin A. Carnall. - 4th ed. - London : Prentice Hall, 2003. - X, 337 p. - Bibliogr.: p. 317- 324. - Index: p. 325-337. ISBN 0273657356 4. Caune J. Stratēģiskā vadīšana / Jānis Caune, Andrejs Dzedons, Leonīds Pētersons ; A. Dzedona red. – Rīga : Kamene, [2000]. – 232 lpp. : tab. – Bibliogr.: 227. – 232. lpp. (ABO–10, LAS–4, MĀC–311). 5. Cook M. Business Economics : Strategy and Applications. - London : Pitman Publishing, 1998. - Includes bibliographical references and index. - ISBN ISBN 0-273-61713-3. 602 p. : (LAS- 1). 6. Horvath P. Controlling. 1996, Verlag Franz Vahlen München 7. Forands I. Biznesa vadības tehnoloģijas [Rīga] : Latvijas Izglītības fonds, [2004]. - 330, [3] lpp. : tab. ISBN 9984955826 8. Forands I. Stratēģija. Kvalitāte : analīze, plānošana, vadība - Rīga : [Latvijas Izglītības fonds], 2000. - ISBN 9984543676. - 253,[1] lpp. 9. Franz X. B., Jürgen H. Strategisches Management, 1997, Lucius&Lucius, Stuttgart 10. Frolova L. Ekonomisko procesu matemātiskā modelēšana : teorija un prakse / L.Frolova. – Rīga : Biznesa augstskola Turība, 1999. – 304 lpp. – (Uzņēmējdarbības bibliotēka ; 10). – Bibliogr. nod. beigās. (ABO–3, LAS–1). 11. Frolova L. Optimizācijas teorija : lekciju izdales materiāls 2004./2005. akad. gadam / Ludmila Frolova. - 5. izd. - Rīga : Izglītības soļi, 2004. - 119 lpp. : tab. - Bibliogr.: 5.-6. lpp. ISBN 9984712389. (ABO–2, LAS–2). 12. Goša Z. Statistika / Zigrīda Goša. – Rīga: Latvijas Universitāte, Ekonomikas un vadības fakultāte, 2001.- 345 lpp. 13. Hunger D. J. Strategic Management / David J. Hunger, Thomas L. Wheelen. - 6th ed. - Reading, Masschusetts : Addision Wesley Longman, 1998. - Includes bibliographical references and index. - ISBN ISBN 0-201-34594-3. - XXIX, 344 [14] p. (ABO –1, LAS –1). 14. Kalve I. Apseglot pārmaiņu vējus. Stratēģiskā un pārmaiņu vadība / Ieva Kalve. - Rīga : Biznesa augstskola "Turība", 2005. - 295, [1] lpp. : tab., sh. - (Uzņēmējdarbības bibliotēka ; 45). ISBN 9984-766-60-8 15. Kelejian H. H., Oates Wallace E. Introduction to Econometrics: Principles and Applic ations / Harry H. Kelejian, Wallace E. Oates – New York: Donnelley&Sons Company, 1989. 337p. 16. Keller G., Warrack B. Statistics for Management and Economics / Gerald Keller, Brian Warrack – Thomson: Brooks/Cole, 2004. 650p. 17. Lewis R. C. Cases in Hospitality Strategy and Policy. - New York etc.: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1998. - Includes index. - ISBN ISBN 0-471-24012-5. - 424 p. : ill., diagr., tab. 18. Pearce II J. A. Strategic Management : Strategy Formulation and Implementation / John A.Pearce II, Richard B.Robinson Jr. – 3rd ed. – Homewood, Illinois : Irwin, 1988. – 988 p. – Includes bibliographies and index. (ABO –3). 19. Revina I. Ekonometrija / Ismena Revina. – Rīga: Latvijas Universitāte, 2002. 270 lpp. 20. Strategic planning for public relations / edited by Ronald D. Smith. - Mahwah, N.J. ...[etc.] : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2002. - XVI, 344 p. :ISBN 0805842330 21. Thomas R.L. Modern econometrics / R.L.Thomas – Department of Economics, Manchester Metropolitan University: Addison-Wesley, 1998.- 531p. 22. Vasermanis E. u.c. Prognozēšanas metodes / Edgars Vasermanis, Daina Šķiltere, Juris Krasts – Rīga: Latvijas Universitāte, Ekonomikas un vadības fakultāte, 2002.- 130 lpp. 23. Volkova T. Organizācijas un to vadīšana pārmaiņu apstākļos / Tatjana Volkova, Gita Vērdiņa, Jānis Pildavs. - Rīga : Banku augstskola, 2001. - 112 lpp. - ISBN 9984653404 24. Walter S. Management von Unternehmenskooperationen. 1995, Wirtschaftsverlag Carl Ueberreuter, Wien 25. Wickham P. A. Strategic Enterpreneurship : a decision-making approach to new venture creation and management / Philip A. Wickham - London : Pitman Publishing, 1998. - Includes index. - ISBN ISBN 0-273-62713-9. - XVIII, 328 p. LAS- 1). 26. Баканов М.И., Шеремет А.Д. Теория экономического анализа: Учебник. – 4-е изд., допи и перраб. – М.: Финансы и статистикаб 1999. – 416 с. 27. Кремер Н. Ш. и др. Исследование операций в экономике. Москва,1997. 28. Курс MBA по стратегическому менеджменту / ред. Лайм Фаэй, Роберт Рэнделл ; пер. с англ. - Москва : Альпина Паблишер, 2002. - (Portable MBA). - Ориг. изд.: The Portable MBA in Strategy / ed. by Liam Fahey, Robert M. Randall. - 2nd ed. - New York ... [etc.] : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2001. - Portable MBA. - ISBN 5945990345. - 596,[2] c. 29. Мардас А.Н. М25 Эконометрика. – СПб: Питерб 2001. – 144 с. 30. Прогнозирование и планирование экономики: Учеб. Пособие/В.И. Борисевич, Г.А. Кандаурова, Н.Н. Кандауров и др.; Пэд. Общ. Ред. В.И. Борисевича, Г.А. Кандауровой. – Мн.: Интерпрессервис; Экоперспектива, 2001ю – 380 с. PUBLIC RELATIONS ETHICS AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.hist. Valdis Blūzma, mag.hist., mag.soc. Andris Pētersons

Aims – to provide students knowledge on public relations ethics and social responsibility, business and society, employers and employees, cooperation partners, client and service providers’ ethical aspects; to develop skills of ethical decision making and solving ethical problems. Preliminary knowledge required – Introduction to public relations, Business basics, Labour law, Philosophy. Tasks – 1) to acquaint the student with basics of public relations ethics theories, corporate relations; 2) to acquire ethical problem solving and decision-making skills. Mandatory requirements – three regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. History of public relations ethics and corporate social responsibility (CSA). 2. Public relations ethics and essence and objectives of CSA. 3. Freedom of action. Conscience. Responsibility, social responsibility in public relations. 4. Strategies and dilemmas. Media relations. Persuasion or propaganda? 5. Public relations and copyright infringement. 6. Truth and lies. Problem situations in public relations (lies, defamation, silence, bluff). 7. Harmonising Latvian business ethics and CSA principles to EU standards. 8. Corporate social responsibility programmes.

List of literature

1. James E. P., William C. Fr., Anne T. Lawrence, J. Weber. Business and Society : Corporate Strategy, Public Policy, Ethics. - 8th ed. - New York [etc.] : McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1996. - XXVIII, 708 p. : tab. - (McGraw-Hill Series in Management). - Includes bibliogr. references and index. ISBN 0- 07-050494-6. 2. Business Ethics : a European approach / edited by Brian Harvey. - London ... [etc.] : Prentice Hall, 1994. - 258 p. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0-13-095696-1. 3. Chryssides G. D., Kaller J. H. An Introduction to Business Ethics. – London: International Thomson Business Press, 1993 – 585 p. 4. Cohen R. So, just when does PR become plagiarism? The Halifax Chronicle- Herald, Saturday, 29 November, 2003. 5. Drucker P. Management Challenges for the 21st Century, Harperbusiness, New York, 1999. 6. Ewen S. PR! A Social History of Spin, Basic Books, New York, p 3, 1996. 7. Jackson J. C. An Introduction to Bussiness Ethics. – Cambridge: Blackwill Publ., 1996. – 206 p. 8. Kernaghan, Kenneth and Langfordm J. The Responsible Public Servant, Institute for Research on Public Policy, Halifax, NS, p 139, 1990. 9. Kultgen J. Ethics and Professionalism. – Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania Press, 1998. – 394 p. 10. Maister D. True Professionalism: The Courage to Care about Your People, Your Clients, and Your Career, Touchstone Press, New York, pp 16, 17, 2000. 11. Padded resumes. Business Week, 13 January 2003, Issue 3815, p 84. 12. Parsons P. J. Ethics in public relations: a guide to best practice / Patricia J. Parsons ; the Institute of Public Relations. - London ... [etc.]: Kogan Page, 2004. - XVII, 187 p. - Index: p. 181-187. ISBN 0-7494-4276-X. 13. Rogenbuka I. Uzņēmējdarbības ētika : Māc. palīglīdz. / Inta Rogenbuka. – Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, 1999. – 93, [3] lpp. – Izmantotās literatūras saraksts: [95.] lpp. (ABO–10, LAS–3, MĀC–35. 14. Rubenis A. Ētika XX gadsimtā : praktiskā ētika / Andris Rubenis. – Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, 1996. – 222, [1] lpp. – Bibliogr. norādes parindēs. (ABO–3, LAS–3). 15. Sims R. The relationship between academic dishonesty and un ethical business practices, Journal of Education for Business, 68 (4), pp 207- 211, 1993. 16. Solomon Robert C. Ethics and Excellence: cooperation and integrity in business / Robert C. Solomon. - [Oxford] : Oxford University Press, 1993. - 288 p. - (The Ruffin series in business ethics). - Includes bibliography and index. ISBN 0-19-508711-9. 17. Steinbergs Š. S. Valdība, ētika un vadītāji : ceļvedis sabiedriskā sektora ētisko problēmu risināšanai / Šeldons S. Steinbergs, Dāvids T. Osterns. – Rīga : Pētergailis, 1994. – 171 lpp. (ABO–12, LAS– 3). 18. Steinbergs Š. S. Valdība, ētika un vadītāji : ceļvedis sabiedriskā sektora ētisko problēmu risināšanai / Šeldons S.Steinbergs, Dāvids T.Osterns. - Rīga : Pētergailis, 1994. - 171 lpp. ISBN 9984-504-30-1. 19. Steward D. Bussiness Ethics. – New York: The Mc. Graw-Hill Co, 1996. – 313 p. 20. Венедиктова В.И. Деловая репутация : личность, культура, этика, имидж делового человека / В.И.Венедиктова. - Москва : Институт новой экономики, 1996. - 203 с. - Библиогр.: c.201 (20 назв.). ISBN 5-87759-031-6. 21. Гусейнов А.А. Этика / А.А.Гусейнов, Р.Г.Апресян ; рец. Г.В.Сорина, Б.О.Николаичев. - Москва : Гардарики, 1999. - 470 с. - Именной указатель: 461.-464. с. ISBN 5-8297-0013-1. 22. Pennsylvania State University Press Release [accessed 26 June 2001] Many firms flagging on fallow- up to ethics codes. www.psu.edu/ur/NEWS/news/ethics.html 23. Lieber P. ethics in public relations: gauging ethical decision- making patterns of public relations practitioners, Louisiana State University, Unpublished Master`s thesis. Accessed 1 March 2004. http: //etd02.Inx390.Isu.edu/docs/available/etd-0707103- 111615/unrestricted/Paul_Lieber_Thesis.pdf, (2003) 24. Global Alliance for Public Relations and Communication Management [accessed 21 November 2003] Global Protocol on Public Relations Ethics. http: // www.globalpr.org/knowedgw/ethics/protocol.asp 25. Global Alliance for Public Relations and Communication Management [accessed 19 September 2003] Global Protocol. http: / / www.globalpr.org/knowledge/ethics/protocol.asp 26. Canadian Public Relations Society Code of Professional Standards [accessed 5 August 2003]. http: // www.cprs.ca/AboutCPRS/e_code.htm 27. Martinson David L. [accessed 19 May 1998] Educators define telling the `truth` in PR, published by the Association for Education in Jurnalism and Mass Communication No 33, November 1993. http: // www.usc.edu/schools/annenberg/asc/projects/prd/33martin.html 28. O`Malley Peter. [accessed 5 August 2000] In praise of secrety. http: // www.omalco.com/cprs.htm 29. Green Mitchell. [accessed 5 August 2003] Truthtelling. 5 August 2003 http: // www.people.virginia.edu/~msg6m/TRUTHTEL.pdf 30. Infoplease online dictionary [accessed 19 January 2003]. http: // www.infoplease.com/ipd/A0429648.html 31. Green Andy. [accessed 23 January 2003] The Need to Create a New Vocabulary for the PR Profession. www.prsi.org/_Publications/magazines/Tactics/0301views1.html 32. Yooh Lisa. [accessed 5 August 2003] Double – dealing duffers (October 2002). http: // www.cfo.com/printarticle/0,5317,7873|C,00.html 33. Grabbe J. O. [accessed 19 September 2003] How to create a war. http: / / www.aci.net/kalliste/hkwar.htm 34. PR Watch [accessed 19 September 2003] Introduction. http: / / www.prwaatch.org 35. Andre, Claire and Velasquez, Manuel. [accessed 25 September 2003] Calculating the consequences: the utilitarian approach to ethics, Issues in Ethics, 2 (1), Winter, 1989. http: // www.scu.edu/ethics/publications/iie/v2n1/calculating.html 36. MacDonald Michael. [accessed 2 October 2003] Ethics and Conflict of Interest. http: // www.ethics.ubc.ca/mcdonald/conflict.html 37. EthicsNet [accessed 9 October 2003] European Codes of Journalism Ethics. http: // www.uta.fi/ethicsnet/ 38. Social Marketing Institute [accessed 23 October 2003] – What is it? http: // www.social- marketing.org/aboutus.html 39. Brady, Judy [accessed 23 October 2003] Public Relations and Cancer, Breast Cancer Awareness Newsletter #50 (October/November, 1998). http: // www.bcation.org/Pages/SearchablePages/1998Newsletters/Newsletter050F.html 40. Business for Social Responsibility [accessed 30 October 2003] Overview of corporate social responsibility. http: // www.bsr.org/BSRResources/IssueBriefDetail.cfm?DocumentID=48809 41. Public Relations Society of America [accessed 21 November 2003] Code of Ethics. http: // www.prsa.org/_About/ethics/preamble.asp?ident=eth3 42. Plagiarism [accessed 18 December 2003] Infoplease online dictionary. http: // www.infoplease.com/ipd/A0590972.html 43. Institute of Public Relations Code of Conduct [accessed 5 August 2003]. http: / / www.ipr.org.uk/direct/membership.asp?v1=code ORGANISATION OF RESEARCH WORK Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.oec., lecturer Silvija Kristapsone

Aims – to provide the students an insight of organisation of research and ensuring its proper flow; to acquire skills of practical implementation of theoretical tasks including research methodology issues, its solutions, summarising gathered data, its analysis, reflection and interpretation of the results as well as presentation of the research work. Tasks – to acquire theoretical knowledge of organisation of research work and its execution, theoretical knowledge of data analysis methods and their selection criteria, as well as skills in information processing and presentation using modern computer software and programmes. Mandatory requirements – three regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. At least 75% attendance of lessons and seminars. Submit 2 home tasks that include different complex issues. Assessment: 50% home tasks and 50% -tests. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination - examination. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumu\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Research work and surveys. Research methodology and methods. 2. Subject of scientific research (problem), object. Research hypothesis, aims and objectives, choice of research groups. Requirements for application of research methods. Selection methods in research. Strategic plan of research. Preparation of monitoring. 3. Scales of measurement of research data, types. Grouping research data and presenting statistical information in tables and graphs 4. Absolute, relative and average quantities. Statistical indicators. Statistical divisions and its indicators. 5. Concluding statistical methods in research (criteria of defining difference and similarities, application conditions). 6. Computerised processing of research data using software programmes. 7. Technical layout and presentation of research.

List of literature

1. Arhipova I., Bāliņa S. Statistika ekonomikā. Risinājumi ar Excel un SPSS. Rīga: Datorzinību centrs – 2003- 349 lpp. 2. Geske A., Grīnfelds A. Izglītības pētījumu metodoloģija un metodes. – Rīga: RAKA – 2001 – 108 lpp. 3. Kroplijs A., Raščevska M. Kvalitatīvās pētniecības metodes sociālajās zinātnēs. Rīga: RAKA – 2004- 178 lpp. 4. Leedy P.D. Practical Research Planning and Design. Fourth edition. – New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, London: Collier Macmillan Publishers – 1998 – 632 p. 5. Raščevska M., Kristapsone S. Statistika psiholoģijas pētījumos. Rīga, Izglītības soļi – 2000 - 356 lpp. 6. ŠponaA., Čehlova Z. Pētniecība pedagoģijā. – Rīga: RAKA – 2004 – 204 lpp. 7. Наследов А.Д. Математические методы психологического исследованияю Анализ и 8. Левин Д.; Стефан Д.; Кребиль Т. Беренсон М. Статистика для менеджеров с использованием Microsoft Excel. 4- изданиею - M., С- Пб., Киев – Вильямс – 2005 – 1310 стр. 9. Малхотра H. Маркетинговые исследования и эфективный анализ статистических данных. – М- С-Пб –Киев – DiaSoft - 2002 – 768 стр. 10. Ядов В.А. (в сотр. С В.В. Семеновой) Стратегия социологического исследования. Описание, объяснение, понимание социальной реальности. – М, ИКЦ Академкнига, Добросвет – 2003 – 596 стр. 11. Хили Дж. Статистика – социологические и маркетинговые исследования. 6- е изданиею - М. С-Пб. - Питер – 2005 – 637 стр. PRESENTATION TECHNOLOGY AND SKILLS Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.sc.ing., docents Oskars Onževs

Aims – to acquire presentation skills and technology. Preliminary knowledge required – Computer technology. Tasks – to acquire the following skills and abilities: 1) to create presentations using modern day technology; 2) effectively organise presentations; 3) to learn to work with multi media projectors. Mandatory requirements – three regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Presentation creation software and technology. 2. Basic principles of creating presentations. 3. Presentation skills. Creating effective presentation scenarios using presentation technology. 4. Work with multimedia projectors and data storage devices.

List of literature

1. Dukulis l. Prezentācijas materiālu sagatavošana. Programma Microsoft Power Point. – Rīga : Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2002. (Datorzinību bibliotēka ; 13). 112 lpp. 2. A. Jay and R. Jay. Effective Presentation (How to create and deliver a winning presentation). Second edition .- Prentice Hall, 2004, pp. 136. 3. K. Nelke . Prezentēšana.-Balta eko, Rīga, 2003, 120 lpp. 4. V. Mencels . Retorika (Prasme brīvi un pārliecinoši runāt).-Balta eko, Rīga, 2002, 124 lpp 5. Treiguts E. Ievads datorzinībās : Microsoft Word, maketēšanas automatizācija, objekti / Egmonts Treiguts ; rec. Jānis Augucēvičs. – Rīga : Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2000. – (Datorzinību bibliotēka ; 9), 2. daļa. – 79 lpp. (MĀC–487, ABO–10). 6. Dukulis l. Aprēķini un datu grafiskais attēlojums. Programma Microsoft Excel 2000. – Rīga : Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2002. (Datorzinību bibliotēka ; 12). 160 lpp. BRAND MANAGEMENT Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.oec, docent, Anna Ābeltiņa, mg. hist., lecturer Velga Vēvere

Aims – to show the significance of for the business and the market, to acquaint with activities connected with brand management. Preliminary knowledge required – general education, marketing and business administration. Tasks – to acquaint the students with the intangible and financial value of brands, acquire basic principles of brand management. Mandatory requirements - four regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional information– folder x:\Uzdevumu\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Significance of brands in the market, advantages of its use. 2. Legal basics and protection of brands. 3. Intangible values of brands and its expression in the market. 4. Financial value of brands, significance and method s of its calculation. 5. Brand management, strategies. 6. Launching brands and providing long-term existence in the market. 7. Decision making on Brand reorganisation. 8. Brand globalisation.

List of literature

1. Niedrītis J. Ē. Mārketings / Jānis Ēriks Niedrītis. – 2., papild. izd. – Rīga : Biznesa augstskola Turība", 2001. – 267,[5] lpp. : tab. – (Uzņēmējdarbības bibliotēka ; 20). – Bibliogr.: 271. lpp. (ABO–10, LAS–3, MĀC–287). 2. Praude V. Mārketings / Valērijs Praude, Jakovs Beļčikovs. – Rīga : Vaidelote, 2001. – 558,[4] lpp. – Bibliogr. nod. beigās. 3. Котлер Ф. Маркетинг менеджмент : анализ, планирование, внедрение, контроль / Филип Котлер ; пер. c англ.: М.Бугаев, Е.Бугаева, А.Вихрова, С.Жильцов, C.Зимин, Т.Карасевич, Л.Корпан, В.Мисник, Н.Мальгина, Ю.Писаренок, Д.Раевская ; гл. ред. В.Усманов ; под ред.: О.Третьяк, Л.Волковой, Ю.Каптуревского. - 9-е изд. - Санкт-Петербург : Питер Ком, 1998. - 887 с. : табл. - (Теория и практика менеджмента). - Библиогр.: с.851-860. - Алф. указ.: с.880- 887. - Ориг. назв.: Marketing management / Philip Kotler.( ABO-9, LAS-2) 4. Aaker D. A. Managing Brand Equity: Capitalizing on the value of a brand name. - New York, ASV: The free press, 1991. 5. Kapferer J. Strategic Brand Management: Creating and Sustaining Brand Equity Long Term. – UK: Kogan Page, 1997. 6. Stuart C. The Real Power of Brands: Making Brands Work for Competitive Advantage. - London: Pitman Publishing, 1995 QUALITY SYSTEMS AND MANAGEMENT Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.sc.ing., asoc.prof. Aldis Balodis

Aims – to create an understanding of the essence of quality systems, working principles, applications, significance in the development and improvement of efficiency of the organisation; to acquire necessary basic knowledge of quality enhancement procedures and conducting quality audits. Preliminary knowledge required – management basics, personnel management, strategic management and quality management. Tasks – to gain knowledge of 1) types of quality systems and implementation methods; 2) designing, documenting and introducing activities related to these systems; 3) comprehensive quality management methodology. Mandatory requirements - three regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Final examination - examination. Additional information– folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\… Contents

1. Analysis of administrative systems; Types of organisation systems. 2. Evaluation compatibility. 3. Quality systems in manufacturing and service enterprises and public relations connected to it. 4. Enhancing organisation systems; process approach. 5. Managing resources in quality systems. 6. Process management, its types, improvement and enhancement. 7. Measuring analysis and improvement of customer satisfaction in organisations. 8. Quality audit, its aims and responsibilities. 9. Compatibility with other administrative systems. 10. Quality enhancement methods.

List of literature

1. Oakland J. S. Total Quality Management : text with cases / John S. Oukland, Leslie J. Porter. – London :, 1998. – XII, 370 p. : tab. – . (ABO–1, LAS–1). 2. Всеобщее управление качеством = Total quality management (TQM) :/ О.П. Глудкин, Н.М. Горбунов, А.И. Гуров, Ю.В. Зорин. - Москва : 2001. -.: с. 594-595. - ISBN ISBN 5932080876. - ISBN ISBN 5935170477. 3. Standarts LVS EN ISO 9001: 2000. Kvalitātes vadības sistēmas. Prasības. 4. Standarts LVS EN ISO 9004 – kvalitātes vadības sistēmas – vadlīnijas darbības uzlabošanai. 5. Managing Quality. //Barrie G.Dale. Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 1999, 2003. ISBN 0-631-23614-7. p.519 (BAT 658.56 ABO DAL) 6. ISO 14001:1996 Vides pārvaldības sistēmas prasības. 7. www.iso.ch 8. www.lka.lv -Latvijas kvalitātes asociācija 9. Žurnāls "Kvalitāte". 10. Kvalitātes ieviešana uzņēmumos, Rīga, 2000. 11. Latvijas kvalitātes balva, Rīga, 1998. 12. Pārtikas produktu kvalitātes nodrošināšana Latvijā un Eiropā, Rīga, 2000. 13. ISO 9001:2000 prasību skaidrojums. Kvalitātes vadības sistēmas 2.daļa./ZBC/ Apgāds "Biznesa partneri", Rīga, 2003, 174 lpp. 14. Pildavs, Kvalitātes vadīšanas teorijas pamati ISBN 9984-636-06-6 Rīga, 2002.gads Grāmatu vairumtirdzniecība. 56 lp. 15. K.Berth, G.Sjoberg. Quality in Public Relations.// Quality in Public Relations SeriesNo1.Copenhagen 1997, P.32 .ISBN87-986473-1-8. THEORY OF ECONOMICS Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr. oec., asoc. professor Uģis Gods, Dr. oec., docent Anna Ābeltiņa

Aims – to provide in depth knowledge of theory of economics as a complex interaction between interrelated aspects of a unified system and develop methodological skills. Preliminary knowledge required - macroeconomics and Microeconomics. Tasks - to acquire knowledge of theory of economics, its models, experiments and basic postulates of assessment of changes in market conditions and other economic theories; to develop skills of independently assessing and differentiating macroeconomic and microeconomic processes. Mandatory requirements – two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional information– folder x:\Uzdevumu\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Theory of economics, subject and methodology. Micro and macroeconomics. Principles and models. 2. Demand and supply theory. Flexibility, its types. 3. Consumer behaviour theory. Consumer balance. 4. Production and production costs theory. Producers’ balance. 5. Competitive market analysis. Maximising profits. 6. Production factors in the market, its types and effectiveness. 7. Market efficiency and management policies. Fiscal policy and budget. 8. Banking system and credit policies. Analysis of goods- cash balance. 9. Economic growth theory. External economic ties, its types. 10. Macroeconomic balance, its types. Total demand and supply.

List of literature

1. Gods U. Mikroekonomika : māc. līdz. / Uģis Gods. - Rīga : Biznesa augstskola "Turība", [2000]. - (Uzņēmējdarbības bibliotēka ; 5) 1.d. - Atkārtots, precizēts izd. - 2000. - 135,[1] lpp. : graf., tab., shēmas. - Bibliogr.: 131.lpp.( LAS-3, MĀC-312). 2. Gods U. Mikroekonomika / Uģis Gods. - Rīga : Biznesa augstskola Turība, [1998]. - (Uzņēmējdarbības bibliotēka ; 9) 2.d. - 1998. - 222 lpp. - Mikroekonomikas svarīgāko jēdzienu skaidrojošā vārdnīca: 208.-220.lpp.( ABO-10, LAS-4, MĀC-613). 3. Gods U. Makroekonomika : māc. līdz. / Uģis Gods. - Rīga : Biznesa augstskola "Turība", 2002. - (Uzņēmējdarbības bibliotēka ; 30). - Bibliogr.: 349.-351.lpp.. - ISBN ISBN 9984728196. - 351,[1] lpp.( ABO-10, LAS-3, MĀC-587). 4. Škapars R. Mikroekonomika : [māc. grām.] / Roberts Škapars. - Rīga : Latvijas Universitāte, 2001. - 379,[1] lpp. - Bibliogr.: 371.-373.lpp.(ABO-1, LAS-3). 5. Lībermanis G. Tirgus ekonomikas pamati un Latvija ceļā uz Eiropas Savienību / Georgs Lībermanis. - [Rīga] : Kamene, [2000-]1.daļa. - [2000]. - 381,[1] lpp. : tab.( ABO-10, LAS-3, MĀC- 189). 6. Lībermanis G. Tirgus ekonomikas pamati un Latvija ceļā uz Eiropas Savienību / Georgs Lībermanis. - [Rīga] : Kamene, [2000-]2.daļa. - [2001]. - 518,[2] lpp. : tab.( ABO-10, LAS-3, MĀC- 192). 7. E. Mansfield. Microekonomics. Theory and Applications. N.Y.1988. 8. Lipsey R. G. Economics / Richard G.Lipsey, Peter O.Steiner, Douglas D.Purvis. - 8th ed. - New York etc. : Harper & Row, Publishers, 1987. - 942 p. - Includes index.( LAS-1). 9. Gartner M. Macroeconomics / Manfred Gartner ; Manfred Gaertner. - Harlow...[etc.] : Prentice Hall, 2003. - Index. 451.-457. p.. - ISBN 0273651633. - XX, 457 p. : diagr., tab. 10. Н.Трегориб М.Энкью. Принципы экономике. Учебник ХХI века. С.-Петербург. 1999. ORGANISING PUBLIC RELATIONS CAMPAIGNS Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Mag.pol.sc. Mārtiņš Krieviņš

Aims – to provide theoretic and practical insight of organising public relations campaigns (planning, implementing, evaluating). Preliminary knowledge required – basic knowledge of public relations and understanding of types of mass media in Latvia. Tasks – to provide students theoretical and practical knowledge of the basic principles of planning, implementing and evaluating public relations campaigns in state, private and nongovernmental sectors; to develop an understanding of the significance of public relations strategy and campaigns in a changing external environment and building relations with the target audience; to develop skills necessary for independent analysis of different public relations campaigns and ability to apply one’s knowledge in planning, implementing and evaluating public relations campaigns while working in the public relations field. Mandatory requirements – three regular tests of the type determined by the teacher; attendance of lectures including several practical tasks, individual tasks and its presentation. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional information – folder x:/Uzdevumi/Studiju darbu uzdevumi/…

Contents

1. Introductory lecture. Course plan, requirements. 2. Necessity and basic principles of planning public relations processes. 3. Public relations campaigns: understanding of concept and essence. 4. Significance of research and analysis in designing public relations campaigns. Different research methods. SWOT and PESTLE analysis. 5. Aims of public relations campaigns, its tasks and defining expected results. Identifying target audiences. Forecasting problems. 6. Selecting public relations instruments in accordance to aims, tasks and target audience of public relations campaigns. 7. Resource planning: planning schedules and budget. Defining other essential resources. 8. Strategy and tactics: other issues. 9. Evaluating effectiveness of campaigns. Analysis of a sample public relations campaign. 10. Presentation of Independent work by students.

List of literature

1. Black S. The Practice of Public Relations. Oxford: Clay Ltd., 1995. 2. Burton. C., Michael N. A Practical Guide to Project Management, Kogan Page Ltd., 1997. 3. Devereaux Ferguson, S. Communication Planning: An Integrated Approach, London: Sage Publications, 1999. 4. Devereaux Fergusson, S. Researching The Public Opinion Environment: Theories and Methods, London: Sage Publications, Inc., 2000. 5. Gregory, A. Planning and Managing a PR Campaign: A Step by Step Guide, 2nd ed., Kogan Page Ltd., 2001. 6. Heath, R.L. Handbook of Public Relations, London: Sage Publications, 2001. 7. Heath, R.L. Strategic Issues Management, London: Sage Publications, 1997. 8. Katlips, S.M., Senters, A.H. un Brūms, G.M. Sabiedriskās attiecības, Rīga: Avots, 2002. 9. Kendall, R. Public Relations Campaign Strategies: Planning for Implementation, Longman, 2nd ed., 1996. 10. Kitchen, P.J. Public Relations Principles and Practice, Thomson Business Press, 1997. 11. Oliver S. Public Relations Strategy, London: Institute of Public Relations, 2004. 12. Veinberga, S. Publiskās attiecības: Teorija un prakse, Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC, 2004. 13. Veinberga, S. Masmediji: Prese, radio un televīzija, Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC, 2005. 14. Weintraub Austin. E., Pinkleton. B. E. Strategic Pulblic Relations Management: Planning and Managing Effective Communication Programs, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers, 2001. 15. Wilcox, D.L., Ault, P.H, Agee, W.K., Cameron, G.T. Essentials of Public Relations, New York: Addison Wesley Educational Publishers, 2001. EUROPEAN INTEGRATION Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.hist. Guntis Zemītis

Aims – to acquaint students with Europe, historical, ideological geopolitical, cultural, social and economic aspects of its integration. Preliminary knowledge required – European history and history of culture at the graduate level. Tasks – to acquaint the master’s students with development of European self conscience, concrete steps results achieved in the implementation of one’s ideological plans. Mandatory requirements – two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 2 credit points (CP) or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional information– folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\...

Contents

1. European civilization and its ambitions. 2. European centrism. 3. Europe as a political idea. 4. Mental map of Europeans of Europe. 5. Destiny of democracy. 6. Ideology of liberalism. 7. Nationalism and transformation of state nations. 8. European integration process. 9. Religious and ethical consensus. 10. Continent of migrants. 11. Multicultural discourse. 12. European geopolitical projects. 13. Civilian state career. 14. “Berlin Wall”, “Iron curtain”. 15. Europe’s “New ideology”. 16. European unification prospects.

List of literature

1. Baltijas jūras valsts un Eiropas nākotne. R.: Sorosa fonds, 2003. 2. Priedītis A. Ievads kulturoloģija. Kultūras teorija un kultūras vēsture. Daugavpils: A.K.A., 2003. 3. Buchanan P.J. The Death of the West. N.Y., 2002. 4. Bauman Z. Legislators and Interpreters. On Modernity, Postmodernity and the Intellectuals. Oxford: Polity Press, 1987. 5. Johnson L.R. Central Europe: Enemies, Neighborns, Friends. N.Y., 1996. 6. Downs R.M., Stea D. Maps in Minds. Reflections on Cognitive Mapping. N.Y., 1977. 7. Вульф Л. Изобретая Восточную Европу. М., 2003. 8. Кантор В.Л. Феномен русского европейца. М., 1999. 9. Садохин А. П. Введение в теорию межкультурной коммуникации. Москва, 2005 10. www.kis.gov.lv (kopkatalogā meklēt – Eiropa). INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.hist. Guntis Zemītis and Mag. iur. Imants Bergs

Aims – to provide general knowledge on international relations and laws, sources of law, principles and subjects, basics and principles of creating international relations, its historic development. Preliminary knowledge required – Political science, State Law. Tasks – to provide an insight into the historic development of international relations, its basic principles, sources of international law, on the legal basis for relations between nations including international public law as a body of contract laws, common law and norms that regulates international relations resulting in cooperation between nations. Mandatory requirements - two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope - corresponds to 2 credit points (CP) or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination - test. Additional information- folder x:/Uzdevumi/studiju darbu uzdevumi/…

Contents

1. Essence and necessity for international relations. 2. Historic development of modern day international relations. 3. Concept of international law. 4. Sources of international law, principles. 5. Subjects of international law. 6. Legal status of territories. 7. Inhabitants and human rights protection. 8. Diplomatic and consular rights. 9. The significance of diplomacy in solving international relations.

List of literature

1. H.Kisindžers. Diplomātija. Rīga, Jumava 2. Bojārs Juris. Starptautiskās tiesības / 2. lab. un papild. izd. - Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, 1998. - XIV, 567 lpp. (ABO-10;MĀC-47) 3. Bergholcs Jons. Jūras tiesības : publiskās tiesības. - [1997-]2. [burtn.]. - [Rīga] : JUMI, 1999. - 99, [1] lpp. - Bibliogr.: 92.-93.lpp. - Kopsav. angļu, vācu, kr. val. (ABO-10;MĀC-37) 4. Miera, drošības un sadarbības vārdā. R., 1975. 5. Cilvēka tiesības. - R., 1992. 6. Mūsdienu starptautiskās un tirdzniecības tiesības. Starptautiskais civilprocess : dokumentu krājums / zin. red. Jānis Griģeļonis. - Rīga : AGB, 1998. - 271 lpp., (ABO 12, LAS 3). 7. Dišlers K. Tautu pašnoteikšanās principa tiesiskais statuss. - R., 1932, 8. Albats H. Starptautiskās publiskās tiesības. - R., 1940. 9. Šilde Ā. Vai Latvija var izstāties no Padomju Savienības. - Minstere, 1967. 10. Fogels A., Grīnbergs O. Starptautiskās tiesības. - R.: Zvaigzne, 1981. EUROPEAN UNION LAW Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.hist. Valdis Blūzma and Mag.iur. Imants Bergs

Aims – to acquaint the master’s students with the nature of EU law, its sources, principles, branches and functions. Tasks - to acquaint the master’s students with European community and branches of European union, sources of European Union law, principles, its autonomic nature, European Union’s institutional system and its functions as well as legal issues related to accession into the European union. Mandatory requirements - two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope - corresponds to 2 credit points (CP) or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test Additional information - folder x:/Uzdevumi/Studiju darbu uzdevumi/…

Contents

1. Subject, object and system of European Union Law. 2. Description of EU law, its interaction with international and national law. 3. Sources of EU law. 4. Creation and development of the European Community. 5. European Community policies and rights. Free movement of goods, people, services and capital. 6. EU competition law. 7. EU institutional system. 8. EU administrative institutions. 9. European Community law. 10. Decision making process in the EU. 11. Expansion of the European Union.

List of literature

1. Eiropas tiesības. Autoru kolektīvs. Juridiskā koledža, Rīga 20004. 2. Antāne I. ES Eiropas Savienībā : mazā enciklopēdija / [Inga Antāne, Andris Akers, Ilze Konstantīnova]. - Rīga : SIA "Valērija Belokoņa izdevniecība", 2003. - 240, [3] lpp. : il., tab., diagr., kartes. - Bibliogr.: [243.] lpp. (ABO-1, LAS-2) 3. Bergs I. Iestāšanās Eiropas Savienībā-reglamentējošie dokumenti// LPA raksti 7.sējums., 2000. Ievads Eiropas kopienu tiesībās (tiesu prakse un komentāri). Autoru kolektīvs. – Rīga: TNA, 2001. 4. Konsolidēts Eiropas Kopienas dibināšanas līgums un Nicas Līgums : māc. līdz. sabiedrisko zinātņu studentiem / Egila Levita priekšv. - [Rīga] : Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs, 2001. - 335,[1] lpp.(ABO- 27; LAS-3) 5. Konsolidēts Eiropas Kopienas dibināšanas līgums : māc. līdz. sabiedrisko zinātņu studentiem. - [Rīga] : Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs, 1999. - 384 lpp. (LAS-3) 6. Žurnāls “Likums un tiesības”, Rīga, NBU “Ratio iuris”. 7. Deksnis E. B. Eiropas apvienošanās... integrācija un suverenitāte / Eduards Bruno Deksnis ; red. Ivars Tirans ; Latvijas Zinātņu akad. Baltijas stratēģisko pētījumu centrs. - Rīga : Junda, 1998. - 580 lpp. : il., diagr., tab. - Bibliogr.: 504.-515.lpp. - Rād.: 575.-580.lpp. ( LAS-1) 8. Deksnis E. B. Eiropas Savienība: mīti un īstenība / red. Ivars Tirans ; māksl. Gatis Vanags. - Rīga : Junda, 1996. - 192 lpp. (LAS-1) 9. Eiropas Savienība. Integrācijas procesu apskats : Eiropas Savienības informatīvais biļetens / LETA ; Ekonomisko pētījumu institūts ; Eirokonsultants ; galv. red. Māris Zanders. - Rīga : LETA, 2000-. (LAS-46) 10. Eiropas Savienības tiesību aktu tulkošanas rokasgrāmata : en->lv [angļu-latviešu] : māc. līdz. - Rīga : Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs, 2000. - 94 lpp. (ABO-15, LAS-3) 11. Eiropas tiesības : lietu un materiālu izlase / sast. Udo Kollatz, Kristaps Priednieks. - Rīga : Latvijas Universitāte, 2000. - 131,[1] lpp. - Teksts paral. latv. un angļu val. (LAS- 1) 12. Eiropas Savienības reģionālā politika un strukturālie fondi / sagat. Ieva Kalniņa, Agita Strazda. - 3.red. - Rīga : [Eiropas Integrācijas birojs], 1999. - 31, [1] lpp. : tab., diagr. (ABO-2, LAS-3) 13. Eiropas Savienības tiesību īstenošana Latvijā / autoru kolektīvs I.Alehno zinātniskajā redakcijā ; Ivo Aleho, Arnis Buka, Aldis Čevers, Solvita Harbaceviča ... [u.c.]. - Rīga : Latvijas Vēstnesis, 2003. - 392 lpp. (ABO-11, LAS-3) 14. Eiropas tiesības. R.Gatawis, E.Broks., Rīga, LU, 2002. 15. Pievienošanās Eiropās Savienībai līgums (izvilkums) un komentāri / zin. red. Laila Medin, Māris Brizgo. - Rīga : Tiesu namu aģentūra, 2003. - 1757 lpp. : kartes, tab. - Biblogr.: 1746.- 1757.lpp. (ABO-4, LAS-1) 16. Veidenfelds V. Eiropa no A līdz Z : Eiropas integrācijas rokasgrāmata / Verners Veidenfelds, Volfgangs Vesels ; no vācu val. tulk. Inese Segliņa, Daiga Krieva, Jānis Zīders. - Rīga : Alberts XII, 2000. - 411,[1] lpp. - Oriģ. izd.: Europa von A-Z / Werner Weidenfeld, Wolfgang Wessels. - [S.l.] : Europa Union Verlag GmbH, 1997. - Palīgrād.: 353.-409.lpp.(ABO- 10; LAS- 3;MĀC- 7) 17. Eiropas Savienības tiesības : Ievads / Dānijas Ārlietu ministrijas Juridiskais dienests ; [Eiropas Integrācijas birojs ; Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs] ; Tomass Vinklers, Pērs Lahmans, Stefens Raioms, Devi Naidu ; tulk. no dāņu val. - Kopenhāgena : Dānijas Ārlietu ministrijas Juridiskais dienests, 2000. - 163,[5] lpp. - Teksts paral. latv. un angļu val. (ABO- 10; LAS- 3;MĀC- 187) 18. Ievads Eiropas kopienu tiesībās (tiesu prakse un komentāri). / Autoru kolektīvs. – Rīga: TNA, 2001. 19. Žurnāls “Latvija un Eiropas Savienība”, Rīga, EIB. 20. Žurnāls “Eiropas dialogs”, Rīga, EK. 21. European Union. Selected instruments taken from the Treatie, Brussels, Luxembourg, ECSC- EC-EAEC, 1995. 22. John T. “European Community Law: Text, Cases & Materials”, London, Cavendish Publishing Limited, 1996. 23. J. Shaw. “Law of the European Union”, London, Macmillan Press, Ltd, 1996. 24. J. A. Usher. “General Principles of EC Law”, Harlow, Addison Wesley Longman Limited, 1998. 25. Treaties establishing the European Communities. Treaties amending these Treaties Single European Act, Brussels, Luxemborg, ECSC-EEC-EAEC, 1987. 26. W. Caims. “Introduction to Eiropean Union Law”, London, Cavendish Publishing Limited, 1997. 27. Mathijsen. “A Guide to European Union Law”, London, Sweet & Maxwell, 1999. 28. R. Streinz. “Europarecht”, Muller Verlag, 1999. 29. http://www.eib.lv 30. http://www.europa.eu.int 31. http://www.eur-op.int 32. http://ue.eu.int 33. http://www.ttc.lv 34. http://www.mfa.gov.lv INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION Master’s programme “Public Relations ” Developed by Dr.hist. Guntis Zemītis

Aims – to provide in-depth knowledge on intercultural communication using modern cultural concepts, to enhance the competence of students in public relations in a multiethnic environment. Tasks – to acquaint the students with historic attitudes in different eras towards different cultures, persons attitude towards “others”, “foreign”, nationalism, socialism, liberalism, and multicultural principles and opinions on different cultures, cultural dialogue and integration in today’s complex global world including European, Latvian socio-cultural context. Mandatory requirements – two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 2 credit points (CP) or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\ Studiju darba uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Intercultural communication theories. 2. Modern public relations development tendencies and features. 3. Concept of Anthropology. 4. Concept of Ethno psychology. 5. Culture as a social product. 6. European cultural diversity. 7. National and social identity. Identity crisis. 8. Concept of Mentalities. 9. Problems of globalism and antiglobalism. 10. Possibilities of Cultural conflict and dialogue. 11. Modern multicultural Latvian society. Historic heritage. Tolerance. Integration.

List of literature

1. Apine I. Ievads etnopsiholoģijā. – Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC 2. Rubenis A. Kristīgās antropoloģijas un ētikas veidošanās. – Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC 3. Smits E. D. Nacionālā identitāte. - Rīga, 1997. 4. Multikulturālisms Latvijā: teorija un prakse. - Daugavpils: “A.K.A.”, 1996. 5. Griswold W. Cultures and societies in a changing World. Sec. Editin. – Nortwestern University. 6. A Globalizing world? Culture, economics, politics. Ed. By David Held. – London, New York, 2004. 7. Gannan M. J. Understandig Global Cultures. – London. New Delhi, 2001. 8. Гуревич. Культурология. – Москва 2001. 9. Садохин А. П. Введение в теорию межкультурной коммуникации. Москва, 2005. LEGAL ASPECTS OF PUBLIC RELATIONS Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Mag. iur. Ilze Rence

Aims – to provide students knowledge on legal aspects of public relations and application of different legal norms in public relations. Preliminary knowledge required – Basics of law at secondary school level. Tasks – to understand the significance and role of legal norms in public relations, application of different legal norms, to study the procedure of application of certain legal norms in the field of public relations. Mandatory requirements – two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 2 credit points (CP) or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\….

Contents

1. Subjects of law and features. State and law, its interaction. Legal system and democracy. Short overview of legal history. 2. Public law and private law. Branches of law. Legal system. 3. Types of legal norms, structure of legal norms. Subjects of law. Legal capacity. Objects of law. Legal facts. Infringements of the law. 4. Sources of law. Force of normative enactments in terms of duration and space. Legislation process. Application of normative enactments. 5. National law and state of public administration in Latvia. 6. Legal system and institutions in Latvia. 7. Constitution. Important laws regarding public relations. 8. Civil law. Contract law. Contract conclusion process. Property law. 9. Commercial law. Commercial activities. Commercial register. Companies, representative office, branch. Commercial pledge. Foundation of associations. Payments. 10. Labour law. 11. International law. International organisations. European Union institutional system. 12. International conventions, treaties. International transactions. 13. International human rights. Sources of international human rights. Citizenship and political rights. European human rights court. 14. Copyrights and intellectual property. Acquiring exclusive rights. Types of implementing exclusive rights. 15. Information and communication law. Application and enforcement of legal norms to Internet and electronic communication.

List of literature

1. Autortiesības. / Aut.kolektīvs. - Rīga, Latvijas Universitāte, 1997. 2. Bojārs J. Starptautiskās tiesības / 2. izd. – Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC, 1998. 3. Cipeliuss R. Tiesību būtība.- Rīga, 2001. 4. Cilvēktiesības pasaulē un Latvijā. / Inetas Ziemeles red. – Rīga, 2000. 5. Gatawis S., Broks E., Bule Z. Eiropas tiesības. – Rīga: EuroFaculty, 2002. 6. Informācijas un komunikāciju tiesības : 1. un 2.grāmata. / Autoru kolektīvs U.Ķiņa jur. redakc. – Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2002. – I sēj.: 318 lpp.; II sēj.: 608 lpp. 7. Jakubaņecs V. Tiesību jēdziens, struktūra un formas. - Rīga, 2002. 8. Latvijas tiesību vēsture. / Lēbera D.A. red.- Rīga, 2000. 9. Likumdošanas terminu vārdnīca. - Rīga, 1999. 10. Miķelsons U. Informācijas tehnoloģiju noziegumu izmeklēšanas īpatnības. – Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2003. – 387 lpp. 11. Mūsdienu starptautiskās tiesības. Starptautiskais civilprocess. Dokumentu krājums. / Jāņa Griģeļoņa red. - 2. izd. – Rīga: AGB, 2000. 12. Načisčionis J. Administratīvās tiesības.- Rīga: Latvijas Vēstnesis, 2003. 13. Poļakovs G. Rūpnieciskā īpašuma īpašnieka tiesības. – Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2001. 14. Poļakovs G. Rūpnieciskā īpašuma aizsardzība. Поляков Г. Охрана промышленной собственности. Skaidrojošā vārdnīca. / Tолковый словарь. – Rīga, 1999. 15. Ulmane V. Darba tiesības. – Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2003. 16. Valsts un tiesību vēsture jēdzienos un terminos. / sast. Valters. - R., 2001; 17. Vildbergs H.J., Krasts V. Salīdzinošās administratīvās tiesības. Lietas un risinājumi. – Rīga: EuroFaculty, 2001. 18. Vinklers T., Lahmans P., Raioms S., Naidu D. Eiropas Savienības tiesības. Ievads. - Kopenhāgena, 2000. 19. David R., Brurley J.E. Major legal systems in the world today. - London, 1985. 20. Derham D.P., Maher F.K.H., Wallk P.L. An introduction to Law - Australia: Melbourne, Sydney, 1971. 21. Алексеев С. Право. – Москва: Статут, 1999. 22. Алексеев С. Право на пороге нового тысячелетия. – Москва:Статут, 2000. 23. Бабаев В., Баранов В., Толстик В. Теория права и государства в схемах и определениях. - Москва, 2001. 24. Гражданское право. / под ред. Гришаева С. – Москва: Юристъ, 2000. 25. Давид Р., Жоффе-Спинози К. Основные правовые системы современности. – Москва: Международные отношения, 1998. 26. Основы права. / под ред. Лазарева В. - Москва, 1998. 27. Основы государства и права. / под ред. Кутарина О. - Москва, 2001. 28. Права человека. / под ред. Лукашева Е. - Москва, 2001. 29. Туманов В. Европейский Суд по правам человека. - Москва, 2001. PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Mag. paed. Ineta Lūka

Aims – to strengthen English lexis and terminology in public relations thereby facilitate the acquisition of knowledge and information in English and develop the ability of the students to communicate their knowledge and opinion orally in presentations and conferences as well as in written form in English by means of publications and articles. Preliminary knowledge required – good general knowledge of English and preferably knowledge of business English in the field of public relations. Tasks – to strengthen the English terminology and lexis in public relations, to regularly follow the latest public relations developments in press and literature and by studying theoretical literature on research topics gain conference speaking skills, practical narration skills, ability to defend one’s stance, ability to persuade people, ability to write research papers in formal language and to write conclusions and recommendation. Mandatory requirements - four regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Public relations strategy and tactics. Psychological aspects of public relations. Establishing public relations with print media. Establishing public relations with TV and radio. 2. Public relations and personnel management Work and social welfare. Employment policy and public relations. Creating public relations in an organisation. Ideas and concepts of company’s social policy and its control. 3. Public relations in a global perspective Public relations, government and politics. Cooperation with Municipal and regional organisations. Cooperation with non-governmental organisations. International society: legal norms and adherence. Establishing public relations on an international scale. 4. Conferences, meetings, speeches. Layout of research papers, linking phrases. Expressing facts. Expressing and defending opinions. Audience persuasion. Chairing meetings and conferences. Discussions and conducting discussions. 5. Research papers. Lexis and phrases for organising texts. Construction of sentences. Techniques of expressing facts: hypothesis, examples, comparison of facts etc. Research paper styles. Overviews and summaries.

List of literature

1. Baines P., Egan J., Jefkins F. Public Relations. Contemporary issues and techniques. – Amsterdam, Boston, Heidelberg, London, etc.: Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann, 2004. ISBN 0 7506 5724 3. (LAS-1). 2. Bivins T. H. Public relations writing : the essentials of staile and format / Thomas H. Bivin. - 5th ed. - New York : McGraw Hill, 2005. - xii, 359 p. : ill., tab. - Includes index. ISBN 0-07-288256-5 (LAS-1) 3. H. Wynford. English for Journalists / Wynford Hicks. - 2nd ed. - London. - New York : Routledge, Taylor&Francis Group, 1998. - 131 p. (SKO – 1). 4. Захарова Е.В. Public Relations and Advertising in Close-Up : для студентов высших учебных заведений / Е.В. Захарова, Л.В. Ульянищева. - Москва : Импе-Паблиш, 2004. - 270, [1] с. : таб. - Piel.: CD ar tādu pašu nos. ISBN 5-9594000-2-2 (ABO-9, LAS-1). 5. B. Harris Leonhard. Discoveries in Academic Writing. 1st Edition. Thomson & Heinle. 1999. ISBN: 0155072552 – 300 p. (SKO-2) 6. Powel M. Presenting in English. How to give successful presentations. Language Teaching Publications, 1997. (SKO-1). 7. Aspinall T. Advanced Masterclass CAE : [The Certificate in Advanced English (Cambridge Level 4)] / Tricia Aspinall, Annette Capel ; with structure sections by Kathy Gude. - Oxford : Oxford University Press, [2000]Student's Book. - New edition, updated to include changes to the exam. - 2000. - 206, [2] p. (MĀC-86, LAS-1). 8. Powel M. Business matters: The Business Course with a Lexical Approach. Language Teaching Publications, 1998. (SKO-1). 9. Smith P. Writing an Assignment: How to Improve Your Research and Presentation Skills. How To Books, 1998. LOBBYISM Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Mag.pol. Oskars Balodis

Aims – to provide a theoretical and practical insight of lobbying techniques, view them in the context of political processes and public relations activities. Preliminary knowledge required – basic knowledge of political science, public relations. Tasks – to acquaint the students with lobbyism as a political process and a component of public relations; to provide an overview of lobbying techniques, different lobbying mechanisms and analyse interest groups and activities of lobbyists; to evaluate latest lobbying tendencies on the national scale as well as on the European union level; to describe and analyse government operations and lobbyism taking into account dual perspectives of politics and public relations. Mandatory requirements - four regular tests of the type determined by the teacher, compulsory attendance of lectures, independent study paper and its presentation. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\...

Contents

1. Introductory lecture. Course basic principle, plan and requirements. 2. Concept of lobbyism, history of origin. 3. Lobbyism as a political process and component of public relations. 4. Interest groups and their classification. Theoretical aspects of formation of interest groups. 5. Profile of a lobbyist. Lobbying activities (from representation to decision making)? 6. Types of lobbyism and lobbyism mechanisms. 7. Criteria for evaluation of lobbyism activities. 8. Different approaches to regulating lobbyism. 9. International experience in lobbyism. 10. Lobbyism and its regulation in European union institutions. 11. Types of relation between European commission and interest groups. 12. Lobbyism in Latvia. Overview of Latvian normative enactments. 13. Who does lobbying in Latvia?

List of literature

1. Bardach, E. The Eight-Step Path of Policy Analysis (A Handbook for Practice).Berkeley Academic Press Berkeley, 1996. 2. Baskin O., Aronoff C.E. Public Relations. Memphis: Wm. C.Brown Publishers, 1992. 3. Black S. The Practice of Public Relations. Oxford: Clay Ltd., 1995. 4. Bombergs E. and Stubb A. The European Union: How Dos it Work? Oxford: University Press, 2003. 5. Harrison S. Public Relations. London, International Thomson Business Press, 1996. 6. Heath R.L. Handbook of Public Relations. London: Sage Publications, 2001. 7. Hendrix J.A. Public Relation Cases. 3rd ed., Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1995. 8. Heywood A. Politics, London: Macmillan Press, 1997. 9. Jansone D., Reinholde I., Ulnicāne I. Latvijas publiskā pārvalde. Rīga, Eurofaculty, 2002. 10. Kitchen P.J. Public Relations Principles and Practice. Thomson Business Press, 1997. 11. Parson W. Public Policy: Introduction to the Theory and Practice of Policy Analysis. Edward Elgar Publishin Limited, Brookfield, 1995. 12. Rajevskis V., Rajevska F. Valsts varas institūcijas Latvijas Republikā. Rīga: LU žurnāla “Latvijas Vēsture” fonds, 1999. 13. Seitel F.P. The Practice of Public Relations. 5th ed., Macmillan Publishing Company, 1992. 14. Vedung E. Public Policy and Program Evaluation. Transaction Publishers, New Jersey, 2003. 15. Wallace&Wallace. Policy making in the European Union, 4th editions, 2000. 16. Wilcox D.L., Ault P.H, Agee W.K., Cameron G.T. Essentials of Public Relations. New York: Addison Wesley Educational Publishers, 2001. JOURNALISTIC TECHNOLOGY Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.philol. Arturs Priedītis, Dr.phil. Ainārs Dimants

Aims – to strengthen the knowledge of students on professional technology in journalism so that public relations managers can orientate with competence in the functions and specifics of mass media activities. Tasks – to acquaint the students with the role of mass media in the modern information era, features of Latvian press in the modern era, modern Western journalism, work of journalists in print media, radio, TV and Internet, ethical and social responsibility of journalists towards the society and the potential capabilities of mass media in public relations. Mandatory requirements – four regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional information – folder x:/Uzdevumi/Studiju darbu uzdevumi/…

Contents

1. Functions of journalism. 2. History and traditions of Latvian journalism and its role today. 3. Modern Western journalism. 4. Technological development of journalism and mass media. 5. Journalism and social processes. 6. Journalism, power and censorship. 7. Work of journalists in print media, TV and radio. 8. Literary styles of journalism in modern practice. 9. Journalism and the Internet. 10. Moral and ethical norms and social responsibility of journalism. 11. Journalism and public relations in modern social cultural context.

List of literature

1. Dimants A. Latvijas masu mediju nākotne paplašinātajā Eiropā. No: Jundzis, Tālavs (red.): Latvija Eiropā : nākotnes vīzijas : Rakstu krājums. Rīga: LZA Baltijas stratēģisko pētījumu centrs, 2004, 295. - 312. lpp. 2. Dimants A. Pašcenzūra pret paškontroli Latvijas presē : Mediju pētījuma atklājumi. Valmiera: Vidzemes Augstskola, 2004. 3. Kruks S. Radiožurnālistika. Rīga: Valters un Rapa, 2005. 4. Kruks S., Šulmane I. Plašsaziņas līdzekļi demokrātiskā sabiedrībā. No: LU SPPI; Stratēģiskās analīzes komisija (sast.): Cik demokrātiska ir Latvija : Demokrātijas audits. Rīga: LU Akadēmiskais apgāds, 2005, 139. - 151. lpp. 5. Mediji. No: Latvijas reklāmas gadagrāmata 2005/06. Rīga: Latvijas Reklāmas asociācija, 2005, 89. - 164. lpp. 6. Ruņģis A. Reportiera rokas grāmata : 6 k. Chicago: Latviešu Preses Biedrība, 1971, 1984. 7. Veinberga S. Masmediji : Prese, radio un televīzija. Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC, [bez gada]. 8. Bærug R. The Baltic Media World. Rīga, 2005. 9. Dominick J. R. The Dynamics of Mass Communication : Media in the Digital Age. 8th Edition. New York: McGrawHill, 2005. 10. Fengler S., Russ-Mohl St. Der Journalist als “Homo oeconomicus”. Konstanz: UVK, 2005. 11. Fleming C. An Introduction to Journalism. London: Sage Publications, 2005. 12. Franklin B. Key Concepts in Journalism Studies. London: Sage Publications, 2005. 13. Hennessy B. Writing Feature Articles : A practical guide to methods and markets. 3 rd ed. Oxford: Focal Press, 1997. 14. Hodgson F.W. Modern Newspaper Practice : A primer on the press. 4th ed. Oxford: Focal Press, 1997. 15. Luhmann N. Die Realität der Massenmedien. 2., erweiterte Auflage. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag, 1996. 16. McQuail D. McQuail’s Mass Communication Theory. 5th Edition. London: Sage Publications, 2005. 17. Mencher M. Basic Media Writing. 6th ed. Madison: Brown & Benchmark Publishers, 1998. 18. Noelle-Neumann E., Schulz W., Wilke J. Publizistik. Massenkommunikation. 4. Aufl. Frankfurt a. M.: Fischer Taschenbuch, 2002 (Fischer Lexikon 15495). 19. Ruß-Mohl St. Journalismus : Das Hand- und Lehrbuch. Frankfurt a. M.: F.A.Z.-Institut für Management-, Markt- und Medieninformationen, 2003 (Frankfurter Allgemeine Buch im F.A.Z.- Institut). 20. Schneider W., Esslinger D. Die Überschrift : Sachzwänge, Fallstricke, Versuchungen, Rezepte. 3. Aufl. München: List, 1993. 21. Schneider W., Raue P. J. Das neue Handbuch des Journalismus. Reinbek b. Hamburg: Rowohlt Taschenbuch Verlag, 2003 (Sachbuch 61569). 22. Weischenberg S. Journalistik: Theorie und Praxis aktueller Medienkommunikation. Band 1: Mediensysteme, Medienethik, Medieninstitutionen. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag, 1992. 23. www.tns.lv 24. www.nrtp.lv 25. www.lpia.lv 26. www.politika.lv 27. http://nozare.lv/inf/_media RHETORICS Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.paed. Edgars Kramiņš

Aims – to provide in depth knowledge on the significance of speaking skills in public relations, develop skills for practical application of knowledge gained. Tasks– to create an understanding of public speeches, speech techniques, speech psychology, problems regarding expression and image projected during speeches; using latest developments develop one’s skills of persuasive speaking and presentation and develop skills to cope with problems during presentations. Preliminary knowledge required – verbal and nonverbal communication, communication science and public relations. Mandatory requirements – four regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional Information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Description and significance of public speeches and public presentations. 2. Reasons and aims of speeches. 3. Speech techniques. 4. Use of aids. 5. Using speech formulas. 6. Managing presentations. 7. Selling presentations. 8. Persuasive speaking and presentation skills. 9. Skills to cope with problems while presentations.

List of literature

1. Alekse I. Runātprasme: palīgs runātājiem un viņu skolotājiem / Inta Alekse.- Rīga: RaKa, 2003.- 126 lpp, il.- ISBN 9984-15-452-1. 2. Apinis P. Cilvēks. Anatomija, fizioloģija, patoloģijas pamati. Rīga: Nacionālais medicīnas apgāds, 1998.- 800 lpp, il.,- ISBN 9984-92790-3. 3. Bormane O. Skatuves runas pamati / Olga Bormane.- Rīga: Latvijas Valsts izdevniecība, 1961.- 154 lpp., shēm. 4. Cīrule I. Runas māksla : māc. metod. mat. / I.Cīrule ; Latvijas Policijas akadēmija. - Rīga : Latvijas Policijas akadēmija, 2001. - 20 lpp. : tab. ISBN 9984-95121-9 5. Coutelou Jean Francois. Hebergement et communication professionnelle / Jean Francois Coutelou, Jean Hannedouche. - Clichy : BPI, 2000. - 134 lpp. : fotogr., tab. - (Enseignement, Formation, Restauration, Hotellerie : Gestion, Econimie, Droit). ISBN 2-85708-243-6 6. Ekman P. Emotion in the human face / Paul Ekman.- Cambrige [etc.]: Cambrige University Press., 1982.- 439 p., ill., graph., tab.- ISBN 0-521-28393-0. 7. Ezera I. Lietišķā komunikācija / I.Ezera, I.Graudiņa, S.Dreiberga. - Papild. izd. - [Rīga] : Kamene, 2002. - 99 lpp. : tab., sh. - Lit. sar. nod. beigās. ISBN 9984-636-41-0 8. Geikina S. Retorikas pamati: tālmācības materiāls pedagoģijā / Silvija Geikina.- Rīga: RaKa, 2003.- 112 lpp.- ISBN 9984-15-489-0. 9. Hindls Tims. Prasme uzstāties / no angļu val. tulk. Ināra Dimpere. - RIga : Zvaigzne ABC, 2000. - 72 lpp. : il. - (Veiksmīga karjera). ISBN 9984-17-665-7 10. Karpova Ā. Personība. Teorijas un to rādītāji / Ārija Karpova.- Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC, 1998.- 223 lpp., att., shēm.- ISBN 9984-04-930-2. 11. Kennedy G.A. Comperative rhetoric: an historical and cross-cultural introduction / George Alexander Kennedy.- New York, NY [etc.]: Oxford University Press, 1998.- 238 p.,- ISBN 0-19- 510932-5. 12. Kennedy G.A. The art of rhetoric in the Roman world: 300 B.C.- A.D.300 / George Alexander Kennedy.- Leiden: Brill, 2001.- 172 p.,- ISBN 90-04-12213-3. 13. Kramiņš E. Komunikatīvās kompetences veidošanās runas apguves procesā kā konfliktu novēršanas līdzeklis / Edgars Kramiņš // Konflikta teorija un prakse multikulturālā sabiedrībā / redkol.: I.Žogla..[u.c.].- Rīga: Izglītība tautas attīstībai, 2001.- 224.- 234. lpp.- ISBN 9984-9525-0- 9. 14. Kramiņš E. Runas prasme saziņā: monogrāfija / Edgars Kramiņš.- Rīga: BA Turība, 2004. 15. Kramiņš E. Runas stilu apguve kā topošo speciālistu profesionālās kompetences veidošanās nosacījums / Edgars Kramiņš // Changing education in a changing spciety- I / redkol.: I.Žogla.. [u.c.].-Rīga: Izglītība soļi, 2003.- 79.-91. lpp.- ISBN 9984-712-36-2. 16. Lucas Stephen E. The Art of public speaking / Stephen E. Lucas. - 8th ed. - Boston : McGraw- Hill, 2004. - xxxii, 500, [28] p. : fotogr., tab. - (International edition). - Index: p. I1-I6. - Piel. 2 CD- ROM, Student CD-ROM guidebook, TopicFinder. ISBN 0-07-121485-2 17. Mencels Volfgangs. Retorika : prasme brīvi un pārliecinoši runāt / Volfgangs Mencels ; māksl. Kristiāns Mencels ; [no vācu val.] tulk. Egita Proveja. - Rīga : De Novo, 2002. - 126 lpp. : il. - (Rokasgrāmata ; 3). - Bibliogr.: 124.lpp. ISBN 9984-95622-9 18. Vigotskis Ļ. Domāšana un runa / Ļevs Vigotskis.- Rīga: EVE, 2002.- 392 lpp.- ISBN 9984-716- 08-2. 19. Zaķe I. Logopēdiskās spēles un vingrinājumi / Iveta Zaķe.- Rīga: Izglītības soļi, 2000.- 39 lpp.- ISBN 9984-943-64-X. 20. Александров Д.Н. Основы ораторского мастерства, или и в погоне за Цицероном : учебное пособие / Д.Н. Александров. - Москва : Флинта : Наука, 2003. - 487 с. : таб. - Библиогр.: с. 483-[484]. ISBN 5-89349-296-X ISBN 5-02-022530-4 21. Аристотель. Поэтика ; Риторика / Аристотель ; пер. с греч. В.Аппельрота, Н.Платоновой ; вступ. ст., коммент. С.Ю. Трохачева. - Санкт-Петербург : Азбука, 2000. - 346,[2] c. - (Азбука- классика). ISBN 5-267-00095-7 FINANCE MANAGEMENT Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr. oec. Jānis Āboltiņš

Aims – To provide in depth knowledge on finance and credit system, its functioning and topical issues regarding finance management. Preliminary knowledge required – Macroeconomics, Business. Tasks – to gain knowledge on finance market institutions, credit institutions system and its operation mechanisms, essence of credit, types of credit and sources, cash flow, investment types and projects, operations of the securities market, drawing up a budget and financing processes. Mandatory requirements – four regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 4 credit points (CP) or 160 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – examination. Additional Information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Finance and its management: essence, aims and instruments. 2. Basic elements of finance management. 3. Financial analysis: aims and methods, financial indicators. 4. Forecasting financial indicators: types, methods and its application in enterprises. 5. Using assets for gaining profits in commercial activities. 6. Investments, its types and projects. Investment planning and evaluation of effectiveness of projects. 7. Cash flow of enterprises. Insolvency. 8. Financial planning, its strategy and drawing up budgets, financing process.

List of literature

1. Dūdele A. Finansu vadības pamati : māc. līdz. / Alīna Dūdele, Terēza Korsaka. - Rīga : [Tālākizglītības attīstības fonds : Banku augstskola], 2001. ISBN ISBN 998465334X. 2. Rurāne M. Finansu pārvaldība / Marita Rurāne. - [Rīga] : Latvijas izglītības fonds, [2001]. - 281,[7] lpp. : tab. - Bibliogr.: [286.-287.] lpp. ISBN 9984-95580-X 3. Januška M. Firmas finansiāli ekonomiskā stāvokļa analīzes metodika : praktisks palīglīdz. / Marina Januška ; [no kr. val.] tulk. Ināra Zēberga. - Rīga : ZKC SIA "Inovācija", 2002. - 40 lpp. : tab. ISBN 9984-94158-2 4. Rupeika - Apoga R. Valūtas tirgus un valūtas darījumi : [mācību līdzeklis] / Ramona Rupeika- Apoga. - Rīga : Datorzinību Centrs, 2003. - Bibliogr.: 156.-159.lpp. - Terminoloģija: 149.- 154.lpp.- ISBN 9984665208. 5. Vērtspapīru tirgus zinības / Ģ.Apsītis, I.Aščuks, U.Cērps ... [u.c.] ; zinātniskais red. A.Klauss ; priekšv. aut. Guntars Kokorevičs. - [Rīga] : Rīgas fondu birža : Jumava, [2003]. - 211 lpp. : tab. - Bibliogrāfija: 208.-209.lpp. ISBN 9984-05-713-5 6. Brigham Eugene F. Fundamentals of financial management : international student edition / Eugene F.Brigham, Joel F.Houston. - 10th edition. - USA : Thomson : South-Western, 2004. - CD. - ISBN 0324178298. 7. Brealey R. A. Principles of Corporate Finance / Richard A. Brealey, Stewart C. Myers. - 7th ed. - Boston ... [etc.] : Mcgraw-Hill : Irwin, 2003. - XXV, 1071 p. : tab., diagr. ISBN 0-07-246766- 5 ISBN 0-07-115144-3 8. В. Хорн Дж.К. Основы управления финансами : пер. c англ. / Дж.К.Ван Хорн ; гл. ред. серии Я.В.Соколов. - Москва : Финансы и статистика, 2003. - 799 с. : табл., диагр. - Ориг. назв.: Fundamentals of financial management/ James C. Van Horne. - [USA] : Prentice Hall, 1989. ISBN 5-279-01844-9 9. Виленский П.Л. Оценка эффективности инвестиционных проектов : теория и практика : учеб. пособие / П.Л.Виленский, В.Н.Лившиц, С.A.Смоляк. - 2-е изд., перераб. и доп. - Москва : Издательство "Дело", 2002. - 888 с. : диагр., схем., табл. - Библиогр.: с. 878- 883. ISBN 5-7749-0286-2 10. Маренго А.К. Финансовый менеджмент : экспресс-курс для менеджеров : учеб. пособие / А.К.Маренго ; под ред. М.М.Трофимова. - Санкт-Петербург : Издательство " Алетейя", 2001. - 163, [3] с. ISBN 5-89329-395-9 11. Павлова Л.Н. Финансовый менеджмент : учебник для вузов / Л.Н. Павлова. - 2-е изд., перераб. и доп. - Москва : ЮНИТИ-ДАНА, 2001. - 269,[1] c. ISBN 5-238-00321-8 12. Вахрин П.И. Финансовый анализ в коммерческих и некоммерческих организациях : учеб. пособие / П.И. Вахрин. - Москва : Издательско-книготорговый центр "Маркетинг", 2001. - 318, [2] c. - Библиогр.: с. 315-[319]. ISBN 5-944620-58-7 13. Швандар В.А. Управление инвестиционными проектами : учеб. пособие для вузов / В.А. Швандар, А.И. Базилевич. - Москва : ЮНИТИ-ДАНА, 2001. - 208 c. : табл. - Библиогр.: с. 205- 206. ISBN 5-238-00320-Х 14. Половинкин С.А. Управление финансами предприятия : учебно-практическое пособие / С.А. Половинкин. - Москва : ИД ФБК-ПРЕСС, 2001. - 374,[2] с. - Библиогр.: c. 372-[375]. ISBN 5-88103-049-4 15. Бочаров В.В. Финансовый анализ : учеб. пособие / В.В. Бочаров. - Санкт-Петербург ... [и др.] : Питер, 2001. - 218,[14] c. - (Краткий курс). - Библиогр.: с. 216-218. ISBN 5-318-00155-6 16. Бригхем Ю. Финансовый менеджмент : полный курс : учебное пособие : в двух томах / Юджин Бригхем, Луис Гапенский ; Институт "Открытое общество" ; пер. с англ. под ред. В.В. Ковалева. - Санкт-Петербург : Институт "Экономическая школа" : Санкт-Петербургский университет экономики и финансов ; Москва : Высшая школа экономики, 2000. - (ISBN 5- 900428-30-3 17. Стоянова Е. Финансовый менеджмент для практиков : краткий профессиональный курс / Елена Стоянова, М. Г. Штерн ; Финансовая академия при Правительстве РФ Академия менеджмента и рынка. – Москва : Перспектива, 1998. STRATEGIC COMMUNICATION Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.hab.sc.ing. Guntis Strazds

Aims – to provide students in depth knowledge of possibilities of strategic communication, develop skills for practical application of knowledge gained. Preliminary knowledge required – management science and public relations, basic knowledge of economic processes. Tasks – to acquaint the students with strategic management and theoretical basis of strategic communication, to learn to formulate the company’s mission statement and vision, to conduct analysis of enterprise environment, to form and implement organisation strategy and to implement strategic communication process using the latest management trends. Mandatory requirements – four regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – corresponds to 2 credit points (CP) or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and independent studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional Information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Strategic thinking and activity – essence and necessity. 2. Strategic management and basic principles of strategic communication. 3. Strategic communication as a strategic management tool. Possibilities, disadvantages, applications. 4. Strategic planning and management. Strategic management process. 5. Using communication for strategic decision making at an enterprise. 6. Strategic aspects of external communication. Problems and possibilities. 7. Development and implementation of strategies. 8. Evaluation and control of strategic planning in an enterprise. 9. Change management. 10. Leadership – essence and application.

List of literature

1. Ackermann F. The Practice of making strategy: a step-by-step guide, London: SAGE Pulbications, 2005. 2. Caune J. Stratēģiskā vadīšana / Jānis Caune, Andrejs Dzedons, Leonīds Pētersons ; A. Dzedona red. – Rīga : Kamene, [2000]. – 232 lpp. : tab. – Bibliogr.: 227. – 232. lpp. (ABO–10, LAS–4, MĀC–311). 3. Cook M. Business Economics : Strategy and Applications. - London : Pitman Publishing, 1998. - Includes bibliographical references and index. - ISBN ISBN 0-273-61713-3. - XXII, 602 p. : diagr., tab. (LAS- 1). 4. Cooperative strategy: economic, business and organizational issues, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000. 5. Curtin T, Managing a crisis: a practical guide, New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2005. 6. Forands I. Stratēģija. Kvalitāte : analīze, plānošana, vadība / Ilgvars Forands. – Rīga : [Latvijas Izglītības fonds], 2000. – 253,[1] lpp. : tab., sh., diagr. (ABO–17, LAS–4). 7. Gopinath C., Strategize!: experimental excercises in strategic management. United States: Thomson South-Western, 2005. 8. Handbook of organizational change and innovation / edited by Marshall Scott Poole, ANdrew H. van de Ven 0 Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004. 9. Howlett M. Studying public policy: pollicy cycles and policy subsystems, Ontario: Oxford University Press, 2003. 10. Jungs K.G., Dzīve, māksla, politika, Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC 11. Leadership and power: identity processes in groups and organizations / edited by Daan van Knippenberg and Michael A.Hogg, London: Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 2003. 12. Lindlof T. R., Qualitative communication research methods, Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications, 2002. 13. Locker K. O., Business communication: building critical skills, New York: McGraw-Hill, 2004. 14. Miller K. Organizational communications: approaches and processes, Australia: Thomson Wadsworth, 2003. 15. Mintzberg H., Ahlstrad B., Lampel J., Strategy Safari, a Guided Tour Through the Wilds of Strategic Management, London: Prentice Hall, 1998. 16. Mintzberg H., Quinn J.B., Sumantra Ghoshal, The Strategy Process, Revised European Edition, Prentice Hall Europe, 1998. 17. Murray E. J., Fast forward: organizational change in 100 days, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002. 18. Nahavandi A. The Art and Science of leadership / 3rd ed. – Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall, 2002. – 338 p. ISBN 0-13-045812 19. Nooteboom B. Learning and innovation in organizations and economies, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000. 20. Reeve J. M. Understanding motivation and emotion, Hoboken: John Wiley & Sons, 2005. 21. Rideštrole J., Nūrdstrems Č.A., Aizraujošais bizness, Rīga: SIA “Baltijas vadības konferences”, 2002. 22. Steinbergs Š. S., Osterns D. T., Valdība, ētika un vadītāji, valsts sektora ētisko dilemmu risināšanas rokasgrāmata, Rīga: Pētergailis, 1994. 23. Strategic planning for public relations / edited by Ronald D.Smith, Mahwah, N.J.:Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2002. 24. Strategic thinking for the next economy: / editors Michael A.Cusumano, Constantinos C.Markides/ - 1st edition/ - San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 2001 25. Sutherland J. Key concepts in strategic management, New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2004. 26. The Oxford handbook of strategy: Volume 1 and 2, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2003. 27. Whiddett S. A practical guide to competencies: how to inhance individual and organisational performance, London: Chartered Institute of Personell and Development, 2003. 28. Yukl G. A., Leadership in Organizations, 2d ed., Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1989. 29. Ври Манфред Ке. Мистика лидерства: развитие емоционального интелекта – Москва: Альпина Паблишер, 2003. 30. Дернер Д. Логика неудачи : стратегическое мышление в сложных ситуациях / Дитрих Дернер ; пер. с нем. - Москва : Смысл, 1997. - Ориг. изд.: Die Logik des Misslingens / Dietrich Doerner. - Reinbek bei Hamburg : Rowohlt Verlag, 1989. - Библиогр.: c. 238- [241]. - ISBN ISBN 5893570243. - 240,[4] c. (LAS –1). 31. Карлоф. Деловая стратегия. Москва: Экономика, 1991. 32. Минцберг Г., Альстрэнд Б., Лэмпел Д. Школы стратегий. Стратегическое сафари: экскурсия по дебрям стратегий менеджмента. Санкт-Петербург, 2001. 33. Минцберг Г., Куинн Дж. Б., Гошал С. Стратегический процесс. Концепции, проблемы, решения. Санкт-Петербург, 2001. 34. Фатхутдинов Р.А. Стратегический менеджмент / Р.А.Фатхутдинов ; Академия народного хозяйства при Правительстве Российской Федерации : учебник. - 4-е изд., перераб. и доп. - Москва : Издательство "Дело", 2001. - Библиогр.: с. [447]. - ISBN ISBN 5774902358. - 445, [3] с. : табл., схеми. (ABO –4, LAS- 1). CONFLICTOLOGY Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.psych. Daina Škuškovnika

Aims – to acquaint with different basic psychological concepts of conflict, gain basic concepts of resolving conflicts. Tasks – to acquaint with theoretical concepts of internal, interpersonal and inter-group conflicts, conflict analysis, and resolution and management types. Practically create a constructive analysis model of conflicts, plan for constructive resolution of conflicts. To gain practical intermediary skills in conflict resolution. Mandatory requirements – 2 regular tests (participation in group work; practical task – analysis of a particular conflict, its presentation in a seminar). Scope – 2 credit points or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and individual studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional information – folder x:\ Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\...

Contents

1. Conflictology as a science. Social conflict. Understanding of constructive and non- constructive conflict. 2. Signs of conflict development phases. Possible grounds for conflict. 3. Conflicting personalities. Psychological circumstances that promote awareness and resolution of internal conflict. 4. Conflict in a group. Conflict in organisation- Types of conflict and possible grounds. 5. Factors promoting inter-group conflict. Specifics of ethnic conflict. Specifics of resolving social dilemma. 6. Resolution of constructive conflicts. 7. Mediation in conflicts. 8. Negotiation as a means of resolving conflicts. Main psychological aspects of different phases of negotiation.

List of literature

1. Van de Vliert E. Complex Interpersonal Conflict Behaviour. Theorietical Frontiers. London, Psychology Press 2004 2. Mūller–Fohrbrodt. Konflikte konstruktiv bearbeiten lernen. Germany, 1999 3. Stroebe W. (eds) The Social Psychology of Intergroup Conflicts. Theory, research and Applications., Berlin, 1988 4. Rubin J.Z., Pruitt D.G., Kim S.H (eds). Social conflict. McGraw- Hill; Inc 1994 5. Гришина Н. В. Псиxология конфлкта.Санкт-Петербург, 2000 6. Анцупов А. Я. , Шипимов А. И. Конфликтология. Москва, 1999 7. Зеркин Д. П. Основы конфликтологии. Ростов на Дону, 1998 8. Батаршев А. В. Психодиагностика способности к общению. Москва, 2000 9. Pikeringa P. Strīdi, nesaskaņas, konflikti.Rīga, 2000 10. Journal of Social Issuess, (vol 45, No 2, 2003, 195-209p.); (vol 50, No 1, 2004, 33-45 p); (vol 48, No 2 2003, 3-13 p). MARKETING COMMUNICATION Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.oec. Iļja Gerčikovs

Aims – to gain marketing communication system creation and management skills. Preliminary knowledge required – Marketing, Advertising Basics. Tasks – to acquaint the students with place and role of marketing communication in the marketing matrix, creation and application of marketing communication, communication concepts, its application possibilities, management process, planning and decision making in the marketing communication sphere. Mandatory requirements – two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – 2 credit points or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and individual studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional information – folder x:\ Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\...

Contents

1. Marketing communication in the context of marketing matrix. 2. Creation of marketing communication systems and its application possibilities. 3. Interpreted marketing communication concepts and its effective application. 4. Marketing communication management process and factors influencing it. 5. Planning marketing communication and decision making in communications.

List of literature

1. Katlips Skots M. Sabiedriskās attiecības = Public Relations / Skots M. Katlips, Alens H. Senters, Glens M. Brūms ; no angļu val. tulk. Maija Cīrule. - Rīga : Avots, 2002. - 763,[1] lpp. : il. - Bibliogr. nod. beigās; Papildliter.: 763.lpp. ISBN 9984-7005-4-2 2. Гембл П. Маркетинг взаимоотношений с потребителями : [революция в маркетинге: стратегий, ориентированные на потребителя] / П. Гембл, М. Стоун, Н. Вудкок ; Пер. с англ. В. Егорова. - Москва : Фаир-пресс, 2002. - 511 с. : таб. ISBN 5-8183-0376-4 ISBN 0-7494- 3087-7 3. Котлер Ф. Маркетинг в третьем тысячелетии : как создать, завоевать и удержать рынок / Филип Котлер ; пер. с англ. В. А. Гольдича и А.И. Оганесовой ; науч. ред., авт. вступ. ст. Б. А. Соловьев. - Москва : Издательство АСТ, 2001. - 272 с. : таб. - Ориг. изд.: Marketing: how to create, win, and dominate markets / Philip Kotler. - [S. l.] : [The Free Press], 1999. - Библиогр.: c. 269-271. ISBN 5-17-006562-0 4. Котлер Ф. Маркетинг менеджмент / Филип Котлер. - 11-е изд. - Санкт-Петербург [etc.] : Питер, 2004. - 797,[1] с. : табл. - (Теория и практика менеджмента). - Содержит библиогр. и указатели. - Ориг. назв.: Marketing Management / Philip Kotler. - [USA] : Prentice Hall, 2003. ISBN 5-947233-11-8 5. Котлер Ф. Маркетинг по Котлеру : как создать. завоевать и удержать рынок / Филип Котлер = Kotler on marketing : how to create, win, and dominate markets / пер. с англ. В.А. Гольдича, И.А. Оганесовой. - Москва : Альпина Паблишер, 2003. - 295 с. : таб. ISBN 5- 945990-96-5 ISBN 0-684-85033-8 6. Крылов И. Маркетинг : социология маркетинговых коммуникаций : учебное пособие. - Москва : Центр, 1998. - 189 с. - Библиогр.: с. 163-172. ISBN 5-88860-035-0 7. Постма П. Новая эра маркетинга : будущее маркетинга в век новых технологий / Пол Постма ; пер. с англ. Л.Царук ; с предисл. Филипа Котлера. - Санкт-Петербург [и др.] : Питер, 2002. - 201,[1] с. : таб. - (Маркетинг для профессионалов). - Ориг. изд.: The New Marketing Era: Marketing to the Imagination in a Technology-Driven World / Paul Postma. - New York [etc.] : McGraw-Hill, 1999. - Библиогр. ISBN 5-318-00607-8 8. Смит П.Р. Маркетинговые коммуникации : комплексный подход / П.Р. Смит = marketing communications : an integrated approach / пер. с англ. М.Ю. Заричкой. - 2-е изд. - Киев : Знання-Прес, 2003. - 796 с. : рис., таб. - (Европейский маркетинг). - Лит: с. 775. - Указатель: с. 777-796. ISBN 966-7767-64-7 ISBN 0-7494-2699-3 9. Темпорал П. Роман с покупателем : управление взаимоотношениями с покупателями как способ максимального увеличения стоимости торговой марки / Пол Темпорал, Мартин Тротт ; пер. с англ. С.Жильцова. - Санкт-Петербург [etc.] : Питер, 2002. - 215,[1] c. : таб. - (Маркетинг для профессионалов). - Ориг. изд.: Romancing the Customer / Paul Temporal, Martin Trott. - New York [etc.] : John Wiley & Sons, 2001. ISBN 5-318-00769-4 10. Траут Д. Новое позиционирование / Джек Траут при участии Стива Ривкина ; пер. с англ. - Санкт-Петербург ... [etc.] : Питер, 2002. - 189,[1] c. - (Деловой бестселлер). - Ориг. изд.: The New Positioning: the Latest on the World's Nr.1 Business Strategy / Jack Trout with Steve Rivkin. - New York ... [etc.] : McGraw-Hill, 1996. ISBN 5-272-00132-X 11. Clow Kenneth E. Integrated advertising, promotion, and marketing communications / Kenneth E.Clow, Donald Baack. - 2nd edition. - New Yersey : Pearson Prentice Hall, [2004]. - 538 p. : il. - Includes bibliographical references and index. - Added CD. ISBN 0-13-140546-2 12. Dowling Grahamer R. The Art and science of marketing : marketing for marketing managers / Grahamer R. Dowling. - Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2004. - 441 p. : ill., tab. - Bibliogr. katras nod. beigās. - Index: p.[431]-441. ISBN 0-19-926961-0 13. Jobber D. Selling and sales management / David Jobber, Geoff Lancaster ; Geoff Lancaster. - 6th ed. - Harlow ... [etc.] : Prentice Hall, 2003. - XVIII, 476 p. : tab. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0-273-67415-3 14. Fielder R. Outsell your competition : Consultative selling strategies for the 21st century / Robin Fielder. - London ... [etc.] : McGraw-Hill, 2002. - 160 p. - Includes index. ISBN 0-07-709937-0 15. Kasper J. Short cycle selling : beating your competitors in the sales race / Jim Kasper. - New York : McGraw-Hill, 2002. - XVI, 271, [1] lpp. : il., tab. - Includes index. ISBN 0-07-138873-7 16. Ries Al. Positioning : the battle for your mind : [how to be seen and heard in the overcrowded marketplace] / Al Ries, Jack Trout ; foreword by Philip Kotler. - New York ... [etc.] : McGraw-Hill, 2001. - X, 213 p. - (The marketing classic). - Index: p. 211-213. ISBN 0-07-137358-6 MASS AND POLITICAL PSYCHOLOGY Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.psych., assoc. prof. Guna Svence

Aims - to develop the student’s understanding of public and individual interaction in the political process. To develop skills of analysis of political groups and leaders interaction with the public on psychological grounds. Tasks - to get acquainted with the specifics of political thinking, by comparing psychoanalysis and positive psychological norms; to acquaint oneself with the interaction of groups and the individual, using K.G. Jung’s political thinking theory; to analyse the features of political power in a group, neurosis and charisma in the image of leaders; analyse the development of modern political thinking; to acquaint with the methods of political struggle and prepare a recommendation project or analytical project for a political party or leader for the forthcoming elections. Mandatory requirements - two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher (at least 50% attendance of lectures, at least one presentation at a seminar, defence of analytical project or recommendation). Scope - 2 credit points or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and individual studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional information – folder x:\ Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\...

Contents

1. Introduction – concepts of research on political psychology, comparison with psychoanalytical concepts and positive psychology concepts on power, political leadership and political conflict. 2. Political groups and conditions and features of political struggle, the significance of the symbol in political advertising. 3. Development of political power and leadership in the course of civilization in accordance with K.G. Jung, development of neurosis and psychic inflation, neurotic and charismatic leaders. Analysis of personality of Stalin and Hitler based on psychoanalytical concepts. 4. Creation of political ethnos and political battle in pre election campaigns. 5. Psychological grounds and manipulation of mass hysteria.

Seminar topics

1. Political scandal X or conflict analysis, using theoretical principles of psychoanalysis. 2. Analysis of politician X, using political psychology theory and press materials.

List of literature

1. Svence G. Politiskā psiholoģija. R.,RAKA, 2004. 2. Zāle V. Psihotriki.Blefošana.Manipulācijas.R.,Kopsolī, 1997. 3. Handbook of Positive psychology. Edited by C.R.Snyder, Shane J. Lopez. Oxford University Press, UK, 2002. ADVERTISING THEORY AND PRACTICE Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.oec., asoc.prof. Ineta Geipele

Aims – to gain theoretical basics of advertising management and in depth knowledge of effectiveness of advertising, its practical application possibilities in enterprises and administrative institutions. Preliminary knowledge required – Marketing, Advertising basics. Tasks – to acquaint the students with environment of advertising activities, planning and management process, creation strategy and tactics, its implementation prospects, to show a scientific approach to advertising and advertising as a cultural component. Mandatory requirements – two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – 2 credit points or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and individual studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional information – folder x:\ Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\...

Contents

1. Advertising environment and evaluation of factors influencing advertising activities. 2. Advertising planning and management. 3. Conceptual levels of advertising activities and typical aims. 4. Creating advertisements: creative and communicative concepts. 5. Implementing advertising concepts using projecting technology and social psychological basis. 6. Advertising as a cultural component and scientific approach to advertising.

List of literature

1. Blaits D. Mārketings : rokasgrāmata / Džims Blaits ; no angļu val tulk. Ilze Dukāte ; tulkojuma zinātniskā konsultante Ērika Šumilo. - Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, 2004. - 284 lpp. : tab., sh., diagr. - Oriģ. izd.: Essentials of Marketing / Jim Blythe. - Pearson Education Ltd., 2001. - Ietver bibliogr. - Terminu rād.: 275.-284.lpp. ISBN 9984-229-24-6 2. Mouls D. Biznesa kultūra un etiķete Eiropas valstīs / Džons Mouls ; no angļu val tulk. Renāte Punka. - Rīga : Jāņa Rozes apgāds, 2003. - 335, [1] lpp. : il., kartes, tab. - Oriģ. izd.: Mind your manners: managing business cultures in new global Europe/ John Mole. - London, Nicholas Brealey Publishing, 2003. ISBN 9984-13-064-3 3. Priedītis A. Ievads kulturoloģijā : kultūras teorija un kultūras vēsture / Arturs Priedītis. - Daugavpils : A.K.A., 2003. - 227 lpp. - (Kolekcija "Kulturoloģija"). - Bibliogr.: 221.lpp. - Personu rād.: 223.-227.lpp. - Nos. uz apvāka: "Kultūras teorija un kultūras vēsture". ISBN 9984-582-16-7 4. Stražnovs G. Reklāma praktiskajā biznesā : mūsdienu uzņēmēja rokasgrāmata / Georgs Stražnovs. - Rīga : Merkūrijs Lat, [2004]. - 191 lpp. : il. - Bibliogr.: 190 lpp. ISBN 9984-640-23-X 5. Clow Kenneth E. Integrated advertising, promotion, and marketing communications / Kenneth E.Clow, Donald Baack. - 2nd edition. - New Yersey : Pearson Prentice Hall, [2004]. - 538 p. : il. - Includes bibliographical references and index. - Added CD. ISBN 0-13-140546-2 6. Wells W. Advertising : Principles and Practice / William Wells, John Burnett, Sandra Moriarty. - 6th ed. - Upper Saddle River, New Jersey : Prentice Hall, 2003. - Includes index. - ISBN 0130477222. - XXXII, 599 p. : il., tab. 7. Baltic Marketing & Advertising : [magazine]. - Tallinn : Baltic Marketing OU, [2003] 8. Hair J. F. Marketing Research : within a changing information environment / Joseph F. Hair, Robert P. Bush, David J. Ortinau. - 2nd ed. - Boston...[etc.] : McGraw-Hill : Irwin, 2003. - xxi, 720 p. - Index: p. 697.-720. - CD "Marketing research". ISBN 0-07-246757-6 9. Percy L. Strategic advertising management / Larry Percy, John R.Rossiter, Richard Elliott. - Oxford : Oxford university press, 2001. - XXI, 288 p. : photogr. - Includes index. ISBN 0-19- 878232-2 10. Haig M. Brand failures : the truth about the 100 biggest branding mistakes of all time / Matt Haig. - London : Kogan Page, 2003. - 310 p. - Bibliogr.: [301]-302 p. - Index: [303]-310 p. ISBN 0-7494- 3927-0 11. Riezebos R. Brand Management : a theorethical and practical approach / Rik Riezebos, Bas Kist, Gert Kootstra. - Harlow...[etc.] : Financial Times/Prentice Hall, 2003. - XVI, 331 p. : tab., diagr. - Bibliogr.: p. [297]-312. - Index: [313]-331. ISBN 0-273-65505-1 12. Wheeler A. Designing brand identity : a complete guide to creating, building, and mantaining / Alina Wheeler. - Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley, 2003. - 229 p. : ill. - Includes bibliographical references (p. 224-225) and index. ISBN 0-471-21326-8 13. Essentials of Business Research Methods / Joseph F. Hair, JR., Barry Babin, Arthur H. Money, Phillip Samouel. - [USA] : Wiley, 2003. - XXIII, 440 p. : diagr., tab. - Includes index. ISBN 0-471- 27136-5 14. Захарова Е.В. Public Relations and Advertising in Close-Up : для студентов высших учебных заведений / Е.В. Захарова, Л.В. Ульянищева. - Москва : Импе-Паблиш, 2004. - 270, [1] с. : таб. - Piel.: CD ar tādu pašu nos. ISBN 5-9594000-2-2 15. Уэллс У. Реклама : принципы и практика / Уильям Уэллс, Джон Бернет, Сандра Мориарти ; пер. с англ. - 2-е изд., испр. - Санкт-Петербург ... [и др.] : Питер, 2001. - 735,[1] c. : илл. - (Теория и практика менеджмента). - Ориг. изд.: Advertising: Principes & Practice / William Wells, John Burnett, Sandra Moriarty. - 4th ed. - [S.l.] : Prentice-Hall International, Inc., 1998. - Содержит библиогр. ISBN 5-8046-0153-9 16. Дэвис Д. Д. Исследования в рекламной деятельности : теория и практика / Джоел Джей Дэвис = Advertising research : theory and practice / перевод с англ. Е.В. Кушнеренко, О.А. Полищук. - Москва : Вильямс, 2003. - 858 с. : таб. - Указатель: с. [849]-858. ISBN 5-8459- 0482-X 17. Павловская Е. Дизайн рекламы : поколение NEXT : стратегия творческого проектирования / Елена Павловская ; гл. ред. Е.Строганова ; рекомендовано Союзом Дизайнеров России. - Санкт-Петербург : Питер, 2003. - 318 с. : рис., фотогр. - Библиогр.: с. [314]-318. ISBN 5- 947235-52-8 18. Блинкина-Мельник М. Рекламный текст : задачник для копирайтеров / Мария Блинкина- Мельник. - Москва : ОГИ, 2003. - 196, [4] с. : рис. - Библиогр.: с.[197]. ISBN 5-942821-34-8 19. Шейнов В.П. Эффективная реклама : секреты успеха / В.П.Шейнов. - Москва : Издательство "Ось-89", 2003. - 447, [1] с. : ил., табл. - Библиогр.: с. 445-446. ISBN 5-86894- 805-X 20. Райс Э. Позиционирование : битва за узнаваемость / Эл Райс, Джек Траут ; пер. с англ. С.Жильцов. - Санкт-Петербург [и др.] : Питер, 2001. - 249,[1] с. : илл. - (Деловой бестселлер). - Ориг. изд.: Positioning: the Battle for Your Mind / Al Ries, Jack Trout. - [New York [etc.]] : McGraw-Hill, 2001. - Библиогр. - "Библия" маркетолога и рекламиста - самая известная книга бестселлерных авторов; книга, перевернувшая маркетинг. ISBN 5-318- 00282-Х 21. Сивулка Д. Мыло, секс и сигареты : история американской рекламы / Джулиан Сивулка ; пер. с англ. Д.Раевской. - Санкт-Петербург [etc.] : Питер, 2002. - 574 с. : ил. - (Маркетинг для профессионалов). - Ориг. изд.: Soap, Sex, and Cigarettes: a Cultural History of American Advertising / Juliann Sivulka. - Belmont, CA [etc.] : Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1998. - Библиогр.: c. 530-539. ISBN 5-318-00515-2 22. Феофанов О. Реклама : новые технологии в России / Олег Феофанов. - Санкт-Петербург : Питер, 2004. - 376, [1] с. : ил. - (Маркетинг для профессионалов). ISBN 5-272-00037-4 23. Уилкокс Д. Л. Как создавать PR-тексти и эффективно взаимодействовать со СМИ / Деннис Л. Уилкокс = Public relations writing and Media Techniques / перевод с английского И.В. Карцевой, А.В. Кузнецова ... [и.т.д.]. - 4-ое изд. - Москва : Имидж-Контакт : Инфра-М, 2004. - 759 [2] с. : диагр., ил., таб. - (Современные консалтинговые технологии). - Словар: с. [749- 760]. - Перевод с английского. ISBN 5-943690-20-4 ISBN 5-16-001869-7 24. Смит П.Р. Маркетинговые коммуникации : комплексный подход / П.Р. Смит = marketing communications : an integrated approach / пер. с англ. М.Ю. Заричкой. - 2-е изд. - Киев : Знання-Прес, 2003. - 796 с. : рис., таб. - (Европейский маркетинг). - Лит: с. 775. - Указатель: с. 777-796. ISBN 966-7767-64-7 ISBN 0-7494-2699-3

LATVIAN LITERARY LANGUAGE Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.philol. Arturs Priedītis

Aims – to provide an understanding of the development of the language, role and its usage in modern society and communication. Preliminary knowledge required – Latvian language skills and abilities in accordance with secondary school standards. Tasks – to consolidate and enhance the student’s general knowledge of linguistics, morphology, orthoepy, punctuations and stylistics. To promote the students’ skills and desire to acquire and perfect his Latvian, to be able to utilise the theory in practice by analysing the use of language in the mass media, presenting before an audience or by writing publications. Mandatory requirements – two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – 2 credit points or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and individual studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents 1. Different world languages and their classification. Genealogical and typological classification of languages. Latvian language in the global context. 2. The concept of minorities. National, linguistic minority and its features. Description of Latvian minorities. 3. Language competition and abilities in Latvia. Socio linguistic functions of a language. Latvian language policy in the European Union context. 4. Language and families. 5. Language as a form of communication, language systems of contact, social division of language. Development of an individuals’ language. 6. The origins of language philosophy and its understanding nowadays. Theory of origin of languages. 7. Origin of written language. The use of ideographic writing nowadays. 8. Popular world alphabets. Contact between languages. The influence of foreign language son Latvian. 9. The use of language in the public sphere. Language etiquette and its basic principles. 10. Problematic issues regarding the use of Nouns. Non-traditional personal nouns. Written form of personal nouns. Abbreviations. Adjectives. Numbers. 11. Written and oral traditions. Orthographical issues. Ortoepical issues.

List of literature

1. Freimane I. Valodas kultūra teorētiskā skatījumā. – R.: Zvaigzne, 1993. 2. Paegle Dz., Kušķis J. Kā latvietis runā… - R.: Zvaigzne, 1994. 3. Rozenbergs J. Latviešu valodas stilistika. – R: Zvaigzne ABC, 1995. 4. Ceplītis L., Miķelsone A., Porīte T., Raģe S. Latviešu valodas pareizrakstības un pareizrunas vārdnīca. – R: Avots, 1995. 5. Koluža R. Palīdzi, māsiņ! –R.: Zvaigzne ABC, 1995. 6. Apinis M., Koluža R. Latviešu valodas pareizrakstība. – R.: Zvaigzne ABC, 1995. 7. Mūsdienu latviešu literārās valodas gramatika: 1. sēj. – R: LPSR ZA izd-ba, 1959. 8. Mūsdienu latviešu literārās valodas gramatika: 2. sēj. – R: LPSR ZA izd-ba, 1962. 9. Blinkena A. Latviešu interpunkcija. – R.: Zinātne, 1969. 10. Latviešu literārās valodas vārdnīca: 1-8.sēj. 1972.- 1996. 11. Mūsdienu latviešu valodas vārdnīca/ 1. izd. – 1987. 12. Mūsdienu latviešu valodas vārdnīca/ 2. izd. – 1998. STATE ADMINISTRATION AND PUBLIC RELATIONS Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.iur. Jānis Načisčionis

Aims – to provide students knowledge of state administration in Latvia and the role of public relations in the political process system. Preliminary knowledge required – History of Latvia, Basic of law, Constitution. Tasks – to provide knowledge on the principles of division of power, create an understanding of the role of public relations in legitimising the decisions of the state and in implementing political and administrative decisions. Mandatory requirements – two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – 2 credit points or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and individual studies. At least 1/3 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\...

Contents

1. Concept of a state. Basis of state power and citizen’s society. 2. Principles of division of power. Judicial, executive and legislative body. Mass media – the fourth power. 3. Forms of political participation. Elections system, interest groups, political parties. 4. Lobbyism. The role of lobbyism in political decision-making. Public relations as lobbying instrument. 5. Models of political process system. Political process models of Easton and Jenkins. 6. Division of state and municipal functions. The role of municipalities in the political process. 7. Structure of state and municipal administrative apparatus. Operating principles of state and municipal institutions. 8. The role of public relations in legitimising the state power. 9. The role of public relations in the political process system, its influence on the creation of political agenda. 10. The support of public relations in implementing political decisions. The significance of Non-governmental organisations, trade unions, and associations in creating public opinion.

List of literature

1. I.Apine, M.Ašmanis, D.Bāra, T.Baumanis, D.Bleiere, G.Kusiņš, I.Ostrovska, Ž.Ozoliņa, P.Ozoliņš, F.Rajevska, V.Rajevskis, M.Rodins, I.Runce, A.Runcis, E.Semanis, E.Vanags ; zin. red. Ž.Ozoliņa ; red. J.Goldmanis, Ievads politikā - Zvaigzne ABC. 2. Pēteris Valters, Valsts un tiesību vēsture jēdzienos un terminos,- Divergens, SIA, 2001. 3. Anderson J. E. Public Policymaking, Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, 4th ed., 2000. 4. Burns J.M., Cronie T.E., Magleby D.B., Peltason J.W. Government by the People, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 18th ed., 2000. 5. Graziano L. Lobbying, Pluralism and Democracy, New York: Palgrave, 2001. 6. Greenwood J. Interest representation in the European Union, New York: PalgraveMacmillan, 2003. 7. Heywood A. Politics, London: Macmillan Press, 1997. 8. Miller C. Politico’s guide to political lobbying, London: Politico’s Publishing, 2000. 9. ed. Richardson J. J. Pressure Groups, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1994. 10. Sabatier P. A. Interest Group Membership and Organization: Multiple Theories 11. in ed. Petracca P. The Politics of Interest: Interest Groups Transformed, Boulder: Westview Press, 1992. 12. ed. Sweet S., Sandholtz W., Fligstein N. The Institutionalization of Europe, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001. 13. Zeigler H. Interest Groups in ed. Hawkesworth M. and Kogan M. Encyclopaedia of Government and Politics, London & New York: Routledge, Vol. 1, 1992. 14. Armands Kalniņš. Par ētiku publiskajā pārvaldē un sabiedrībā, Latvijas Vēstnesis, 2001. gada 12. jūnijs, 2. lpp. 15. Koeppl P. The acceptance, relevance and dominance of lobbying the EU Commission – A first- time survey of the EU Commission’s civil servants. Journal of Public Affairs, Henry Stewart Publications, Vol.1 No.1, 2001, 69.-80. lpp. 16. Schendelen R. The ideal profile of the PA expert at the EU level in Journal of Public Affairs, Vol. 2 No. 2, Henry Stewart Publications, 2002, pp.85 – 89. 17. Smith, M.J. Pluralism, Reformed Pluralism and Neopluralism: the Role of Pressure Groups in Policy Making. The Journal of the Political Studies Association of the UK, Oxford: Basil Blackwell Ltd., Vol. XXXVIII, 1990. 18. An Open and Structured Dialogue between the Commission and Interest Groups. http://europa.eu.int/comm/secretariat_general/sgc/lobbies/communication/groupint_en.htm (Eiropas Komisijas interneta mājas lapa). 19. Cabinet Office Guidance for Civil Servants: Contact with Lobbyists, http://www.cabinet- office.gov.uk/central/1999/lobbyists.htm (Cabinet Office mājas lapa). 20. Lehmann W. Lobbying in the European Union: Current Rules and Practices, 21. http://www4.europarl.eu.int/estudies/internet/workingpapers/afco/doc/104_en.doc(Eiropas Parlamenta interneta mājas lapa). 22. Latvijas Republikas Saeima. Valsts pārvaldes iekārtas likums (spēkā no 2002.21.VI), publicēts portālā www.likumi.lv. 23. Latvijas Republikas Saeima. Likums „Par interešu konflikta novēršanu valsts amatpersonu darbībā” (spēkā no 2002.09.V), publicēts portālā www.likumi.lv. 24. Latvijas Republikas Ministru kabinets. Ministru kabineta kārtības rullis (spēkā no 2002.12.III), http://www.mk.gov.lv/index.php/?id=2053 (Ministru kabineta interneta mājas lapa). SPEECH CULTURE Master’s programme “Public Relations” Developed by Dr.paed. Edgars Kramiņš

Aims - to promote the development of the speaking skills necessary for practical work and possibilities of perfecting one’s abilities, by promoting development of self-confidence and decreasing tension in the communication process. Tasks - to promote an understanding of the essence of speech in the communication process; promote the use of clear, coherent, emotionally bright and expressive speech at the para-verbal communication level; promote proper breathing and speech techniques necessary for Latvian language that would facilitate create the respective melody and intonation; promote active effective and intonation rich speech, with an emphasis on dynamics, temp - rhythm and possibility of changing thoughts; promote the possibility of enhancing the structure of the speech and the use of argumentation principles; to perfect the ability of choosing the correct style of speech and its use in the appropriate socio cultural situation and social sphere. Preliminary knowledge required - Communication process and communication psychology; verbal and non-verbal communication Mandatory requirements – two regular tests of the type determined by the teacher. Scope – 2 credit points or 80 academic hours. Includes contact lessons (determined by the Study plan) and individual studies. At least 1/2 of the amount are practical lessons. Final examination – test. Additional information – folder x:\Uzdevumi\Studiju darbu uzdevumi\…

Contents

1. Speech as a process in the communicative system. 2. Breathing as an energetic basis for speech. 3. Essence of breathing exercises, mastering breathing techniques. 4. Language phonetics and pronunciation norms for proper diction. 5. Speech expression aids for recognition and possibilities of choice. 6. Mastering articulation skills. 7. Essence, structure and logics of speech content. 8. Making conclusions and argumentation. 9. Mastering the use of clear language and precise expression of thoughts. 10. Logical analysis of texts and perfection of reciting any given text. 11. Body as a harmonising factor and mediator in the speech process. 12. Basic styles of communicative speech as a socio cultural communication aspect. 13. Perfection of recognition and effective listening skills in the speech process. 14. Practical work on physical and mental relaxation during the speech process. Simulation role-play.

List of literature

1. Alekse I. Runātprasme: palīgs runātājiem un viņu skolotājiem / Inta Alekse.- Rīga: RaKa, 2003.- 126 lpp, il.- ISBN 9984-15-452-1. 2. Apinis P. Cilvēks. Anatomija, fizioloģija, patoloģijas pamati. Rīga: Nacionālais medicīnas apgāds, 1998.- 800 lpp, il.,- ISBN 9984-92790-3. 3. Cīrule I. Runas māksla : māc. metod. mat. / I.Cīrule ; Latvijas Policijas akadēmija. - Rīga : Latvijas Policijas akadēmija, 2001. - 20 lpp. : tab. ISBN 9984-95121-9 4. Coutelou Jean Francois. Hebergement et communication professionnelle / Jean Francois Coutelou, Jean Hannedouche. - Clichy : BPI, 2000. - 134 lpp. : fotogr., tab. - (Enseignement, Formation, Restauration, Hotellerie : Gestion, Econimie, Droit). ISBN 2-85708-243-6 5. Ezera I. Lietišķā komunikācija / I.Ezera, I.Graudiņa, S.Dreiberga. - Papild. izd. - [Rīga] : Kamene, 2002. - 99 lpp. : tab., sh. - Lit. sar. nod. beigās. ISBN 9984-636-41-0 6. Geikina S. Retorikas pamati: tālmācības materiāls pedagoģijā / Silvija Geikina.- Rīga: RaKa, 2003.- 112 lpp.- ISBN 9984-15-489-0. 7. Karpova Ā. Personība. Teorijas un to rādītāji / Ārija Karpova.- Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC, 1998.- 223 lpp., att., shēm.- ISBN 9984-04-930-2. 8. Kramiņš E. Komunikatīvās kompetences veidošanās runas apguves procesā kā konfliktu novēršanas līdzeklis / Edgars Kramiņš // Konflikta teorija un prakse multikulturālā sabiedrībā / redkol.: I.Žogla..[u.c.].- Rīga: Izglītība tautas attīstībai, 2001.- 224.- 234. lpp.- ISBN 9984-9525-0- 9. 9. Kramiņš E. Runas prasme saziņā: monogrāfija / Edgars Kramiņš.- Rīga: BA Turība, 2004. 10. Kramiņš E. Runas stilu apguve kā topošo speciālistu profesionālās kompetences veidošanās nosacījums / Edgars Kramiņš // Changing education in a changing spciety- I / redkol.: I.Žogla.. [u.c.].-Rīga: Izglītība soļi, 2003.- 79.-91. lpp.- ISBN 9984-712-36-2. 11. Lucas Stephen E. The Art of public speaking / Stephen E. Lucas. - 8th ed. - Boston : McGraw- Hill, 2004. - xxxii, 500, [28] p. : fotogr., tab. - (International edition). - Index: p. I1-I6. - Piel. 2 CD- ROM, Student CD-ROM guidebook, TopicFinder. ISBN 0-07-121485-2 12. Mencels Volfgangs. Retorika : prasme brīvi un pārliecinoši runāt / Volfgangs Mencels ; māksl. Kristiāns Mencels ; [no vācu val.] tulk. Egita Proveja. - Rīga : De Novo, 2002. - 126 lpp. : il. - (Rokasgrāmata ; 3). - Bibliogr.: 124.lpp. ISBN 9984-95622-9 13. Vigotskis Ļ. Domāšana un runa / Ļevs Vigotskis.- Rīga: EVE, 2002.- 392 lpp.- ISBN 9984-716- 08-2. Hindls Tims. Prasme uzstāties / no angļu val. tulk. Ināra Dimpere. - RIga : Zvaigzne ABC, 2000. - 72 lpp. : il. - (Veiksmīga karjera). ISBN 9984-17-665-7 14. Александров Д.Н. Основы ораторского мастерства, или и в погоне за Цицероном : учебное пособие / Д.Н. Александров. - Москва : Флинта : Наука, 2003. - 487 с. : таб. - Библиогр.: с. 483-[484]. ISBN 5-89349-296-X ISBN 5-02-022530-4 15. Аристотель. Поэтика ; Риторика / Аристотель ; пер. с греч. В.Аппельрота, Н.Платоновой ; вступ. ст., коммент. С.Ю. Трохачева. - Санкт-Петербург : Азбука, 2000. - 346,[2] c. - (Азбука- классика). ISBN 5-267-00095-7 Appendix 7

Master’s Programme “Public Relations” advertising times and media used by School of Business Administration Turiba Medijs Reklāmas mērķis Norises laiks Catalogue ''Mūsu Latvija 2004/2005'' SBAT advertising 2005 Catalogue ''Kur mācīties tālāk?'' SBAT advertising 2005 Campaign of SBAT Cosmopolitan (magazine) 2005 March-April image Campaign of SBAT Santa (magazine) 2005 March-April image Campaign of SBAT Lilit Ru (magazine) 2005 March-April image Campaign of SBAT Bilance (magazine) 2005 March-April image Campaign of SBAT Klubs (magazine) 2005 March-April image Campaign of SBAT Patron (magazine) 2005 March-April image Campaign of SBAT SestDiena (magazine) 2005 March-April image Campaign of SBAT Marta (magazine) 2005 March-April image Campaign of SBAT Ieva (magazine) 2005 March-April image Catalogue ''Zaļās lapas'' Bauska, Cēsis, Jēkabpils, SBAT advertising 2005 Liepāja, Talsi Catalogue ''Latvijas reklāmas gadagrāmata 2005'' SBAT advertising 2005 Catalogue ''Reklāmas katalogs 2005/2006'' SBAT advertising 2005 26.03.2005., 29.03.2005., Karjeras Diena (newspaper) Info days in SBAT 12.04.2005. Inbox (internet) Info days SBAT 2005 March-April Catalogue 119 SBAT advertising 2005 LTV7 raidījumā Dzīvei pa vidu (television) SBAT advertising 2005 March Campaign of SBAT Rus.Delfi (internet) 2005 April image Campaign of SBAT Delfi (internet) 2005 April image Campaign of SBAT Inbox (internet) 2005 April image Campaign of SBAT one.lv (internet) 2005 April image Campaign of SBAT Draugiem (internet) 2005 April image Campaign of SBAT LTV1 (television) 2005 April image Campaign of SBAT Dienas bizness (newspaper) 2005 April image Dienas Bizness/Izglītības&Karjeras ceļvedis Campaign of SBAT 11.05.2005. (newspaper) image avīze ''Izglītība un kultūra'' (newspaper) SBAT advertising 2005 May 'Kurzemes Vārds'', Liepājas avīze (newspaper) SBAT advertising 24.05.2005. - 07.06.2005. avīze ''Izglītība un kultūra'' (krievu valodā) Studies 2005 June (newspaper) Campaign of SBAT avīze ''Staburags''(Aizkraukle) (newspaper) 07.06.2005.-25.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT avīze ''Bauskas dzīve'' (Bauska) (newspaper) 08.07.2005.-26.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT avīze ''Druva''(Cēsis) (newspaper) 08.07.2005.-26.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT avīze ''Brīvā Daugava'' (Jēkabpils) (newspaper) 07.07.2005.-25.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT avīzē ''Kurzemnieks'' (Kuldīga) (newspaper) 09.07.2005.-13.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT avīze ''Kurzemes Vārds''(Liepāja) (newspaper) 07.07.2005.-25.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT avīze ''Kursas Laiks'' (Liepāja) (newspaper) 07.07.2005.-25.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT avīze ''Stars''(Madona) (newspaper) 07.07.2005.-25.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT avīze ''Talsu Vēstis'' (newspaper) 07.07.2005.-25.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT avīze ''Neatkarīgās Tukuma ziņas'' (newspaper) 07.07.2005.-25.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT avīze ''Liesma'' (Valmiera) (newspaper) 08.07.2005.-26.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT Ventas Balss newspaper) 07.07.2005.-25.08.2005. image Visdaugavas TV (Jēkabpils) (television) SBAT advertising 2005 July-August TV Dzintare (Liepāja) (television) SBAT advertising 2005 July-August Delfi (internet) Enrolment 2005 July-August Rus.Delfi (internet) Enrolment 2005 July-August Inbox (internet) Enrolment 2005 July-August one.lv (internet) Enrolment 2005 July-August TVNEt (internet) Enrolment 2005 July-August Draugiem (internet) Enrolment 2005 July-August Diena (newspaper) Enrolment 22.07.2005.-12.08.2005. Diena/Karjeras Diena (newspaper) Enrolment 19.07.2005.-16.08.2005. Vesti Segodnja (newspaper) Enrolment 21.07.2005.-18.08.2005. Campaign of SBAT Radio SWH (radio) 18.07.2005.-19.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT SWH+ (radio) 18.07.2005.-19.08.2005. image Campaign of SBAT European Hit Radio (radio) 18.07.2005.-19.08.2005. image 9.05.2005.-21.05.2005., LTV 1 (television) SBAT advertising 15.08.2005.-31.08.2005. LNT (television) SBAT advertising 10.05.2005.-25.05.2005. Dienas Bizness (newspaper) SBAT advertising 11.05.2005. Talsu Vēstis (newspaper) SBAT advertising 30.06.2005. Radio trīs (radio) SBAT advertising 2005 July Radio Zemgale (radio) SBAT advertising 2005 July one.lv (internet) Enrolment 2005 August Diena (newspaper) Enrolment 01.08.2005. 16.08.2005-30.08.2005., Diena/Karjeras Diena (newspaper) Enrolment 16.07.2005.-02.08.2005. Vesti Segodnja (newspaper) Enrolment 15.07.2005.-11.08.2005. 'Zaļās lapas Rīga 2006'' (catalogue) Studies 2006 Catalogue ''Latvian Camber of Commerce Studies 2006 &Industry Directory 2005/2006'' Laikraksts ''Izglītība un Kultūra'' pielikumā ''Viss Studies 03.03.2005. par centralizētiem eksāmeniem'' (newspaper) ZL Hotline/Mūsu Latvija (catalogue) Studies 2005 Latvijas avīze (newspaper) SBAT advertising 24.08.2005. avīze ''Staburags''(Aizkraukle) (newspaper) Enrolment 20.08.2005. avīze ''Brīvā Daugava'' (Jēkabpils) (newspaper) Enrolment 20.08.2005. avīze ''Stars''(Madona) (newspaper) Enrolment 20.08.2005. Novadnieks (Preiļi) (newspaper) Enrolment 19.08.2005.-26.08.2005. Zemgale (Dobele) (newspaper) Enrolment 20.08.2005. Zemgales Ziņas (Jelgava) (newspaper) Enrolment 20.08.2005. SWH (radio) Enrolment 24.08.2005.-31.08.2005. European Hit Radio (radio) Enrolment 24.08.2005.-31.08.2005. Catalogue ''Visa Latvija 2006'' Studies 2006 Uzņēmumu katalogs Latvija+ 2006 (catalogue) Studies 2005 Katalogs Visa Latvija 2006 (catalogue) Studies 2005 Izglītības ceļvedis (catalogue) Studies 2005 Visa Latvija (catalogue) Studies 2006./2007 Catalogue ''Inerinfo Latvija'' Studies 2006./2007 Inbox (internet) Studies 2005 May Draugiem (internet) Enrolment 2005 August, September Delfi (internet) Enrolment 2005 August Appendix 8

Professional standarts APPROVED by Ministry of Education and Science by decree No. 649 on 29th December 2003

PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

Registration No. PS 0226

Profession Head of public relations department Qualification level 5 Job Description The head of the public relations (PR) department plans and organises the monitoring of the internal and external environment of the enterprise/organisation, information exchange, persuasion, communication with the public; creates and maintain belief in the organisation philosophy and management, forecasts and resolves conflicts, plans and manages the creation of public image of the organisation or enterprise. Applies communication and other social science theories for analysing and planning the achievement of the organisation’s/ enterprise’s operative and long term communication aims, as well as develops practical communication methods.

Responsible for enterprise’s/organisation’s internal and external communication on the whole as one of the strategic managers and participates in the decision making process.

Consults other managers on communication with the media. Manages the public relations/integrated communication department, PR managers and working groups of PR experts.

Duties and Tasks

Duties Tasks 1. Monitoring and analysis 1.1. In depth analysis of the society, media and public and Latvian and Foreign mass political agenda. media, databases etc. and 1.2. Precisely define and assess the development in one’s other sources of public field including the non-governmental sector. information. 1.3. To monitor the gathering of information on public opinion and the main tendencies and follow the changes in legislation. 1.4. Report to the management of the organization on the analysis and the use of the survey results.

2. Managing the planning, 2.1. To manage the development and implementation of organization and evaluation of public and internal communication plans. public relations events 2.2. Monitor the organisation, conduct and evaluation of press conferences, presentations, special events (inauguration ceremonies, anniversaries, fund raising, VIP visits, competitions, award ceremonies etc.). Write scripts (plans). 2.3. Plan and supervise the preparation of informative and other types of texts on the enterprise/organization for distribution to mass media. 2.4. Organize long term PR and advertising campaigns, sponsorships, patronisation and other campaigns on behalf of the enterprise. 2.5. Coordinate the duties of PR managers and experts to develop proactive company stance regarding important issues. 2.6. To manage the basic PR functions (monitoring, information, communication, persuasion) audit, as well as monitoring and evaluation of campaigns and other communication activities.

3. Organization and provision 3.1. Plan and coordinate surveys on issues related to the of useful (empirical) research, company’s activities. To develop empirical research training. programmes, hire research firms. 3.2. Analyse results of personnel survey on their professional needs and improvement of company operations. To submit recommendations for the introduction of innovative changes in the organizational culture, structure and management policies. 3.3. Plan training courses for the improvement of quality/effectiveness of communication. Consult the management and staff on public relations issues. 3.4. Submit recommendations based on quantitative/qualitative research on the further improvement of planning and effectiveness of public relations operations.

4. Planning and 4.1. To work out PR programmes and plans in concert with implementation of Corporate other organisation heads – set priorities, target audiences communication strategies. and messages addressed to them 4.2. To work out a detailed public relations strategy and tactics including crisis communication plan for maintaining the company’s reputation. 4.3. To regularly conduct evaluation and control as well as renew and enhance existing strategies and plans. 4.4. To manage PR managers and experts involved in PR activities and be responsible for the effective use of the programme budget.

5. Professional growth. 5.1. Follow the latest Latvian and international public relations periodicals, training and theoretical literature as well as operations of PR professional organisations and associations. 5.2. To further one’s knowledge and skills in systematic and planned manner by attending conferences, courses and seminars. 5.3. To follow the latest social and other research and developments in essential sciences on behalf of the organisation. 5.4. To introduce the latest information and communication technology. Improve one’s communicative competence by perfecting speech and writing culture.

Special factors that describe the work environment . Well-equipped work place. . Computer with Internet access. . Access to press and electronic publications. . Land and mobile telephone lines. Special qualities required . Communicativeness. . Flexibility. . Articulate. . Good memory. . Good emotional self-control.

Skills

Overall skills in the field General skills/abilities Specific professional skills . Have a good knowledge . To create and lead . Consulting; of Latvian and EU groups, be able to . Negotiating; economic and political motivate; . Crisis, conflict processes, aims, . Effective planning and management; decisions and ways of organisation of one’s . Competent and achieving the aims; work; persuasive . Have a good knowledge . Independently acquire . Analysis of of competitive processes knowledge using social communicative in the organisation’s field scientific research situation; of activity and the aims approach; . Analysis of editorials; defined; . Organise and manage . Analysis of internal . Apply latest personnel research in communication management and communication process; process; decision making . Use modern information . Methods and models of optimising models and and communication designing concepts; methods; technology networks; . Creative work and . Apply social psychology . Use multimedia planning techniques; achievements, PR presentations; . Recognising problems theoretical concepts and . Use emotional and analysis of life be skilled at optimising intelligence factors; cycles; organisation’s/enterprise’ . Using incentives in . Strategic planning and s communication interpersonal and group action; process. communication; . Tactic implementation . Follow the law, business using events and ethics and PR ethical instruments; norms. . Work organisation and optimisation; . Evaluation and control; . Defining target groups and interest audience.

Knowledge Knowledge level Knowledge Idea Understanding Application Public relations Marketing Communication Journalism Reputation theory Legislation regulating mass media and advertising activities Communication theory Persuasive communication Political communication International and intercultural communication Sociology Political science Business economics Organisation theory State language Foreign languages

Professional standard working committee: . Miervaldis Mozers LU docents, Dr. art. . Ojārs Skudra LU docents, Dr. hist.

Consultants: . Inta Brikše LU as. prof., Dr. paed. . Aleksandrs Mirlins, Mag.soc.

Professional standard experts: . G.Veismane, State Chancellery, director. Appendix 9

List of enterprises surveyed List of enterprises surveyed:

1. PR enterprise Metro Leo Burnett 2. PR enterprise Consensus PR 3. PR enterprise Idea Media 4. Media and marketing research enterprise TNS Latvija 5. PR agency Mediju tilts 6. Business company Oserver Latvija 7. Junior Chamber international 2006 8. HORTUS Digital Ltd. 9. Latvian Chamber of Commerce and Industry 10. Latvian Press publisher association 11. Latvian Public Relations association for Professionals 12. Latvian Bank 13. Parex Bank 14. Enterprise ardes mechi 15. Radio Skonto 16. Newspaper Diena 17. Latvian self-governing union 18. Latvian Television 19. Jelgavas Council 20. Talsu Council 21. Administration of Country Museums Appendix 10

References on the programme “Public Relations” Appendix 11

References on the implementation of the programme “Public Relations” Appendix 12

Programmes of Practice SIA “School of Business Administration Turiba ”

Professional master’s study programme PUBLIC RELATIONS 2nd study year, 3rd semester

Programme of practice Developed by Mag.pol. Oskars Balodis

Aim of the practice To provide students the opportunity to acquire management competences and set of practical skills necessary for heads of public relations departments in their economic, administrative and social activities:  modern logistics concepts;  modern management methods;  multifaceted marketing techniques;  financial balance principles of entrepreneurship;  legal aspects of company’s activities. The students represent SBAT at the place of practice, perform their practice tasks qualitatively and exhibit independence, preparedness, knowledge and skills as well as gather materials for their master’s papers.

Duration of the practice: 12 weeks.

Place of practice Students undergo practice in other institutions – private enterprises, state institutions, or public organizations. The placements for practice are chosen by the students themselves. The placement should be carefully considered with regards to achieving the aims of practice and preparation of the practice report. The placement should be approved by the practice supervisor not later than 2 weeks before the start of practice. If the student has been working full time in the field of public relations for at least 4 months, he/ she could choose his/her workplace as the place of practice, by submitting to the head of the communication science department the following documents: 1. Application on the choice of work place as place of practice; 2. Testimonial from the institution certifying the exact position of the student at work; 3. Reference from the superior at work, evaluating the students job (10 point grading system); 4. Project documentation prepared by the student, that describes the aims of the project, the stage of project and evaluates the results so far achieved.

Practice Supervisor A practice supervisor chosen from the academic staff is delegated to the student by a decree of the head of the department of Communication Science with the aim of consulting the student on issues related to practice and evaluating the execution of the practice programme and the quality of the practice report. The superior at the place of practice appoints practice coordinator who ensures that the aims of the practice work are met, provides the necessary working conditions, monitors the student during practice work and upon completion of practice provides the student a reference. If the student breaks any of the internal rules of the place of practice or violates any confidentiality agreement, the superior at the place of practice can terminate the practice work upon notification of the same to the head of the communication science department.

Practice assignment The practice assignment has been designed in accordance with the professional standards for heads of public relations departments. During the term of the practice the student has to: 1. Acquaint oneself with the organization of public relations, structure, normative enactment regulating the work, job descriptions as well as the information flow and principles of division of work. 2. Acquaint oneself with the operations of the institution and interaction with customers. 3. Work independently with a client assignment - prepare briefs, press releases, work with media, internal communication. 4. Analyse and evaluate the strategic planning process of the enterprise. Offer ones conclusions and recommendations on increasing the efficiency of operations. 5. Analyse and evaluate the personnel management process of the enterprise. Evaluate managing psychology and factors influencing it. Offer ones conclusions and recommendations on increasing the efficiency of operations. 6. Analyse and evaluate the organisation of production or service at the enterprise. Offer ones conclusions and recommendations on increasing the efficiency of operations. 6.1. Evaluate management information systems at the enterprise; 6.2. Evaluate quality management systems at the enterprise; 6.3. Describe the work organisation principles of the enterprise; 6.4. Describe the basic logistics principles of the enterprise and evaluate its efficiency. 7. Analyse and evaluate marketing at the enterprise. Offer ones conclusions and recommendations on increasing the efficiency of operations. 7.1. Evaluate the marketing environment at the enterprise; 7.2. Describe and evaluate the marketing management process at the enterprise; 7.3. Evaluate the marketing strategy of the enterprise. 8. Analyse and evaluate commercial legislation and application of its basic principles at the enterprise. Offer ones conclusions and recommendations on increasing the efficiency of operations. 9. Draft application for master’s paper. The application shall consist of: 9.1. Actuality of the topic 9.2. Novelty of the topic 9.3. Aims and tasks of the master’s paper 9.4. Description of research methods used in the master’s paper and grounds for it. 9.5. List of literature used in the master’s paper. 10. The head of the communication science department or the superior at the place of practice can set a separate practice assignment for the student.

Duties of the student 1. To perform the practice assignments set by the head of communication science department, practice supervisor and the superior at the place of practice. 2. To follow the internal rules at the place of practice. 3. To keep a practice diary and make a practice report.

Duration of practice In accordance with the study calendar schedule:  For evening department students till ______ For extramural students till ______

Practice materials o Practice diary. o Reference from the practice coordinator at the place of work (evaluated on a 10 point scale) o Practice report – title page, list of tasks carried out during practice and a short description, resolution of the individual assignment, conclusion and recommendations on improving public relations activities at the place of work. o Practice report signed by the superior at the place of practice.

The student should submit the practice materials to the head of the communication science department:  For evening department students till ______ For extramural students till ______

The practice supervisor assigned by the head of the communication department prepares a reference on the practice materials, its conformity to the practice assignment and a recommendation on allowing the student to defend his/her practice work. The defence of practice work is in the presence of a committee (date, time and place is mentioned in the timetable). The practice defence committee evaluates the students taking into account:  Reference from the practice coordinator at the place of work (evaluated on a 10 point scale);  Reference of the practice supervisor assigned by SBAT (evaluated on a 10 point scale);  Content of the practice report;  The student’s responses at the defence of his practice work.

The experience and information gained during the term of practice that is summarised in the practice report could be used at work and or compiling the diploma paper. SIA “School of Business Administration Turiba ”

Professional master’s study programme PUBLIC RELATIONS 2nd study year, 4th semester

Programme of practice Developed by Mag.pol. Oskars Balodis

Aim of the practice Upon completion of the theoretical course practice offers the students an opportunity to consolidate their professional skills, to gain the necessary competences and acquire practical skills necessary for the head of public relations department, as well as gather materials for their study paper. Practice is a unified and essential part of the study process.

Place of practice Students undergo practice in other institutions – private enterprises, state institutions, or public organizations. The placements for practice are chosen by the students themselves. The placement should be carefully considered with regards to achieving the aims of practice and preparation of the practice report. The placement should be approved by the practice supervisor not later than 2 weeks before the start of practice. If the student has been working full time in the field of public relations for at least 4 months, he/ she could choose his/her workplace as the place of practice, by submitting to the head of the communication science department the following documents: 5. Application on the choice of work place as place of practice; 6. Testimonial from the institution certifying the exact position of the student at work; 7. Reference from the superior at work, evaluating the students job (10 point grading system); 8. Project documentation prepared by the student, that describes the aims of the project, the stage of project and evaluates the results so far achieved.

Duration of the practice: 20 weeks.

Practice Supervisor A practice supervisor chosen from the academic staff is delegated to the student by a decree of the head of the department of Communication Science with the aim of consulting the student on issues related to practice and evaluating the execution of the practice programme and the quality of the practice report. The superior at the place of practice appoints practice coordinator who ensures that the aims of the practice work are met, provides the necessary working conditions, monitors the student during practice work and upon completion of practice provides the student a reference. If the student breaks any of the internal rules of the place of practice or violates any confidentiality agreement, the superior at the place of practice can terminate the practice work upon notification of the same to the head of the communication science department.

Practice assignment During the term of the practice the student has to: 1. Acquaint oneself with the organization of public relations, structure, normative enactment regulating the work, job descriptions as well as the information flow and principles of division of work. 2. Acquaint oneself with the operations of the institution and interaction with customers. 3. Work independently with a client assignment - prepare briefs, press releases, work with media, internal communication. 4. The head of the communication science department or the superior at the place of practice can set a separate practice assignment for the student.

Duties of the student 4. To perform the practice assignments set by the head of communication science department, practice supervisor and the superior at the place of practice. 5. To follow the internal rules at the place of practice. 6. To keep a practice diary and make a practice report.

Duration of practice In accordance with the study calendar schedule:  For evening department students till ______ For extramural students till ______

Practice materials 9. Practice diary. 10. Reference from the practice coordinator at the place of work (evaluated on a 10 point scale) 11. Practice report – title page, list of tasks carried out during practice and a short description, resolution of the individual assignment, conclusion and recommendations on improving public relations activities at the place of work. 12. Practice report signed by the superior at the place of practice.

The student should submit the practice materials to the head of the communication science department:  For evening department students till ______ For extramural students till ______

The practice supervisor assigned by the head of the communication department prepares a reference on the practice materials, its conformity to the practice assignment and a recommendation on allowing the student to defend his/her practice work. The defence of practice work is in the presence of a committee (date, time and place is mentioned in the timetable). The practice defence committee evaluates the students taking into account:  Reference from the practice coordinator at the place of work (evaluated on a 10 point scale);  Reference of the practice supervisor assigned by SBAT (evaluated on a 10 point scale);  Content of the practice report;  The student’s responses at the defence of his practice work.

The experience and information gained during the term of practice that is summarised in the practice report could be used at work and or compiling the diploma paper. Appendix 13

Cooperation treaties Appendix 14

CV’s of academic personnel CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Valdis Blūzma Date of Birth 11th March 1951 Personal identification No. 110351 – 10124

Education 1976 – 1980 Latvian University, Faculty of History and Philosophy, post graduate 1969 – 1974 Latvian University, Faculty of History and Philosophy, student

Professional Experience 2003 – Baltic Russian Institute Faculty of Law Associate professor 2001 – 2003 Latvian University Faculty of Law Associate professor 1998 – 2001 Latvian University Faculty of Law docents 1990 – 1998 Latvian University Faculty of Law lecturer 1988 – 1990 LKP CK Party History Institute, senior scientific worker 1983 – 1988 Riga Polytechnic Institute Scientific communism department, senior teacher 1981 – 1983 Riga Polytechnic Institute Scientific communism department assistant 1980 – 1981 Riga Polytechnic Institute Scientific communism department, secretary 1974 – 1976 LPSR Revolution Museum, scientific worker

Publications 2003 Seeds of Rule of Law in Latvia in the Context of the European Legal Culture//Politics and Law in the Context of the European Integration. Proceedings of the international conference 14 - 15 February 2003. Riga: Baltic Centre for Strategic Studies, 2003, p.56 - 65. 2002 Romas valsts un tiesības. Kanoniskās tiesības viduslaikos. R.: EKA, 2002. - 72 lpp. 2002 Konstitucionālisma evolūcijas vēsture Latvijā. - Latvijas Vēsture, 2002, Nr. 4 (48), 42. - 53.lpp. 2002 Latvijas Republikas Valsts prezidenta institūcija Eiropas konstitucionālisma kultūras kontekstā. - Likums un Tiesības, 2002, novembris, 4.sēj., nr. 11 (39),322. -324.lpp. 2001 Latvijas Republikas konstitucionālisma attīstības vēsture pirmskara un mūsdienu periodā// Latvija divos laikposmos: 1918 - 1928 un 1991 - 2001. Rīga: LU journal "Latvijas Vēsture" fonds, 2001, 253. - 259.lpp. 2001 LR Satversmes vēsturiskā evolūcija Eiropas konstitucionālisma attīstības kontekstā//II World Latvian scientific congress. proceedings. 2001, 223. lpp. 0,15 a.l. 2001 Latvijas Republikas Valsts prezidenta institūcija polemikas krustugunīs. - Likums un Tiesības, 2001, nr. 4 (20), 99. - 104. lpp. 0,95 a.l. Latvijas tiesību vēsture (1914 - 2000). R., 2000. - 528 lpp. (together with co-authors). 2000 Par mācību grāmatu "Latvijas tiesību vēsture (1914 - 2000)" (together with Ļ. Zīli). - Latvijas Vēsture, 2000, Nr. 3, 110. - 113. lpp. 0,3a.l. 2000 Fundamentāls pētījums divdesmitā gadsimta Latvijas vēsturē. (Reference on monograph on 20th century Latvian history. 1.tom. R.: Latvijas Vēstures institūta apgāds, 2000) - Latvijas Vēsture, 2000, Nr. 3, 114. - 117. lpp. 0,3 a.l. 2000 4. maijs toreiz un tagad - atskats no desmit gadu distances. (Reference on papers, memories and documents 4. maijs T. Jundža redakcijā R., 2000.). - Likums un Tiesības, 2000, nr. 5 (9), 157. - 158. lpp. 0,35 a.l.

Participation in drafting normative enactments 1997 LR Education draft law: LR Ministry for Education and Science committee member CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Oskars Balodis Date of Birth 12th February 1979 Telephone 6552389 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 2004 – Doctoral studies in Political science – Latvian University, Faculty of Social sciences 2002 – 2004 Social science Master’s degree in political science – Latvian University, Faculty of Social sciences 1998 – 2002 Social science Bachelor’s degree in political science – Latvian University, Faculty of Social sciences 1986 – 1998 Ventspils Secondary school No. 4

Additional Education 2002 Development of public relations strategy and management and implementation of state programme, study visit, Sweden 2002 “Conflicts of Interest” Certificate – State Administration School 2002 “MS Excel for professionals” certificate – State Administration School 2002 “Inviolability of personal details” certificate - State Administration School 2001 – 2002 English language courses– Language training centre 2001 – 2002 “Public information and communication as a strategic political instrument” certificate and study visit to Netherlands 2001 – 2002 “Marketing” (attestation) – Further Educational Institute of Ventspils Highschool 2001 – 2002 “Communication psychology” (attestation) – Further Educational Institute of Ventspils High school 2001 “How to handle journalists” certificate - State Administration School 2001 “Project management” certificate - State Administration School 2001 “Strategy management” certificate - State Administration School 1997 – 1998 “Management psychology” certificate - Further Educational Institute of Ventspils Highschool Professional Experience 2004 – Business development director, senior project manager, 2002 – 2004 Public Relations Agency “Consensus PR’’ Social Political project department, Phare project „Development of a 2003 – citizen’s society in Latvia 2002/2003” public relations consultant Latvian Agricultural University, School of Business Administration 2002 – Turiba - lecturer 2001 – 2002 Public relations agency “Consensus PR” – senior project manager 2000 – 2001 Ministry of Justice, Social integration department – senior desk officer Ministry of Justice, Social integration department – chief specialist

Conferences, Seminars 2004 Conference organised by European Commission and Finnish Labour ministry on information gathering and analysis for promoting equality. (Helsinki, Finland) 2004 Conference organised by Austrian External Affairs Ministry Opening Europe – 25- Expansion – Culture – Inhabitants” (Vienna, Austria) 2000 Seminar on Latvian and Estonian experience of integration of non citizens, European minority issues centre (Flesenburg, Germany)

Research Research „Development of a citizen’s society in Latvia: situation analysis” co-author National Radio and Television Research “Hidden Political Campaigning on Latvian TV” co-author

Language skills Latvian, English, Russian, German CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Oskars Onževs Personal identification number 150755 - 10614 Telephone 7670295 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 1997 Doctor’s degree, Riga’s technical university habilitation council 1981 – 1983 Riga’s technical university doctoral studies 1973 – 1978 Riga's technical university – engineer mechanic in automation 1973 Algona’s secondary school

Professional Experience 2000 – Head of Informatics department School of Business Administration Turiba, docent 1999 – 2000 Leading research specialist School of Business Administration Turiba 1981 – RTU – junior scientist, leading specialist 1978 – 1982 Engineer – constructor, Riga’s radio factory

Scientific research work Information technology and its use in education. Complex system identification and optimization. Conferences, Seminars, projects 2004 “Distance Education: Problems and Solutions in Conditions of Latvia”, seminar VET and development of nature competence in enterprises, Stavanger, Norway 2004 Project “MENTOR+Mentoring of IST – Multipliers in Associate Candidate Countries” 2004 International Conference “Business options, problems and solutions concerning globalisation”, Riga

Publications 2004 “ Studējošo prasības e-studiju kvalitātei Latvijā un Eiropā”. 5th International Conference “Business options, problems and solutions concerning globalisation”, School of Business Administration, 2004. 2002 “ Analysis of E-studies development in Latvia”. Proceedings the 2nd EDEN Research Workshop “research and policy in Open and Distance Learning”, Hildesheim, Germany, 2002. 2001 “Computerised Distance Education in Business Studies: Problems and Solutions in Conditions of Latvia”. Proceedings 20th World Conference on Open Learning and Distance Education”, Diseldorf, Germany, 2001. 2000 “ Problems and Solutions of Training Businessmen via Internet”, Second International Conference – Simulation, Gaming, Training and Business Process reengineering in Operations, Conference proceedings, September 8-9. Riga: Riga’s Technical University, 2000 – co-author. 2000 “ Business Administration Studies Via Internet”, Book of Abstracts, November 30 – December 01. Berlin: Online Education Berlin, 2000 – co-author. 2000 “ Processing Experts for Regional Reform by Using Open Flexible Distance Learning”, Regional Economics and Development, International Conference Materials, October 21-22. Kaunas: 2000 – co-author.

Language skills Latvian, Russian, English, German CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Silvija Kristapsone Personal identification number 140359 - 11566 Education 1998 – 2002 Doctor’s degree LU Faculty of Economics and Management Statistics 1996 – 1998 section Masters’ degree LU Faculty of Economics and Management, faculty of 1977 – 1982 statistics and demographics. Studies LVU Faculty of Economics Professional Experience 2004 – 2003 – LU Faculty of Economics and Management, docent 1998 – 2003 School of Business Administration Turiba – Department of 1990 – 1992 communication science, lecturer 1985 – 1990 LU PPF Faculty of Psychology – administrator of the study process LU school psychology service - engineer 1982 – 1985 Latvian Court’s expert scientific research laboratory – secretary Latvian PSR Central Statistics Board - engineer Additional professional experience Board member of Latvian Statistical Association, BVK member of review board of distance learning materials Scientific research work 2003 – 2004 2000 – 2002 Project “Social adaptability problems of Minors in Latvia” Project “Motivation of School teachers” Academic Courses Statistics, Processing and analysis of psychological data, Research Publications methodology, Data analysis. 2003 “Statistika”- distance learning course. Riga : SIA “Latvijas Uzņēmējdarbības un menedžmenta akadēmija” – 2003. Noziedzību noteicošie sociāli ekonomiskie faktori Latvijā. _ Latvian University 2003 scientific articles. Issue 658. Ekonomika. Riga : Zinātne, 2003. Noziedzība Latvijā: noziedzību noteicošie sociāli ekonomiskie faktori 2003 Latvijā 90. gados. – Riga : RaKa, 2003. – 203 lpp.: ill; “ Noziedzību noteicošie sociāli ekonomiskie faktori Latvijā 1996.- 2000.gadā”. Latvian University articles 658.issue. Ekonomika. Riga: 2002 Zinātne, 2003. The Incidence of Hiv Infection and AIDS in Latvia and the World// Demographic development in Latvia/ Humanities and social sciences, 2002 series 2 (33), Gen ed. Viktors Ivbulis, Riga 2002. “ Noziedzību noteicošie sociāli ekonomiskie faktori Latvijā”, Latvian University scientific articles, 647.issue. Economic and management 2002 science development problems, IV. Riga: Latvian University, 2002. “Correlations of Latvian criminality and socio-economic phenomena in nineties”. Tradicionālais un novatoriskais sabiedrības ilgtspējīgā 2001 attīstībā. International scientific conference papers, Rēzekne: 2002. “ Nepilngadīgo deviantās uzvedības statistikas raksturojums 90.-to gadu Latvijā”. LU Economics and management faculty 59the scientific 2001 conference papers. Riga : 2001. “Statistic Characterization of Deviant Behaviour of Minors in Latvia in 1990-ies”, IV International Baltic Psychology Conference New Developments in the Baltics: Theory and Practice Proceedings. Riga: 2000 University of Latvia, 2001. M. Račevska, S. Kristopsone. Statistika psiholoģijas pētījumos. – Riga : Izglītības soļi, 2000. – 353 lpp. CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Andris Pētersons Personal identification number 090766 - 11117 Telephone 9218882 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 2000 – LU Faculty of economics and management, Doctoral studies in business administration 1998 – 2000 LU Faculty of economics and management, Master’s degree in social sciences 1996 – 1997 LU Faculty of history and philosophy, Master’s degree in history 1995 – 1996 LU International relations Institute, Head of external relations 1989 – 1994 LU Faculty of history and philosophy, historian, pedagogue

Professional Experience 2004 – School of Business Administration Turiba, Dean of faculty of public relations, department of communication science docent 1998 – 2004 Magazine “Kapitāls” editor 2002 Advertising Agency “Labvakar” editor 1999 – 2002 A/s “Rīgas Centrāltirgus” press secretary 1998 – 1999 State civil rights bureau press secretary 1997 – 1998 Latvian Banks Assistant manager of publications department 1997 “Neatkarīgās Rīta Avīzes” executive director 1995 – 1997 Magazine “Biznesa Partneri” editor 1995 – 1997 Magazine “Klubs” journalist 1995 – 1996 “Neatkarīgās Rīta Avīzes” Head of business section 1994 – 1995 Laikraksta “Labrīt” head of economics and business section correspondents Additional Education, courses, Conferences 2004 International Conference “Development of economy: theory and practice”, Vilnius, Lithuania 2004 Kauņas Faculty of humanitarian sciences Business ethics centre project “Economics Humanisation” 2001 Information analysis courses Orhūsas University 1999 Business administration courses, School of Business Administration Turiba 1998 Management courses Latvian Bank 1996 Business journalism courses Glasgow University

Publications 2005 Pētersons A., Pavāre L. Korporatīvā sociālā atbildība. Jauns veiks, kā pelnīt vairāk: Riga: School of Business Administration Turiba 2005. – 192 lpp. 2005 Corporate social responsibility as a practical business ethics instrument // 6th International conference Public relations: Quality, benefits and risks. Proceedings. Riga : School of Business Administration Turiba, 2005. –30. – 38. lpp. 2004 “Economical Development and Corruption Growth in Baltic States”, Estonian Business Review, 2004 – co-author.

Language skills Latvian, Russian, English CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Ieva Kalve Personal identification number 181266 - 11305 Telephone 9462627 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 2003 – Latvian University, Doctoral studies in education management 1999 – 2001 Norwegian – Latvian agricultural university’s joint programme – Master’s degree in economics 1995 – 1999 Riga’s pedagogical and educational management institute – Bachelor’s degree in pedagogy 1985 – 1988 Riga’s 19 PTV – technical secretary 1974 – 1985 Siguldas secondary school No.1

Professional Experience 2001 – School of Business Administration Turiba– lecturer Faculty of 2001 – 2003 management 2000 School of Business Administration Turiba– Head of studies department 2000 RPIVA un Liepājas Pedagogical Institute – seminar instructor 2000 VID Ludzas district branch – seminar instructor 2000 Jēkabpils district council – seminar instructor 1996 – Cēsu un Valmieras district council – seminar instructor 1995 – 2000 I/u “Pakalpojumu firma “Serviss”” - owner Latvian municipal training centre, Cesis and Ludzas district School 1997 – 2000 board – seminar and courses teacher SIA Training centre “Austrumvidzeme” – Cesis district work 1998 – 1999 organization, courses and seminar teacher 1997 – 1998 RPIVA – study programme director State employment service Job seekers club Cesis – course teacher 1997 Cesis district Priekulu secondary school – teacher 1996 SIA “Lattelekom” Vidzemes zone – course teacher

Conferences, Seminars 2004 International doctoral summer school “Academic Identity and Organizational Change in Higher Education. Comparing Europe and the USA.”, Oslo, Norway 2004 2nd international conference “Sustainable Development. Culture. Education”, Estonia

Publications, books 2005 Apseglot pārmaiņu vējus. Stratēģiskā un pārmaiņu vadība.(Covering winds of change. Strategic and change management – Riga : Turība, 2005. 2004 “ The Role of Higher Educational Institutions of Business Administration in the Provision of Sustainable Economic Development”. 2nd International conference “Sustainable development. Culture. Education”, CD and conference proceedings, Estonia, 2004. 2003 Делопроизводство в Латвии Рациональный подход.(Office work in 2002 Latvia: Rational approach) – Riga, 2003 2002 Jaunās paaudzes lietvedība. (New generation of bookkeeping) – Riga: Turība, 2002 2001 Dokumentu datorizēta sagatavošana (Computerised documentation) (co-author J. Augucēvičs). – Riga: Turiba, 2002 Problems and approaches to solving them in rapidly changing times // Daugavpils pedagogy University 9th annual conference. Proceedings. Daugavpils, 2001

Language skills Latvian, Russian, German, English, Spanish CURRICULUM VITAE Personal Details Name Surname Aldis Balodis Personal identification number 240553 - 10505 Telephone 6431384, 7619152 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 1993 Riga’s Technical University Doctor’s degree in Engineering 1980 – 1983 Riga’s polytechnic Institute postgraduate studies – apparatus construction technology 1971 – 1976 Riga’s polytechnic Institute – engineer, mechanic (automation and mechanisation of automobile construction) 1960 – 1971 Riga’s secondary school No. 36

Professional Experience 2004 – School of Business Administration Turiba–Head of E-projects department, Department of informatics docent 2001 – 2003 School of Business Administration Turiba– Head of computerized distance learning department 2000 – RTU Promotional council member – expert in the scientific field “Automobile science” speciality “Metrological and automobile 1999 – construction technology” RTU Biomedical engineering and micro technological institute 1998 – 2000 assistant professor 1998 – Insurance company a/s “Balta” Accounts supervisor – quality manager 1998 – 1999 LZA Certification centre expert 1994 – RTU Physical medical engineering professor group docent RTU Electro technical and electronic material and technology institute 1994 – 1998 assistant director 1979 – 1994 RTU Department of Micro electro techniques docent 1976 – 1979 Junior scientific worker, assistant, lecturer RTU 3rd Category constructor, Riga’s Auto electro apparatus factory Additional Education, courses, Seminars, projects, Conferences 2004 Conference “Effective processes, partnership and resource management for growth and competitiveness”, Riga, Latvia 2004 5th International scientific conference “Business options, problems and solutions concerning globalisation”, Riga, Latvia. 2004 – Scientific business project “Analysis of software for business processes modelling and its introduction in the learning process” 2003 Courses “Measuring Customer satisfaction” 2002 Seminar “Modern Pedagogy”, Riga, Latvia 2002 International Conference “Lifelong Learning – a Challenge for All”, Riga, Latvia 2002 German exchange programme – research work Halles University 1999 RTU training course “Medical equipment and instruments” adapted from TEMPUS programme Linčepingas University (Sweden) 1999 Seminar with participation of International atomic energy agency specialists on radiation safety in radiotherapy 1998 LZP Market Research Grant “Peculiarities of surface of materials and preparation of laboratory structures for accreditation” 1997 Quality requirements for export of production to Europe (Vilnius-Kiel) – Kiels’ business academy certificate 1996 Preparation of laboratories for accreditation in conformity with 1996 European norms – LZA Certification Centre certificate 1996 Quality systems auditor – LZA Certification centre certificate

Additional professional activity 1995 – Latvian Medical engineering and physics society member 1993 – Member of Latvian Scientific association 1993 – Latvian Physics society member

Publications 2004 “ Studējošo prasības e-studiju kvalitātei Latvijā un Eiropā”. 5th International scientific conference. “Business options, problems and solutions concerning globalisation”, proceedings. Riga, 23rd April 2004. 2002 “E-studiju attīstības iespēju analīze Latvijā”. International conference “Entrepreneurship and its legal environment: processes, tendencies, results”, proceedings, Riga, 12th April 2002. 2002 Balodis, Y. Dekhtyar, I. Egerta, V. Grigorjeva, S. Kuste, P. Skorovs, A. Solovjov. Effects from GSM Cellular Phones on Hearing// Abstracts International Scientific Conference BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING AND MICROTECHNOLOGIES// Riga Technical University, Riga, Latvia, 10 – 14 October 2002, ISBN 9984-32-678-0, P 9. 2000 A.S.Veksler, A. Balodis, Y. Dekhtyar, O.V. Lemzyakov, V. Noskov. Exoelectron Emission Spectra of Mica Crystals// Book of Abstracts. 13-th International Symposium on Exoemission on Related Relaxation Phenomena, Jurmala, Latvia, 21 – 26 August, 2000// Riga Technical University, Riga 2000, ISBN 9984-681-04-1, p. 28

Language skills Latvian, Russian, English, German CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Guna Svence Personal identification number 181259 – 13109 Telephone 9106837 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 2002 – 2003 Qualification “Psychologist – head of socio psychological training” 2000 – 2001 St. Petersburg Akmeology Academy 1991 – 1995 Latvian University Pedagogical and psychological Institute, Doctor’s degree in Psychology 1979 – 1983 Liepaja’s Pedagogical Institute, Qualification “Latvian language teacher” 1978 Priekules Secondary school No. 1

Professional Experience 2001 Teacher of psychology, conducting seminars IZM, Riga city Ziemelu district School Board 2000 – 2001 International Institute of Practical Psychology - lecturer 2000 – 2001 LU Faculty of Pedagogy and psychology, Department of further education for adults - lecturer 1999 – 2001 Conducted psychology courses in different cities and districts for teachers and administrators 1999 – Riga’s pedagogical and educational management institute, Faculty of psychology, Dean 1995 – 1999 RPIVA Head of the psychology department 1999 – RPIVA, assistant professor 1994 – 1995 Riga’s secondary school No.6, Assistant director for methodological work with teachers 1991 – 1996 Riga’s economics higher educational institution, lecturer 1983 – 1994 Riga’s secondary school No. 25, teacher

Additional Education 2003 8th European psychology congress (Vienna, Austria) 2003 Leipzig university, Faculty of psychology 2002 Further qualification, Mursijas university (Spain) 2000 – 2002 Further qualification with professor Ludmilas Regušas, St. Petersburg Hercena Pedagogical university, Faculty of development psychology 2001 – 2002 Courses Use of multimedia in further education of adults, RTU Distance learning Centre 2001 7th European psychology congress (London, Great Britain) 2000 St. Petersburg’s Personality Institute, courses “Psychological aspects of detecting business lies” 2000 Private institution for higher professional education “Practical psychology institute “Imaton” – courses “Practical Psycho-diagnostics – analysing personality” 2000 St. Petersburg’s personality Institute, courses “Technology of achieving results” using the NLP method 1999 – 2000 Training programme “Diagnostic method of P.Frajero” 1999 – 2001 St. Petersburg private educational organization for further professional education “Social Consulting Centre”: Training Programme “Psychological Consulting” conducted by J.Česnokovas un A.Ļihtarņikova 1999 Psychology training using SILVAS method 1999 22nd Annual Colloquium of the International School Psychology Association (Kreuclingena, Konstance – Šveice, Vācija) – Further Education Certification on programmes offered in schools in psychology

Language skills Latvian, Russian, English CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Guntis Zemītis Date of Birth 13th June 1955

Education 1995 Latvian University, Doctor’s degree in History (Dr.hist) 1974 – 1982 Latvian University, Faculty of history and philosophy, Specialization -history

Professional Experience 1999 – 2005 Head of Archaeological department Latvian History museum 1987 – 1999 Chief specialist Latvian History museum 1995 – Scientific research worker Ģ.Eliasa Jelgava’s History museum 1982 – 1983 Latvian ZA History institute – technical worker in archaeological 1979 – 1982 expeditions

Scientific research work Conducted archaeological excavations in garden cemetery at Tervetes sanatorium, Daugmales archaeological complex

Conferences Research paper at International Conference in Jurmala, Cesis, Riga (Latvia), Sostrupa (Denmark), Ķiel (Germany), Palanga (Lithuania), Moscow, Pleskava (Russia)

Scientific educational Conducted a course archaeological trip for Latvians in Garezera and Katskilos (USA), lectures in Stockholm (Sweden), Latvian University, work Riga’s Technical University and art academy

Publications 2005 Latvijas vēsture // Latvijas enciklopēdija. – Rīga: SIA “Valerija Belokoņa izdevniecība”, 2005. – 3. sēj. – 79. ll., 697. – 703. lpp. 2005 Aizvēsture, Latvian tautas veidošanās // Lielā Latvijas enciklopēdija. – Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC 2005, 68., 69.276. – 283. lpp. 2005 Frühe stadtähnliche Siedlungen und erste mittelalterliche Städte in Lettland im 12. – 13. Jh.// CIVITAS CHOBERGIENSIS –Kołobrega, 2005. 2005 Vēlā dzelzs laikmeta ekonomisko un sociālo pārmaiņu atspoguļojums Gaideļu – Viduču kapulauka arheoloģiskajā materiālā// Arheoloģija un etnogrāfija. – Rīga, 2005. 22. laid. (E. Šnorei veltītais krājums).- 212. – 220. lpp. 2005 Arheoloģiskā un rakstīto avotu liecība par pagānismu un kristietību Turaidas apkārtnē 12. gs. // Kristietības ienākšana Līvzemē/ Scientific Conference dedicated to 800th anniversary of Krimulda church 2005. 9th June– Turaidas muzejrezervāts, 2005. – 35. – 37. lpp. 2005 Arheoloģiskās liecības par Jelgavas pili Kurzemes hercogu Ketleru dinastijas laikā // Latvijas viduslaiku pilis. V Pētījumi par Kurzemes un Zemgales pilīm/ Sast. Ieva Ose. – Rīga, 2005. – 185. – 202. lpp. 2004 Gaideļu – Viduču kapulauka vieta Jaunsvirlaukas un Salgales (Sidrabenes) pagasta arheoloģisko pieminekļu kontekstā // Pētījumi zemgaļu senatnē / Latvijas Vēstures muzeja raksti Nr. 10.- Rīga, 2004. – 181. – 192. lpp. 2004 Ornaments un simbols Latvijas aizvēsturē. – Rīga: Latvijas vēstures institūta apgāds, 2004. – 227 lpp.; il.

Language skills Latvian, Russian, German CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Aldis Baumanis Personal identification 120359 – 12754 number Telephone 7674895, 9235502 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 1996 Latvian University, pedagogical doctor’s degree (Dr.paed) 1993 Latvian University, pedagogical master’s degree 1976 – 1981 Latvian State University, Physicist, teacher

Professional Experience 2004 – School of Business Administration Turiba – Vice chairperson of the Board, assistant professor 2000 – 2004 School of Business Administration Turiba – Rector 1999 – 2000 Riga’s pedagogical and educational management institute – Head of the department of school administration, docent 1993 – 1999 Ministry of Education and science – department director

Additional professional Member of Latvian Higher educational council, Member of board of activities Latvian Intelligentsia association, Member of Latvian Science Academy’s Economics Institute council, Chairperson of Private higher educational institutions association

Courses “9 Traits of Highly Successful Work teams”, Boulder Colorado “Baltic Economic Management Training Programme”, Dalhousie University “English for Economics”, Saint Mary’s University “Fortbildugs seminar Z6 ”Pedagogische Reise”, Frankfurt/Erfurt/Bremen, Goethe Institute

Publications 2004 Educational expenditures and its role in social economic development // “Business options, problems and solutions concerning globalisation”, Riga 2004. 21.-31.lpp. 2003 The Tendencies and Regularities in Higher Education in the Transition Economy// The fifth International conference of Education, Greece 2003 2003 Educational development: The experience of Baltic States // Effectiveness of state administration Praktikums 4.edition Kiev 2003 2002 118.-133.lpp. (in Ukrainian) The Development of Education: The Latvian Experience// Economic Issues Theory and application with reference to Ukraine, Halifax, 2002 Canada, 2002.- 59-72.p. Investment in human capital in transition economy // Education and pedagogy in modern day world, Latvian University, Riga.- 2002 2001 “Needs and Demand in the Informal Sector and Small Enterprises for Skills and Knowledge: A Transition Country Perspective”. Learning for 2001 Survival and Growth, Switzerland, 2001. Development of Latvian education system// Education and economic science 4th edition; Economic development and state policy, Kiev 2001 2001. 57.-67.lpp. (in Ukrainian) Finance model of higher professional education, using study loans // Transformation of economic and social relations: processes, tendencies, and results, Riga 2001. –26.-32.lpp

Language skills Latvian, Russian, German, English CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Daina Škuškovnika Date of Birth 29th March 1959

Education 1998 – 2004 LU Doctor’s degree in Psychology 1996 – 1998 LU Master’s degree in psychology 1994 – 1995 LU Master’s degree in pedagogy 1993 – 1996 LU Bachelor’s programme in psychology 1977 – 1983 LVU teacher’s qualification in Mathematics

Professional Experience 2003 – LU PPF Psychology section, scientific assistant 1999 – 2001 LU RHI Psychology section, Director of study professional for social psychology assistants 1996 – 2003 LU PPF Psychology section, lecturer

Scientific Publications and teaching materials 2003 Psychometric properties of the Latvian and Russian Version of the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (form Y). Baltic Journal of Psychology. Vol. 4 (1), pp.7-16., 2003 2002 Studentu stresa un trauksmainības rādītāju sakarības. LU Scientific conference proceedings. 655. sējums, 541.-549., 2002 2002 Students’ Anxiety. In Tradicionālais un novatoriskais sabiedrības ilgspējīgā attīstībā. International scientific conference materials. Rezekne school of higher education. 129. – 135., 2002 2002 Trauksmainības rādītāju atšķirības 19–59 gadīgiem strādājošiem. LU Scientific paper. Izglitības zinātnes un pedagoģija mūsdienu pasaulē. 649. sējums., 525. – 533., 2002 2002 Components of Teachers’ Job Motivation in Latvia. In Decade of Reform: Achievements, Challenges, and Problems. Research in Educational Psychology. ATTE Spring University. LU Pedagoģijas un psiholoģijas institūts, pp.16-24., 2002 2001 Difference of Men’s Anxiety Level in Different Age Groups. In New Developments in Psychology in the Baltics: Theory and Practice. IV International Baltic Psychology Conference. University of Latvia, Riga, pp.170 – 176., 2001

Teaching aids 2002 Social psychology for pedagogues. Raka, 200 lpp. 1999 Work in a team for preparing teaching aid “Psiholoģija vidusskolām.” (Psychology for secondary schools) Zvaigzne ABC

Scientific research work 2002 – 2004 LZP financed grant “Sociālās adaptācijas problēmas pusaudžiem Latvijā” 2001 – 2002 Grant “Latvijas dažādās struktūrās strādājošo dzīves stila un motivācijas rādītāju atšķirības”.

Additional professional Member of the Latvian school psychologists association activities Member of the Latvian Society of organisation psychologists Member of International School Psychology Association (ISPA) CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Iļja Gerčikovs Date of Birth 29th July 1939

Education St. Peterburg technology institute, Engineer Mechanic Latvian University, Doctor of economic science Baltic Information academy, academic, habil. Doctor of economics

Professional Experience 2003 – International organisation IFEAT (The international Federation of Essential Oils and Aroma Trades) chairperson 1991 – 2003 A/S “Dzintars” president, chairperson 1987 – 1991 RA “Dzintars” director, general director 1974 – 1987 Liepaja sugar factory - director 1965 – 1966 Liepaja sugar factory – senior engineer 1962 – 1965 Liepaja sugar factory – senior mechanic 1961 – 1962 Liepaja sugar factory – head of the technical department

Publications 2002 Стандартизация и сертификация систем качества (Standardisation and certification of quality systems), Мinsк 2001 Современный маркетинг (contemporary marketing), Мinsк, ООО «Мисанта» 1999 Практический маркетинг (practical marketing), Мinsк, БГЭУ 1998 Коммуникационная политика фирмы (communication policies of an enterprise), Riga, ЛУ 1998 Цена в комплексе маркетинга (price in the marketing mix), Мinsk, БГЭУ 1998 Товарная политика фирмы (Trading policies of a company), Мinsк, БГЭУ 1988 Preču politika. Praktisks palīglīdzeklis (Goods policy. Practical aids), Minsk 1998 Совершенствование управления производственным объединением в условиях реализации комплекса целевых программ: Обзор.-Рига:ЛанНИИНТИ 1997 Политика продаж. Практическое пособие, (sales policy. Practical manual) Мinsк, «Финадо»

Interests Work, organisation and management of quality and manufacturing processes, analytical economics, marketing CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Imants Bergs Date of Birth 17th June 1975

Education 2000 – Latvian Police Academy, Doctoral studies 2000 Master’s degree in Law, Latvian Police Academy, 1998 Higher legal, Latvian Police Academy 1993 Liepupes secondary school

Professional Experience 2003 – Faculty of Law dean, School of Business Administration Turiba 2001 – 2002 Head of department of law, School of Business Administration Turiba 1999 – 2001 Lecturer, Law department, Latvian University 1999 – Lecturer state law department Latvian Police Academy 1998 – 1999 Assistant state law department Latvian Police Academy

Publications, books 2005 Bergs I., Meikališa Ā., Siņicins M.u.c. "Politika un tiesības. 2.daļa", Rīga, Raka, 2005. 2004 Recenzija par grāmatu Eiropas tiesības. Autoru kolektīvs, Juridiskā koledža. Publicēta “Likums un tiesības”, 2004.g. septembris. 2001 “Eiropas tiesību avoti” Juridiskās koledžas zinātniski praktiskās konferences materiāli 2001. 2001 “Eiropas tiesību avoti, to klasifikācijas problēmas” Administratīvā un kriminālā justīcija nr.2. 2001 2001 “SIA pārdošanas tiesiskie aspekti” Bilance nr.11 2001. 2000 “Pievienošanās Eiropas Savienībai- reglamentējošie dokumenti” Latvijas Policijas akadēmijas raksti nr.7 2000.gads 2000 “Lielie maksās mazāk, mazie vairāk”. Bilance, nr.2. 2000. 2000 “Turpināsies nodokļu sistēmas pilnveidošana”. Bilance, nr.7 2000.

Courses, Seminars, Conferences 2003 “Amendments in the law on real estate taxes, influence on small and medium sized businesses”” practical scientific conference materials 1999. Social technology High school. 2002 State support and state organisations in EU, RJA, March 2003 2002 Internal Audit courses, Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2002.gads 2002 International seminar: Cooperation among community and member states for European Financial protection, ETA, Heidelberg, German, October 2002 2000 Courses: Myths and Truths about European Union law: what should a practising lawyer in Latvia know, RJA, October –December 2002 International courses: Legal terminology in German, PVA, Minstere, Germany, 2000.gada October- November 1999 International seminar “Cilvēktiesību pasniegšanas metodika policijas akadēmijās” COLPI Budapest, Hungary November 1999

Languages Latvian, German, Russian, English CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Jānis Načisčions Date of Birth 14th July 1948

Education 1986 – 1989 Latvian University Post graduate studies, extramural 1971 – 1977 Latvian University Faculty of Law, Specialty - Law

Professional Experience 2000 – LPA 2 scientific advisor for doctoral students 1996 – 1998 LPA 1 scientific advisor for doctoral students 1998 – LPA Associate professor 1996 – LPA head of the department 1995 – LPA docents 1993 – Latvian University docents 1991 – 1992 Riga’s Medicine Institute docents 1983 – 1991 Riga’s Medicine Institute senior teacher 1978 – 1983 Riga’s Medicine Institute assistant

Additional Education 1999 Poland (Legionov) EPKA course – module “Management” 1995 Denmark (Ronne) “Public administrative reforms” course, certificate topic: “Role” of central and local government, “Government in democratic societies” and “Government information”. 1994 – 1996 Member of working committee of European Council for administrative law, represented department of Public law of the Latvian Ministry for Justice. Participation in preparing the manual “The Administration and You” 1991 Participated in International seminar organised by National centre of Polish Health Ministry on topical issues regarding medical insurance.

Pedagogical work 1995 – Administrative process law 1992 – Economic law, Administrative law 1979 – Basics of law, Labour law

Extracurricular activities LPA senator, LPA member of the academic council, LPA Member of the promotion council of law

Publications 2002 Administratīvās tiesības. Rīga: R&K. 2002. 11,8 autorloksnes. 2002 Uzņēmuma reģistra kompetences tiesiskā regulējuma pilnveide. Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība. 2002. 0,99 autorloksnes. 2002 Administratīvās iestādes kompetences tiesiskā regulējuma pilnveide. Rēzekne: Rēzeknes augstskola. 2002. 0.77 autorloksnes. 2001 Administratīvo tiesību principi un to iedzīvināšana. Rīga: LPA raksti. 2002. 0,7 autorloksnes. 2000 Administratīvais līgums. Rīga: Administratīvā un kriminālā justīcija. 2001. Nr.1., 1,2 autorloksnes. 1999 Administratīvā procesa tiesības. Rīga: LPA. 2000. 1 autorloksne. 1999 Tiesību aktu krājums. Administratīvās tiesības. Rīga: IU Mācību apgāds. 1999. 27,6 autorloksnes. 1998 Creation of the National Administrative and Administrative Procedure Law System and Compliance with the European Law. Vilnius: Lietuvos Teises akademija. 1998. Nr 10. 0.5 autorloksnes. CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Ineta Geipele Personal identification 010363-12706 number Telephone 7607660

Education 1993 – 1995 RTU, Engineer economics faculty (IEF), Manufacturing and entrepreneurial economics profile institute (RUDEPI) 1982 – 1988 Riga’s Polytechnic Institute, IEF, Economics of car manufacturing industry, organisation and management department (MEOVK) 1970 – 1981 Secondary school Riga 45

Professional Experience 2002 – RTU IEF Head of group of professors of construction economics assoc. professor 2000 – 2001 Ventspils Highschool Economics and administration faculty, Head of marketing and logistics administration department 2001 – RTU Manufacturing and entrepreneurial economics prof.gr., docent 1999 – Ventspils Highschool, assoc. professor 1999 – RTU IEF IT prof.gr., docent 1998 – 1999 Ventspils Highschool, docent 1998 – 2000 ES PHARE Business Education reforms (BERiL) programme, Ministry for Education and science (IZM) Professional Education programme agency (PIAPA), Adult business Education programme, Profile module - Marketing- Head of group of designers 1998 – 2000 ES PHARE BERiL programme, IZM Professional Education centre (PIC), commerce education basic course; improving study programme and preparing teaching aids and revision expert in marketing 1997 – 2000 ES PHARE Beryl programme, IZM PIAPA, Professional business Education College study programme in Latvia ” Marketing and trade”, head of group of designers 1996 – 1998 RTU IEF- RUDEPI, IT prof.gr., lecturer 1990 – 1996 RTU IEF RUDEPI, assistant 1988 – 1990 RTU IEF MEOVK, scientific worker 1986 – 1988 RRA “Elektrons”, senior economist 1981 – 1986 Riga Medical Institute, senior librarian

Additional Education 2001 – 2002 International management courses “Marketing/ communication; Enterprise management/ work with personnel; Accounting/ Finance management” Riga, Austria (Vienna) 1997 “Niels Brock” Copenhagen business College (Denmark, 2.weeks) 1994 Libeck Professional Education highschool (Germany, 4.months)

Language skills Latvian, Russian, German, English CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Anna Ābeltiņa Personal identification number 100948 - 10660 Telephone 7214392 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 1989 Economic institute of Estonian science academy – Defence of doctor’s dissertation 1979 – 1982 Economic Institute of Latvian science academy – post graduate studies 1968 – 1973 Latvian University Economics faculty, qualification – economist 1964 – 1966 Riga Secondary school No.35, Specialty chemistry

Professional Experience 2001 – School of Business Administration Turiba, Director of master’s programme 1999 – School of Business Administration Turiba, Economics department, docent 1998 – 1999 Branch of St. Petersburg’s economics relations, economics and law institute 1993 – 1997 SIA “Anniņa” director 1991 – 1993 Riga Technical University, Economics faculty, docent 1990 – 1991 Riga's Technical college – economics teacher 1982 – 1990 Economic Institute of Latvian Science Academy – research worker 1974 – 1979 Economic Institute of Latvian Science Academy – research worker 1973 – 1974 Latvian State statistics committee – economist 1971 – 1973 Latvian VSK Census centre –economist 1968 – 1971 Riga Technical University – secretary 1966 – 1968 State electronic factory VEF – technician – chemist

Additional Education 2001 Commercial education centre – Business analysis and planning (24 hrs.) 2002 Mercury consultants – International commercial contracts

Conferences 2003 International conference in Kiev “Way of the Baltic states to the EU which experience can help Ukraine?” 2003 BAT International conference Entrepreneurship and its legal environment. 2002 BAT International conference Development of sustainable tourism 2001 BAT International conference Transformation of economic and social relations.

Publications 2005 Attitude of small and medium sized companies towards innovation related to values and interest in the innovation process (co-author M. Ābeltiņa)// Riga’s Stradina University. Scientific papers. International conference “Sociālo zinātņu attīstības tendences Eiropas Savienības paplašināšanas kontekstā” – Rīga, RSU, 2005. 2003 Creation of the national capital in the Baltic states in the process of transformation // Ekoномiчний часопис ХХI, Kuiв, 2003., N5 2002 Inwestycje w rachunkowosci. Akademia Ekonomiczna im. Oskara Langego we Wroclawie, Wroclaw, 2002. –11.-20. lpp.

Language skills Latvian, English, Russian CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Ineta Lūka Personal identification number 301164 - 10624 Telephone 6370934 Address Zaļenieku 24 - 1, Riga, LV 1058 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 2003 – Latvian University Pedagogy and Psychology Faculty Doctoral studies in Pedagogy 1992 - 1993 Latvian University Master’s studies, Mag. paed. 1983 – 1988 Latvian University’s Pedagogy faculty, Foreign language (English) and education methods student. Qualification. - English language teacher, educator – methodologist

Professional Experience 2001 – Head of Language department, lecturer, School of Business Administration Turiba 1998 – 2001 Lecturer, Head of foreign language methodology committee School of Business Administration Turiba 1994 – 1998 English teacher, Head of foreign language methodology committee International tourism Highschool 1989 – 1994 English teacher, Head of foreign language methodology committee, Riga Secondary school No.49 1988 – 1989 English teacher Riga secondary school No. 2.

Additional Education 1993 – Regular methodology seminars for English teachers 2003 Courses “Using Microsoft Outlook” BAT 1996 Computer courses STA 1993 – 1996 The British Council’s “ELT Professional Development Programme” 1995 English courses at St. Giles college, Brighton, Great Britain 1994 Experience exchange programme Nikobing, Denmark 1994 LR IM IAI Business English methodology seminar

Publications 2005 “ Developing Communicative Competence in Teaching English for Students of Tourism Specialty” (approved for publication by LU Social pedagogy proceedings 2005) 2005 A Social Constructivist Model for Developing Students’ ESP Competence”. Annual book. “Spring University. Changing Education in a Changing Society”. 2005, Volume 2. Klaipēda: Klaipēda University. 2005. Pp. 128 – 134. 2005 “ Studentu kreativitātes atraisīšana lietišķās angļu valodas rakstītprasmes veidošanā”. (pieņemts publicēšanai zinātnisko rakstu krājumā “Radoša personība IV”. 2005.) 2004 “ Role-play as a Tool for Developing Students’ ESP Competence”. Publication Scientific research paper “Valoda kā identitāte. (Language as Identity).” Rīga: Valodu mācību centrs. 2004, Pp. 104 – 111. 2004 “ESP syllabus design for tourism students”. Publikācija. Collection of the selected papers presented at the ATEE 7th Spring University “European added value in teacher education: The role of teachers as promoters of basic skills acquisition and facilitators of learning”. 2004 Department of General Education, University of Tartu. 2004, Pp. 151 – 156. “ English for Specific Purposes – Past, Present and Future”. Publication V International conference “Business options, problems and solutions concerning globalisation” Conference proceedings. SIA “Biznesa augstskola Turiba”. 2004, 223.-232. lpp.

Personal Details Name Surname Guntis Strazds Date of Birth 8th November 1942 Personal identification 081142-10505 number

Education 1986 – 1989 St. Petersburg Textile Technology Institute, Habilit. Doctor in eng. 1969 – 1972 St. Petersburg Textile Technology Institute, Technical science 1960 – 1965 candidate Riga Technical University, Engineer – specialty –fibre mechanism technology

Professional activity President, Association of light Industry enterprises A/S “Lauma” Chairperson of the council A/S Valmieras stikla šķiedra Chairperson of the council Confederation of Industries, Member of the board Riga Technical University chairperson of the habilitation council Member of National economics council and chairperson of Light Industry experts council

Professional Experience 1994 – German national economics representation in Latvia, Chief representative 1994 – 2005 Department of business development. Economics Ministry of Latvia Deputy director EM 1997 – Light Industry department of LR Ministry for Industries, Director 1994 – 1999 State light Industry concern - Vice-president 1993 – 1994 V/U “Astotais marts” – Technical director 1991 – 1993 V/U “Parīzes komūna” – Chief engineer’s deputy 1990 – 1991 Head, docent of Fibre mechanism technology department, Riga 1998 – 1990 Technical University 1985 – 1998 Teacher, Research worker Fibre mechanism technology department, Riga Technical University 1973 – 1985 Teacher, Research worker Fibre mechanism technology department, Riga Technical University 1972 – 1973 Textile factory “Parīzes Komūna” CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Ilze Rence Personal identification 220773 - 10611 number Telephone Address 9526278 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 1997 Latvian University, Faculty of Law – lawyer, Master’s degree

Professional Experience 2002 – School of Business Administration Turiba- lecturer for study courses “International private law”, „Contract law”, „Civil process”, „Human rights. General provisions” 2002 – 2004 Teacher, Latvian Police Academy, Law college and Social technology Institute 1999 – 2001 SIA “Latpass aviolīnijas” legal consultant 1998 – 1999 Rīgas Domes Kurzemes district executive body – Head of the legal department 1996 – 1998 SIA “Juridisko pakalpojumu centrs” president 1993 – 1996 SIA “Rīgas juristi” directors’ assistant on legal matters

Professional activities Member of Latvian lawyers association Participant of international offshore exhibition “Shorex-2002” International offshore exhibition “Shorex-2002” participant Chief guest and guest lecturer on Lithuanian business day (Lithuanian recognition award for strengthening business cooperation between Latvia and Lithuania) Guest lecturer, Hofas University, Germany

Language skills Latvian, English, German, Russian CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Dite Liepa Personal identification 290764 – 11578 number Telephone 6551804 Address Skolas street 6, Adazi, Rigas region LV - 2164

Education 1998 Latvian University– Master’s degree in Baltic philology, Didactics of Latvian language and literature teaching 1989 Latvian University– Journalist

Professional Experience 2003 – School of Business Administration Turiba - lecturer 1999 – Information systems private secondary school, teacher Department of 2001 – communication science - lecturer 1998 – 2001 LNB magazine “Rosme” editor 1998 – 1999 LU Faculty of communications and journalism – lecturer 1995 – 1996 SIA “PICCA TV” press secretary 1989 – 1992 Latvian University library – librarian 1985 – 1986 Latvian University Faculty of economics, secretary

Academic Courses 2002 – Lecture course "Preses tekstu stilistika un rediģēšana" 2001 – 2002 Lecture course LU Faculty of social science, Political science department "Latviešu valoda vispārīgās valodniecības aspektā" 2001 – 2002 Lecture course Vidzemes University College " Latviešu valodas kultūra" for communication and public relations programme students 1999 – 2001 Lecture course at Social Science faculty " Latviešu valoda kā svešvaloda" 1999 – 2001 Lecture course at Modern languages faculty "Latviešu valoda kā svešvaloda" 1998 – 1999 Lecture course in journalism LU preparatory course 1998 – Lecture course "Latviešu valodas kultūra"

Significant Publications 2003 "Tautas mīklas - modernas atbildes newspaper Diena "Izklaide"" Vārds 2003 (Daugavpils PU proceedings) 2003 "Retoriskās figūras latviešu presē 2000. un 2001.gadā" Vārds un tā pētīšanas aspekti (2003 Liepājas PA) 2002 "Demokratizācijas procesi valodā – leksiskie jauninājumi publicistikas stilā" 2002. LU proceedings, 648. issue, Zinātne 2002 2002 "Leksiskie jauninājumi latviešu publicistikā" (thesis) 2002. St. Petersburg VU Philology faculty XXXI scientific conference 2002 "Metafora publicistikas tekstos" Vārds 2002 (Daugavpils PU proceedings) 2001 "Okazionālismu izmantojums N. Naumaņa publicistikā" Vārds un tā pētīšanas aspekti (2001 Liepājas PA) 2001 "Valodas norma žurnālistikā" Vārds 2001. (Daugavpils PU proceedings) CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Ligita Zīlīte Personal identification 210157 - 11079 number Telephone 9128725 Address Kurzemes 16 -18, Tukums, LV – 3101 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 1997 – 1998 LU Faculty of pedagogy and psychology, Master’s degree – Pedagogical Master’s degree in School administration 1994 – 1995 LU Pedagogy Faculty – qualification of domestic science teacher 1975 – 1980 LVU Biology faculty – biologist, biology and chemistry teacher 1972 – 1975 Tukums’ J.Raiņa secondary school No.1 1964 – 1972 Tukums’ E.Birznieka – Upīša primary school

Professional Experience 2000 – School of Business Administration Turiba– Department of management, lecturer 2000 School of Business Administration Turiba– Head of courses department 1998 – 1999 Tukuma district’s Zelmena primary school director 1987 – 1998 Zelmena primary school assistant director for studies and discipline 1980 – 1987 Plavinu primary school – biology and chemistry teacher Tumes primary school – chemistry teacher, organizer of extracurricular activities Additional Education 2002 – 2003 Courses “Business English” 2002 Courses in Personnel management, Communications academy 2000 – 2001 Management courses, MC International Correspondence Course 1999 – 2000 School of Business Administration Turiba– business administration courses 1999 Computer technology basic courses 1999 Courses “Women and business” Further qualification courses in school administration and domestic science

Professional activities Prepare teaching materials within the framework of European project for distance learning programme “Management” and “ Socionics”.

Personal Details Name Surname Janīna Romancēviča Year of Birth 1943 Telephone 7451748 Address Mazā Stacijas street 4-79, Riga, LV – 1083

Education 1992 – 1994 Latvian University, Master’s degree in Business administration Riga’s Polytechnic Institute, Diploma (eng.) car manufacturing economics 1972 – 1977 and organisation specialty

Professional Experience 2005 – School of Business Administration Turiba Accounting and finance department docent 1977 – 2000 RTU Engineer economics faculty – docent

Additional Education 2005 Latvian Agricultural University, Professional development programme: Higher education didactics 1998 ES PHARE programme, Business College Education programme and teaching programme development (certificate)

Publications 2005 Romansēviča J., Voronova I. Assessment of economic stability of an enterprise // 6th International scientific conference Public Relations: quality, benefits and risks. Proceedings. Riga: School of Business Administration Turiba 2005. 134. – 142. lpp. 2004 5th International scientific conference BAT - Assessment of economic stability of an enterprise: Problems concerning financing of businesses upon accession into the EU

Language skills Latvian, Russian CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Ainārs Dimants Personal identification 060566-12506 number Telephone 7628870 Address Ģertrūdes street 123-12, Riga, LV-1009 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 1999 – 2003 Dr. phil. Berlin’s Free University 1996 Master’s degree in social science (Mag. rer. soc.) in communication science Latvian University 1993 Hamburg’s Journalism School (Henri - Nannen - Schule) stipend – 3 week course 1987 – 1990 Newspaper journalist literary work diploma M. Lomonosova Moscow State University 1984 – 1987 Journalism studies Latvian University Faculty of Philology 1984 Valdemarpils Secondary school

Professional Experience 2005 – School of Business Administration Turiba Head of communication science department 2004 – Guest lecturer Vidzemes University College Communications and public Relations Department 2003 – “Team Europe” lecturer in Latvia, freelance lecturer journalism basics Alberta College Riga 2003 European Movement in Latvia, head of pre referendum information campaign, by decree of the prime minister 2002 Public political portal www.politika.lv Elections section editor 2001 – 2003 European Movement in Latvia quarterly magazine “Virziens – Eiropa” Chief editor 2000 Guest lecturer at Berlin’s Free University and Berlin’s Humbolt University on Latvian society and policies in the European integration process and press in Latvia 1999 – Latvian language training national programme (LVAVP) quarterly issue Tagad editor 1999 – 2003 European Movement in Latvia president 1998 – 2002 Riga’s Stradina University Head of communication studies department 1998 Weekly newspaper Fokuss Chief editor 1997 – 1998 Latvian Television foreign and international policies discussion programme Globuss, director, newspaper Lauku Avīze deputy editor, one of the founders of non-governmental organisation European Movement in Latvia, its vice president and member of the board 1993 – 1998 Freelance lecturer Latvian communication history (1918 - 1940) Latvian University Communication and Journalism department 1993 – Latvian Television journalist discussion programme participant Skats no malas and Globuss 1992 – 1997 Newspaper Diena commentator 1990 – 1992 Newspaper Diena correspondent in Moscow

Publications 2006 Die Entwicklung der Massenmedien in Lettland nach der zweiten Unabhängigkeit. Berlin : Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag, 2006 (Die Ostseeregion : Nördliche Dimensionen – europäische Perspektiven) (sagatavošanā; parakstīts līgums) 2005 Par demokrātiju un Latvijas tautas vienprātību : Jānis Čakste. No: Goldmanis, Juris (sast.): Personība un demokrātija : Metodisks līdzeklis Latvijas vēsturē. Rīga: Aizkraukles Banka, 2005 2005 Mediju sabiedriskā atbildība – ko tas nozīmē Latvijā. No: Akadēmiskā Dzīve (2005/2006), Nr. 42, 63. - 67. lpp. – Kopsavilkums angļu valodā 2005 The Different Mass Media Traditions in Latvia and their Future in the EU. No: International Council for Central and East European Studies (ICCEES) ; German Association for East European Studies (DGO) ; Weltkongress e. V. (rīk.): ICCEES VII World Congress „Europe – Our Common Home?” : Abstracts (July 25 - 30, 2005, Berlin, Germany), 97. lpp. 2005 Ziņas masu medijiem un informācijas elitei. No: Kluinis, Arnis: LETA. Nacionālās ziņu aģentūras lomas 20./21. gs. Latvijā. SIA LETA, 2005, 4. lpp. 2005 Vilis Lācis – preses karaļa pavalstnieks vai nedemokrātisku režīmu balsts. No: Gūtmane, Margita (sast.): 100 gadu kopā ar Vili Lāci : konferences materiāli (2004. gada 25. maijs, Rīga). Rīga : Zinātne, 2005, 18. - 23. lpp. 2005 Editorial Censorship in the Baltic and Norwegian Newspapers. No: Bærug, Richard (red.): The Baltic Media World. Rīga, 2005, 121. - 144. lpp.

Professional Activities 2005 – School of Business Administration Turiba” Senate, journal „Akadēmiskā Dzīve” editors panel, Association for the Advancement of Baltic Studies – AABS and Baltic Association for Media Research, member. 2005 Expert (head of the committee), Latvian University Communication science assessment of bachelors study programme for reaccredidation and participation in international experts committee for accreditation of professional bachelors study programme public relations of Baltic Russian Institute, School of Business Administration Turiba, Latvian Christian Academy, open university student journalism basics and techniques at Daugavpils University 2004 – 2005 V Baltic study Conference coordinator and Action and programme committee member 2004 Chairperson of Media Institute, Member of the board of Latvian Foreign policy association, management and implementation of Media Institute research project approved by Latvian Science council “ development of Latvian mass media since regaining of independence” 2004 Participation in experts committee for accreditation of professional bachelor’s study programme advertising and public relations of the International practical psychology university 2003 – 2004 Head of media research at Vidzemes University college (ViA), ViA research project “Pašcenzūra Latvijas medijos” 2002 – 2005 Member of the board of International European movement (Steering Committee – Comité directeur) 2001 – 2003 Head of Latvian society European Integration council, member of International European Movement Federal council 1998 – Member of editorial council of journal Latvija un Eiropas Savienība 1998 – 2002 Member of Sorosa fond – Latvian Citizen’s society and US - Baltic Partner relations fond National expert council

Language skills Latvian, German, Russian, English CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Ieva Stūre Date of Birth 13th April 1981 Telephone 9450530 Address Ģertrūdes 98-7, Riga, LV-1003 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 2003 – 2005 Latvian University, Master’s degree in social science, Communication Science 1999 – 2003 Vidzemes University College, Communication and Public relations department, 2nd level higher professional education – professional qualification of public relations expert 2001 – 2003 American university Central Asia, Journalism Faculty, Exchange programme - Open Society Institute/HESP stipend holder

Professional Experience 2005 Latvian language training State agency, Guest lecturer: lectures „Intercultural competence” 2004 – Head of Press and public relations office, State police, Public relations department 2004 Vidzemes University College, Guest lecturer Course „Intercultural communication” 2003 Lattelekom, New Business department, Marketing and PR activities for mobile portals otoPILOT and mobile cards mapPILOT 2002 Ministry for interior State Police, ES integration department, Senior specialist 2002 American Chamber of trade in Latvia, Newsletter editor 2000 LR Agricultural Ministry, Assistant in the PR department

Additional Education 2005 Netherlands Foreign Ministry Government Information Agency/MATRA, course „Communication process with the society” – for communication process designers in state administration institutions of new EU member states 2004 CEPOL – European Police College, further Education course „Leadership and change management” 2000 International Central Asian summer school, courses on Central Asian policies, economies, history and culture

Professional Activity 2002 NGO “Zaļā punkta klubs”, Member of the club, PR in work groups 2001 Regional Eurasian student conference “Conflicts in transition societies”, paper presentation “Ethical and professional aspects of mass communication” 2001 Baltic international summer school, Management of excursions, tourism and evening activity groups 1999 – 2001 Latvian University debate programme, Vidzemes University debate club management

Publications 2005 „Improvizētās ziņas” or rumours among Latvian inhabitants of the period 1945-1953: analysis of memoirs. Grām.: LU SZF Komunikācijas studiju nodaļa. Agora 3. Pēckara Latvijas cilvēklaiktelpa ≠ staļinisms. Rīga: LU Akadēmiskais apgāds

Language skills Latvian, English, Russian, German CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Dace Skadiņa Personal identification 080341-10600 number Telephone 7617123, 9252924 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 1999 Latvian Culture Academy master’s studies – Master in theatrical arts

1970 Latvian State Conservatory named Jazepa Vitola – Drama theatre actress

Professional Experience 2000 – 2005 Puppet theatre’s acting course, work coordinator 1999 – 2001 Rhetorics lectures at RPIVA Part time studies department 1994 – 2001 Public speaking, Riga’s Commerce school 1997 – NVA lectures and practical classes in communication and speech culture 1994 – Latvian Cultural academy, Academic staff 1992 –1994 Acting classes at Riga’s musical theatre’s actor school 1963 – 1993 Actress Latvian State puppet theatre

Additional Education 2005 Professional development programme – Pedagogical development for tertiary level teachers / Innovations in Education system at tertiary level/ Education in work management (LU certificate No. 0845) 2001 International Pedagogue master class – stage speech, puppet theatre acting (St.Petersburg)

Professional activity 2004 – State Culture Capital Fond, expert in theatre 1965 – Member of Latvian theatre worker’s union “Baltais fonds”(Culture for children) member of the board

Awards, commemorations 1983 LPSR Title of most accomplished stage actress

Language skills Latvian, Russian, German CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Georgijs Počepcovs Year of Birth 1949 E-mail address [email protected]; [email protected]

Education 1989 Doctor’s degree 1976 Doctoral Candidate 1971 Kiev University

Professional Experience 2005 – Head of Marketing Department, International Zalamana University, Kiev 2001 – 2005 Head of Information department, National Social Management Academy, Ukrainian President’s Chancellery 2002 – 2005 Head of Strategic Initiative Office, Ukrainian president’s administration 1998 – 2001 Head of International Communication And PR department, International Relations Institute, Kiev University 1993 – 1998 International Relations Institute, Kiev University - professor 1996 – 1997 National Technical University, Kiev - professor 1996 – 1997 National University “Kiev – Mohyla- Academy” - professor 1990 – 1993 Journalism Institute, Kiev University - professor 1980 – 1985 Journalism Institute, Kiev University – senior instructor 1974 – 1980 Department of Cybernetics, Kiev University - assistant

Professional Activity 2000 – 2001 First deputy speaker of Ukrainian parliament 1996 Ukrainian prime minister’s deputy 1995 – 1996 Kiev mayor’s deputy 1995 Deputy general director of Chernobyl atomic power station

Publications 2006 Communication Technologies. Second edition. – Moscow – Kiev: Vakler (tipogrāfijā) 2006 New social sciences. – Moscow: Europe (tipogrāfijā) 2005 Strategic intelligence: analytical instruments. – Moscow: Europe (tipogrāfijā) 2005 Virtual wars. - Moscow: Europe (tipogrāfijā) 2005 Revolution. com – Moscow: Europe 2005 Strategy. – Moscow - Kiev: Vakler 2004 Strategic analysis. – Kiev: Dzvin 2004 Public Relations for Professionals. Second edition. - Moscow - Kiev: Vakler 2004 Propaganda and counterpropaganda. – Moscow: Centr 2004 Image-making. Fourth edition. – Moscow – Kiev, Vakler

Language skills Ukrainian, Russian, English CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details Name Surname Velga Vēvere Date of Birth 24.10.1958 Telephone 7316761, 7622480, 6463584 E-mail address [email protected]

Education 2005 Ph.Dr.cand. – Preparing doctoral dissertation for submission “Eksistenciālās komunikācijas problēma Sērena Kirkegora filozofijā” 1997 Internship Copenhagen’s University Serena Kirkegora research centre 1994 – 1995 Internship at Harvard University (USA Fullbright stipend) 1977 – 1982 Latvian University Faculty of History and Philosophy department

Professional Experience 2003 Latvian University, Faculty of History and Philosophy - lecturer 2002 Philosophy lecturer, Banking Academy 1995 – 2001 School of Business Administration Turiba, Philosophy lecturer 1989 – Latvian University Philosophy and Sociology Institute, research worker 1986 – 1989 Jelgavas music college, philosophy teacher 1982 – 1986 Latvian music academy, philosophy lecturer

Conferences 2005 “Literatūrkritikas problēmas”, LU conference “Kristīgās vērtības un modernitātes izaicinājums” 2004 3rd world phenomenology congress, Oxford 2004 Conference LU “Filozofija pret vardarbību” 2004 International conference in Riga dedicated to 280thanniversary of Cant 2004 Conference dedicated to 160 th anniversary of F.Nishe 2003 International conference dedicated to 190th anniversary of S. Kirkegor, Riga 2003 21st World philosopher’s congress, Istanbul (Turkey) 2003 International Conference “Globalizācija un kultūra” Daugavpils 2002 VII Congress of European Culture, Pamplona (Spain) 2001 Feminism conference (Riga); conference “Mākslas darbs un komentārs”(Riga) 2001 World Latvian Scientific Congress (Riga) 2001 Phenomenology Congress “Controversy over the existence of the world” Roma (Italy) 2000 Serena Kikergora seminars (Riga); Folkloras krātuves un antropoloģijas biedrības rīkotā conference “Cilvēks. Dzīve. Stāstījums” 2000 Feminism Conference Cīrihē (Switzerland) 2000 Conference “Klasisko pētījumu problēmas un perspektīvas”(Riga) 2000 Phenomenology Congress, Pueblo (Mexico) 1999 Phenomenology Conference, Krakow (Poland) 1999 Conference Homo esteticus” (Riga) 1998 European Culture conference, Pamplona (Spain) 1998 XX World Philosophy Congress, Boston (ASV) 1997 Phenomenology Congress Gdansk (Poland) “Origin of Life: Individualization; Evaluation of Types, New Critique of Reason, Human Creativity

Language skills Ukrainian, Russian, English

Appendix 15

Recommended diploma topics Recommended topics for master’s paper

1. The role of public relations in promoting the effectiveness of organisations. 2. Assessment of public Relations activities. 3. Public Relations agencies in Latvia and the services offered. 4. The role of public relations in Latvian government communication. 5. Management and optimisation of communication process. 6. Managing public relations in state and municipal institutions. 7. Public relations in public institutions and business organisations, its management specifics and features. 8. The role of quality management in public relations. 9. Quality criteria in public relations. 10. Special events as a public relations instrument. 11. Lobbyism as a special component of public relations. 12. Audit of reputation. 13. Charity and company’s reputation. 14. Relations with mass media, its optimisation. 15. Organising and managing public relations in nongovernmental organisations. 16. Public relations and marketing –similarities and differences. 17. Possibilities of planning better work organisation and public relations in enterprises. 18. Possibilities of improving efficiency of public relations services in enterprises 19. Development of optimal public relations model for an enterprise. 20. Communication links of an organisation, information flow and management technology. 21. City image creation strategy and activities. Case analysis. 22. Development of public relations strategy for an enterprise over a definite time period. 23. Crisis management (What to do when an organisation faces a crisis?) 24. Description of crisis communication management, differences from ordinary everyday communication. 25. Crisis, building a rapport with mass media. 26. The role of heads of public relations departments in Latvian regional, city and parish municipalities. 27. Lobbyism as a public relations instrument to influence Latvian legislation: opportunities and threats. 28. Problems and restrictions in creating and promoting communication between state institutions and the society. 29. Analysis and evaluation of activities of public relations company or the PR field. 30. Management of public relations projects and attracting financial resources. Appendix 16

Library resources on public relations at School of Business Administration Turiba 1. Aris Annet. Managing media companies : harnessing creative value / Annet Aris, Jacques Bughin. - [Chichester] : John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, [2005]. - 427 p. : il.,tab.,diagr. - Index: p. 417- 427. ISBN 0470015632 2. Baines Paul. Public relations : contemporary issues and tchniques / Paul Baines, John Egan, Frank Jefkins. - London : Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann, 2004. - xvii, 431 p. : ill., tab. - Include bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0750657243 3. Bivins Thomas H. Public relations writing : the essentials of staile and format / Thomas H. Bivin. - 5th ed. - New York : McGraw Hill, 2005. - xii, 359 p. : ill., tab. - Includes index. ISBN 0072882565 4. Bland Michael. Effective media relations : how to get results / Michael Bland, Alison Theaker, David Wragg ; foreword author and series editor Anne Gregory. - 3rd edition. - London : Kogan Page, [2005]. - 150 p. - (PR in practice series). - Index: p.143-150. ISBN 0749443804 5. Broom Glen M. Using research in public relations : applications to program management / Glen M.Broom, David M.Dozier. - Upper Saddle River : Prentice Hall, [1990]. - 414 p. : tab.,diagr.,photogr. - Index: p. 405-414. ISBN 0139391665 6. Chapman Jane. Comparative media history : an introduction: 1789 to the Present / Jane Chapman. - [Cambridge] : [Polity Press], [2005]. - 302 p. : photogr. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0745632432 7. Cotton David. Business Class / David Cotton, Sue Robbins. - England : Longman, 1999. - 184 p. : ill. ISBN 0175563373 8. Cotton David. Business class : [audio kasete] / David Cotton, Sue Robbins. - [b.v.] : Longman, 1993. Cassette 2. - 1 audio kasete. ISBN 0175563381 9. Cotton David. Business class : [audio kasete] / David Cotton, Sue Robbins. - [b.v.] : Longman, 1993. Cassette 1. - 1 audio kasete. ISBN 0175563381 10. Cutlip Scott M. Effective Public Relations / Scott M. Cutlip, Allen H. Center, Glen M. Broom. - 9th ed. - Upper Saddle River, N.J. : Pearson : Prentice Hall2006. - xviii, 486 p. : ill. - Includes Bibliographical References and Index. ISBN 013123014X 11. Parsons Patricia J. Ethics in public relations : a guide to best practice / Patricia J. Parsons ; the Institute of Public Relations. - London ... [etc.] : Kogan Page, 2004. - XVII, 187 p. - Index: p. 181-187. ISBN 074944276X 12. Watson Tom. Evaluating public relations : a best practice guide to public relations planning, research & evaluation / Tom Watson, Paul Noble. - London : Kogan Page, [2005]. - 213, [2] p. : tab.,diagr. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0749443065 13. Davis Anthony. Everything You should know about public relations : direct answers to over 500 questions / Anthony Davis. - London : Kogan Page, 2003. - vii, 280 p. - Bibliogr.: p. 275. - Index: p. 277-280. ISBN 0749439254 14. Thill John V. Excellence in Business Communication / John V. Thill, Courtland L. Bovee. - 5th ed. - USR, New Jersey : Prentice Hall, 2002. - xxxv, 539 [22] p. : fotogr., ill., tab. - (International Edition). - Rerfences: p. R1-R10. - Index: p. I1-I12. ISBN 0131227815 15. Ries Al. The fall of advertising and the rise of PR / Al Ries, Laura Ries. - New York : HarperBusiness, 2002. - XXI, 295 p. : ill., diagr. - Index: p. [281]-295. ISBN 0060081996 16. Mathis Mark. Feeding the media best : an easy recipe for great publicity / Mark Mathis. - West Lafayette, Indiania : Purdue University Press, 2002. - 293 p. : ill. ISBN 1557532478 17. Laermer Richard. Full frontal PR : getting people talking about you, yor business, or your product / Richard Laermer with Michael Prichinello. - Princeton,NJ : Bloomberg Press, 2003. - XVII, 231, [2] p. - Index: p. 223-231. ISBN 1576600998 18. Iggers Jeremy. Good news, bad news : journalism ethics and the public interest / Jeremy Iggers. - [Colorado] : Westview Press, 1999. - xii, 179 p. - (Critical studies in communication and in the cultural industries). - Bibliogr.: p. 167-172. - Index: p. 173-179. ISBN 0813329523 19. Turk Judy VanSlyke. Instructor's manual for Newsom, Turk, and Kruckeberg's "This is PR: the realities of public relations" / Judy VanSlyke Turk. - 8th ed. - Belmont : Wadsworth, 2004. - 173 p. - Include bibliographical references. ISBN 0534562647 20. Hoffman Judith C. Keeping cool on the hot seat : dealing effectively with the media in times of crisis / Judith C. Hoffman. - 3rd revised ed. - Highland Mills, NY : Four C's Publishing Company, 2004. - xii, 228 p. : ill., tab. - Index: p. 224-225. ISBN 0970901402 21. Key concepts in journalism studies / Bob Franklin, Martin Hamer, Mark Hanna u.c. - London : SAGE Publications, [2005]. - 362 p. - (SAGE key concepts). - Bibliography: p. [332]-362. ISBN 0761944826 22. MacKenzie Ian. Management and Marketing with mini-dictionary of 1,000 common terms. - England : LTP [Language Teaching Publications] Business, 1997. - 144 p. ISBN 1899396802 23. Dozier David M. Manager's guide to excellence in public relations and communication management / David M.Dozier, Larissa A.Grunig, James E.Grunig. - New Yersey : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, [1995]. - 258 p. : tab.,diagr. - (LEA's communication series). - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0805818103 24. Aris Annet. Managing media companies : harnessing creative value / Annet Aris, Jacques Bughin. - [Chichester] : John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, [2005]. - 427 p. : il.,tab.,diagr. - Index: p. 417- 427. ISBN 0470015632 25. Grunig James E. Managing public relations / James E.Grunig, Todd Hunt. - [USA] : Thomson : Wadsworth, [1984]. - 550 p. : il. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0030583373 26. Veinberga Sandra. Masmediji : prese, radio un televīzija / Sandra Veinberga. - Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, [2005]. - 358, [1] lpp. : il., diagr., tab., sh. - Bibliogr.: [343.]-352. lpp. - Kopsav. angļu val. ISBN 9984368874 27. Leslie Larry Z. Mass communication ethics : decision making in postmodern culture / Larry Z.Leslie ; publisher Patricia A.Coryell. - 2nd edition. - Boston : Houghton Mifflin Company, [2004]. - 317 p. : tab.,photogr. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0618260196 28. Davis Anthony. Mastering public relations / Anthony Davis. - [New York] : Palgrave Macmillan, [2004]. - xv, 216 p. : ill., tab. - (Palgrave master series). - Includes biblioraphical references and index. ISBN 1403907838 29. Newsom Doug. Media writing : preparing information for the mass media / 2nd edition ; Doug Newsom, James A.Wollert. - 2nd edition. - Belmont : Wadsworth Publishing Company, [2004]. - 444 p. : il. - Index: p. 439-444. ISBN 0534087124 30. Newsom Doug. Media writing : news for the mass media / Doug Newsom, James A.Wollert. - Belmont : Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1985. - 437, [2] p. : tab.,il.,photogr. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0534039693 31. Whitaker W.Richard. Media writing : print, broadcast and public relations / W.Richard Whitaker, Janet E.Ramsey, Ronald D.Smith. - New York : Longman, [2000]. - 373 lp. : photogr. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0321011376 32. Stevenson Doug. Never be boring again : make your business presentations capture attention, inspire action, and produce results / Doug Stevenson. - Colorado Springs : Cornelia Press, 2003. - XX, 330 p. : ill. - Includes bibliographical references (p.315-316) and index. ISBN 0971344094 33. Jones Leo. New International Business English : communication skills in English for business purposes / Leo Jones, Richard Alexander. - Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 1998. Workbook. - 144 p. : ill. ISBN 0521455790 34. Miller Katherine. Organizational communication : approaches and processes / Katherine Miller. - 3rd ed. - Australia : Thomson Wadsworth, 2003. - xix, 335 p. : tab. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0534561446 35. Perspectives on public relations research / ed. by Danny Moss, Dejan Verčič, Gary Warnaby. - London : Routledge, 2003. - xvii, 269 p. : tab. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0415316189 36. Gregory Anne. Planning and managing public relations campaigns / Anne Gregory. - 2nd edition. - London : Kogan Page, 2000. - 184 p. : tab. - (PR in practice series). - Index: p. 183 -184. ISBN 0749429917 37. Positive psychology in business ethics and corporate responsibility / editors Robert A.Giacalone, Carole L.Jurkiewicz, Craig Dunn. - Greenwich : [Information Age Publishing], [2005]. - 284 p. : tab.,diagr. - (Ethics in practice). - Includes bibliographical references. ISBN 1593113226 38. Кичаев Александр. PR для карьеры, для семьи и для себя / Александр Кичаев. - Москва : Вершина, 2003. - 236, [2] с. - Библиогр.: [238] с. ISBN 5946960172 39. Горкина М.Б. PR на 100% : как стать хорошим менеджером по PR / М.Б. Горкина, А.А. Мамонтов, И.Б. Манн. - Москва : Альпина Паблишер, 2003. - 211, [3] с. : рис. ISBN 5945990841 40. PR сегодня : новые подходы, исследования, международная практика / пер. с англ. О.В. Дубицкой, В.А. Лисова ... [и.др.]. - Москва : ИМИДЖ-Контакт : ИНФРА-М, 2002. - 491, [2] c. : диагр., таб. - (Современные консалтинговые технологии). - Библиогр.: с. 490-[492]. ISBN 5943690107 ISBN 5160008411 41. Kривоносов А.Д. PR-текст в системе публичных коммуникаций / А.Д. Kривоносов = PR- text in the system of public communications. - 2-е изд. - Санкт-Петербург : Петербургское Востоковедение, 2002. - 279 с. - Библиогр.: с. [271]-279. ISBN 585803215X 42. Seitel Fraser P. The Practice of Public Relations. - 4th ed. - Columbus, Ohio : Merrill Publishing Company, 1989. - 641, [1] p. - Includes bibliographies and index. ISBN 0-675- 21092-5 43. Seitel Fraser P. The Practice of Public Relations / Fraser P. Seitel. - 9th ed. - Upper Saddle River : Prentice Hall, 2004. - xxxii, 568 p. : fotogr., ill. - Index: p. 557-568. ISBN 0131230255 44. Stacks Don W. Primer of public relations research / Don W. Stacks. - New York ; London : Guilford Press, 2002. - IX, 318 p. : ill., tab., diagr. - Index: p. 308-317. ISBN 1572307269 45. Baines Paul. Public relations : contemporary issues and tchniques / Paul Baines, John Egan, Frank Jefkins. - London : Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann, 2004. - xvii, 431 p. : ill., tab. - Include bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0750657243 46. Jefkins Frank. Public relations / Frank Jefkins ; ed. Daniel Yadin. - 5th ed. - Harlow : Prentice Hall, 1998. - ix, 293 : ill., tab. - (Frameworks). - Index: p. 281-293. - Appendix: p. 246-279. ISBN 0273634321 47. Marconi Joe. Public relations : the complete guide / Joe Marconi. - Australia ... [etc.] : Thomson Lesrning, 2004. - 386 p. : ill. - Bibliography: p. 377-378. - Index: p. 379-386. ISBN 0324203047 48. Public relations : Strategies and tactics / Dennis L. Wilcox, Phillip H. Ault, Warren K. Agee, Glent T. Cameron. - 7th ed. - New York [etc.] : Pearson Education, 2005. - xxii, 570, PT-48 p. : ill. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0205404537 49. Public relations : Strategies and tactics / Dennis L. Wilcox, Phillip H. Ault, Warren K. Agee, Glent T. Cameron. - 7th ed. - New York [etc.] : Pearson Education, 2003. - xxii, 570, PT-48 p. : ill. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 020536073 50. Kohler Tanja. Public Relations - Perspektiven und Potenziale im 21.Jahrhundert / Tanja Kohler, Adrian Schaffranietz ; priekšvārda aut. Gunter Bentele. - 2.izdevums. - [Wiesbadem] : VS Verlag fur Sozialwissenschaften, [2005]. - 220 lpp. : diagr. - Ievter bibliogrāfiskos sarakstus. ISBN 3531340352 51. Захарова Е.В. Public Relations and Advertising in Close-Up : PR : CD-ROM / Е.В. Захарова, Л.В. Ульянищева [[elektronisks resurss]. - Москва : Импе, 2003. - 1 CD-ROM 52. Piel. grāmatai: Public Relations and Advertising in Close-Up: для студентов высших учебных заведений/ Е.В. Захарова, Л.В. Ульянищева.- Москва: Импе-Паблиш, 2004. - ISBN 5959400022. 53. Захарова Е.В. Public Relations and Advertising in Close-Up : для студентов высших учебных заведений / Е.В. Захарова, Л.В. Ульянищева. - Москва : Импе-Паблиш, 2004. - 270, [1] с. : таб. - Piel.: CD ar tādu pašu nos. ISBN 5959400022 54. Hendrix Jerry A. Public relations cases / Jerry A.Hendrix. - 5th edition. - [Belmont] : Wadsworth, Thomson Learning, [2001]. - 488 p. : il.,photogr. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0534514324 55. Hendrix Jerry A. Public Relations Cases. - Belmont, California : Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1988. - 447, [1] p. - Includes index. ISBN 0-534-08647-0 56. Feinglass Art. The Public relations handbook for nonprofits : a comprehensive and practical guide / Art Feinglass ; foreword author Naomi Levine. - [San Francisco] : Jossey-Bass, [2005]. - 311 p. - Includes index. ISBN 0787974544 57. Theaker Alison. The public relations handbook / Alison Theaker. - 2nd ed. - London ; New York : Routledge, 2004. - X, 366 p. : ill., tab., diagr. - (Media Practice). - Bibliography: p. [347]- 359. - Index: p.360-366. ISBN 0415317932 58. Public relations in practice / editor Anne Gregory. - 2nd edition. - London : Kogan Page, 2004. - 210 p. : il., tab. - (PR in practice series). - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0749433817 59. Jackson Patrick. Public relations practices : managerial case studies and problems / Patrick Jackson, Allen H.Center. - Upper Saddle River : Prentice Hall, [1995]. - 574 lp. : photogr. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0130981532 60. Oliver Sandra. Public relations strategy / Sandra Oliver ; foreword author Anne Gregory. - London : Kogan Page, 2001. - 128 p. : tab. - (PR in practice series). - Bibliography: p. 121 - 124. ISBN 0749435410 61. Bivins Thomas H. Public relations writing : the essentials of staile and format / Thomas H. Bivin. - 5th ed. - New York : McGraw Hill, 2005. - xii, 359 p. : ill., tab. - Includes index. ISBN 0072882565 62. Newsom Doug. Public relations writing : form and style / Doug Newsom, Jim Haynes. - 7th edition. - [Belmont] : Thomson, Wadsworth, [2005]. - 441 p. : tab.,il. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0534612962 63. Veinberga Sandra. Publiskās attiecības : PR : teorija un prakse / Sandra Veinberga. - Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, [2004]. - 327, [1] lpp. : tab., sh. - Bibliogr.: 299.-315. lpp. - Kopsav. angļu val. ISBN 9984365298 64. Daymon Christine. Qualitative research methods in public relations and marketing communications / Christine Daymon and Immy Holloway. - London : Routledge, 2002. - viii, 293 p. : ill. - Includes bibliographical references (p. [275]-284) and index. ISBN 0415222745 65. Katlips Skots M. Sabiedriskās attiecības = Public Relations / Skots M. Katlips, Alens H. Senters, Glens M. Brūms ; no angļu val. tulk. Maija Cīrule. - Rīga : Avots, 2002. - 763,[1] lpp. : il. - Bibliogr. nod. beigās; Papildliter.: 763.lpp. ISBN 9984700542 66. Lapsa Teika. Sabiedriskās attiecības : ievads teorijā un praksē / Teika Lapsa. - Rīga : Biznesa augstskola "Turība", 2002. - 147,[3] lpp. - (Uzņēmējdarbības bibliotēka ; 29). - Bibliogr.: 147.lpp. ISBN 998460957X 67. Sabiedriskās attiecības : kvalitāte, ieguvumi un riski : rakstu krājums : 6. starptautiskā zinātniskā konference 2005. gada 3. jūnijs = Public relations: quality, benefits and risks : 6th International scientific conference / Biznesa augstskola Turība. - Rīga : Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2005. - 190 lpp. : diabr., tab. - Bibliogrāfija katras nod. beigās. - Teksts latviešu, angļu, krievu val. ISBN 9984766586 68. Strategic planning for public relations / edited by Ronald D. Smith. - Mahwah, N.J. ...[etc.] : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2002. - XVI, 344 p. : tab., diagr. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0805842330 69. Weintraub Austin Erica. Strategic public relations management : planning and managing effective communication programs / Erica Weintraub Austin, Bruce E.Pinkleton. - Mahwah : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2001. - 399 p. : il.,tab.,diagr. - Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 0805831606 70. Newsom Doug. This is PR : the realities of public relations / Doug Newsom, Judy VanSlyke Turk, Dean Kruckeberg. - 8th ed. - Belmont, CA : Wadsworth/Thmson Learning, 2004. - XII, 418 p. : ill. - Index: p. 407-418. ISBN 0534562639 71. Tilson Donn James. Toward the common good : perspectives in international public relations / Donn James Tilson, Emmanuel C.Alozie ; foreword author Tim Traverse - Healy. - Boston : Pearson, [2004]. - 440 p. : photogr.,il. - Index: p. 426-440. ISBN 0205361382 72. Cutlip Scott M. The Unseen power: public relations. A history / Scott M.Cutlip. - Hillsdale : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1994. - 807 p. - Index: p. 777-807. ISBN 0805814655 73. Broom Glen M. Using research in public relations : applications to program management / Glen M.Broom, David M.Dozier. - Upper Saddle River : Prentice Hall, [1990]. - 414 p. : tab.,diagr.,photogr. - Index: p. 405-414. ISBN 0139391665 74. Harris Thomas L. Value-added public relations : the secret weapon of integrated marketing / Thomas L. Harris ; foreword by Philip Kotler. - Lincolnwood (Chicago), Illinois : NTC Business Books, 1998. - XIII, 314, [1] p. - Bibliography: p. 295-296. - Index: p. 305-314. ISBN 0844234125 75. Захарова Е.В. Welcome to the World of Public Relations : PR : для студентов высших учебных заведений = Приглашаем в Мир Паблик Рилейшнз / Е.В. Захарова, Л.В. Ульянищева ; Институт международного права и экономики имени А.С. Грибоедова. - Москва : ИМПЭ, 2003. - 126 с. - Библиогр.: с. 126. ISBN 5887740639 76. Ольшевский А.С. Антикризисный PR и консалтинг / А.С. Ольшевский. - Москва : Питер, 2003. - 426 с. : ил. - (Маркетинг для профессионалов). - Предметный указ.: с. [416]-426. ISBN 5947233142 77. Демин Ю.М. Бизнес-PR / Ю.М. Демин. - Москва : Бератор-Пресс, 2003. - 333 с. : таб. - Библиогр.: с. 333. ISBN 5953100337 78. Информационная открытость социальной политики российских компаний. - Москва : Ассоциация Менеджеров, 2004. - 47, [1] с. : табл., диагр. ISBN 5902500060 79. Уилкокс Деннис Л. Как создавать PR-тексти и эффективно взаимодействовать со СМИ / Деннис Л. Уилкокс = Public relations writing and Media Techniques / перевод с английского И.В. Карцевой, А.В. Кузнецова ... [и.т.д.]. - 4-ое изд. - Москва : Имидж-Контакт : Инфра-М, 2004. - 759 [2] с. : диагр., ил., таб. - (Современные консалтинговые технологии). - Словар: с. [749-760]. - Перевод с английского. ISBN 5943690204 ISBN 5160018697 80. Корпоративная социальная ответственность : общественные ожидания : потребители, менеджеры, СМИ и чиновники оценивают социальную роль бизнеса в России : исследование / авторский колектив:Михаил Черныш, Сергей Литовченко,Екатерина Иванова ; под. ред. Сергея Литовченко. - Москва : Ассоциация Менеджеров, 2004. - 71, [1] с. : табл., диагр. - (Библиотека современного менеджера). ISBN 590250001X 81. Корпоративная социальная ответственность : общественные ожидания : потребители, менеджеры, лидеры общественного мнения и эксперты оценивают социальную роль бизнеса в России : исследование / под. ред. С.Е. Литовченко, М.И. Корсакова. - Москва : Ассоциация Менеджеров, 2003. - 100 с. : табл., диагр. - (Библиотека современного менеджера). ISBN 590250001X 82. Корпоративный социальный отчет : как правильно рассказать о вкладе Вашей компании в развитие общества : практическое руководство / авторский колектив: Екатерина Иванова, Анна Акопян,Сергей Литовченко ; под. ред. Сергея Литовченко. - Москва : Ассоциация Менеджеров, 2004. - 55, [1] с. : табл. ISBN 5902500087 83. Грин Э. Креативность в паблик рилейшнз / Э. Грин = Creativity in public relation / пер. с англ. В.И. Писарева. - 2-е изд. - Санкт-Петербург : Издательский Дом "Нева", 2003. - 222, [1] с. : рис. - (Современный бизнес). ISBN 5765426700 ISBN 0749435887 84. Михайлов Aлександр. Обитатели миража : PR специального назначения / Aлександр Михайлов, Юрий Романов. - Москва : Олма - Пресс, 2002. - 286 с. ISBN 522403879 85. Королько Валентин. Основы паблик рилейшнз / Валентин Королько. - Киев : Рефл-бук : Баклер, 2003. - 528 с. : таб. - (Образовательная библиотека). - Библиогр.: с. [506]-510. ISBN 5879830934 86. Алешина И.В. Паблик рилейшнз для менеджеров : курс лекций / И.В. Алешина = Public relations for managers. - Москва : ИКФ "Экмос", 2003. - 478, [1] с. : диагр., таб. - Библиогр.: с. 473-[479]. ISBN 5946870106 87. Бинецкий А.Э. Паблик рилейшнз : защита интересов и репутации бизнеса : учебно- практическое пособие / А.Э. Бинецкий. - Москва : ИКФ "Экмос", 2003. - 237, [3] с. : таб. ISBN 5946870602 88. Джефкинс Фрэнк. Паблик рилейшнз / Фрэнк Джефкинс, Дэниэл Ядин ; пер. Б.Л.Еремина. - 5-е изд. - Москва : Юнити, 2003. - 416 с. : фотогр., диагр. - (Зарубежный учебник). - Словарь терминов: 383-400с. ISBN 5238005679 89. Моисеев Вячеслав. Паблик рилейшнз - средство социальной коммуникации : (теория и практика) / Вячеслав Моисеев ; рецензенти Е.Г.Панченко, В.A.Плотников. - Киев : Дакор, 2002. - 499, [2] с. : диагр. ISBN 9669584523 90. Пашенцев Е.Н. Паблик рилейшнз: от бизнеса до политики / Е.Н. Пашенцев. - 2-е изд. - Москва : Финпресс, 2000. - 229,[3] с. : таб., диагр. - (Маркетинг и менеджмент в России и за рубежом). - Библиогр.: c. 224-229. ISBN 5800100225 91. Пашенцев Е.Н. Паблик рилейшнз: от бизнеса до политики / Е.Н. Пашенцев. - 3-е изд. - Москва : Финпресс, 2002. - 366,[3] с. : таб., диагр. - (Маркетинг и менеджмент в России и за рубежом). - Библиогр.: c. 358-365. ISBN 5800100225 92. Почепцов Георгий. Паблик рилейшнз : как успешно управлять общественным мнением / Георгий Почепцов. - 3- изд. - Москва : Центр, 2004. - 331, [2] с. : таб. ISBN 588860030X 93. Почепцов Георгий. Паблик рилейшнз : или как успешно управлять общественным мнением / Георгий Почепцов. - 2- изд. - Москва : Центр, 2003. - 317, [1] с. : таб. ISBN 588860030X 94. Почепцов Георгий. Паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов / Георгий Почепцов. - 2- изд. - Москва : Рефл-бук : Ваклер, 2003. - 622, [2] с. : таб. - (Образовательная библиотека). - Библиогр.: с. 618-622. ISBN 5879830837 ISBN 966543053X 95. Синяева И.М. Паблик рилейшнз в коммерческой деятельности / И.М.Синяева. - 2-е изд., перераб. и доп. - Москва : Юнити, 2003. - 413, [2] с. : таб. - Библиогр.: с. 396-[397]. - Краткий словарь терминов: с. 398-[412]. ISBN 5238005504 96. Синяева И.М. Паблик рилейшнз в коммерческой деятельности : учебник / под ред. проф. Г.А.Васильева. - Москва : ЮНИТИ, 1998. - 286, [2] с. - Лит.: c. 267-268. ISBN 5-238-00015- 4 97. Федотова Л.Н. Паблик рилейшнз и общественное мнение : для студентов высших учебных заведений / Л.Н. Федотова. - Москва : Питер, 2003. - 352 с. : таб. - (Учебное пособие). - Библиогр.: с. 332-352. ISBN 5947235501 98. Шишкина М.А. Паблик рилейшнз в системе социального управления / М.А. Шишкина. - Санкт-Петербург : Паллада-медиа : СЗРЦ "РУСИЧ", 2002. - 442, [2] с. : таб. - Библиогр.: с. 435-439. ISBN 5933700037 99. Зазыкина Е.В. Политический PR: символы / Е.В. Зазыкина. - Москва : ООО "ЮрИнфоР- Пресс", 2003. - 123, [2] с. : ил. - Библиогр.: с. 121-123. ISBN 5958700014 100. Ольшанский Д. В. Политический PR. - Москва : Питер, 2003. - 540 с. : ил. ISBN 5318003842 101. Шомова С.А. Политические шахматы : Паблик Рилейшнз как интеллектуальная игра / С.А.Шомова. - Москва : РИП-холдинг, 2003. - 213 c. - (Академия рекламы). ISBN 5900045501 102. Богданов Е.Н. Психологические основы "паблик рилейшнз" : для студентов высших учебных заведений / Е.Н. Богданов, В.Г. Зазыкин. - 2-е изд. - Москва : Питер, 2004. - 203 с. : таб. - Библиогр.: с. [199]-203. ISBN 5887823828 103. Самые успешные PR-кампании в мировой практике / пер. с англ. - Москва : ИМИДЖ- Контакт : ИНФРА-М, 2002. - 309, [1] с. - (Современные консалтинговые технологии). ISBN 5943690085 ISBN 5160009299 104. Кондратьев Э.В. Связи с общественностью : учебное пособие для высшей школы / Э.В.Кондратьев, Р.Н. Абрамов. - 3-е изд. - Москва : Академический Проект, 2005. - 430, [2] c. - (Gaudeamus). ISBN 5829105187 105. Сайтэл Фрэйзер П. Современные паблик рилейшнз / Фрэйзер П.Сайтэл ; пер. с англ. ; автори предисловия A.П.Ситников, И.В.Крылов. - 8-е издание. - Москва : Консалтинговая группа Имидж - Контакт : Издательский Дом Инфра - М, 2002. - 592 с. : таб. - (Современные консалтинговые технологии). - Содержит библиогр. ISBN 5943690015 ISBN 5943690115 ISBN 5160007008 106. Социальная ответственность бизнеса : актуальная повестка / под. ред. С.Е. Литовченко, М.И. Корсакова. - Москва : Ассоциация Менеджеров, 2003. - 205, [3] с. : табл., диагр. - (Библиотека современного менеджера). - (Социальная программа российского бизнеса). ISBN 5902500028 107. Оливер Сандра. Стратегия в паблик рилейшнз / Сандра Оливер = Public relations strategy / пер. с англ. - 2-е изд. - Санкт-Петербург : Издательский Дом "Нева", 2003. - 159 с. : таб. - (Cовременный бизнес). - Библиогр.: с. [154]-156. ISBN 5765429270 ISBN 0749435410 108. Почепцов Георгий. Теория коммуникации / Георгий Почепцов. - Москва : Рефл-бук : Ваклер, 2003. - 651, [5] с. : таб. - (Образовательная библиотека). - Библиогр.: с. [606]-640. ISBN 5879831019 ISBN 9665430629 ISBN 9665430483 109. Борисов Б.Л. Технологии рекламы и PR : учеб. пособие / Б.Л. Борисов. - Москва : ФИАР- ПРЕСС, 2001. - 2004. - 617, [1] с. : ил. - Библиогр.: с. 615-[618]. ISBN 5818302709 110. Коновалова Л.Н. Управление социальными программами компании : практическое руководство / Л.Н. Коновалова, М.И. Корсаков, В.Н. Якимец ; под. ред. С.Е. Литовченко. - Москва : Ассоциация Менеджеров, 2003. - 148 с. : табл., диагр., схем. - (Библиотека современного менеджера). - (Социальная программа российского бизнеса). ISBN 5902500036

Ordered books:

1. Managing Public Relations by J. E. Grunig ISBN: 0030583373. 2. Public Relations: Strategies and Tactics by P. H. Ault ISBN: 0205360734 3. Excellent Public Relations and Effective Organization: A Study of Communications Management in Three Countries by L. A. Grunig ISBN: 0805818189. 4. Corporate Social Responsibility by J. W. Anderson ISBN: 0899302726. 5. How to change World by D. Bornstein ISBN: 0195138058. 6. Corporate Social Responsibility: Doing the Most Good for Your Company and your Cause by P. Kotler ISBN: 0471476110 7. A. Pētersons, L. Pavāre. Korporatīvā sociālā atbildība. Jauns veids, kā pelnīt vairāk. ISBN: 9984- 766-67-5 8. Corporate Public Affairs Interacting With Interest Groups, Media and Government by O. Larbinger ISBN: 0805856420 9. Corporate Community Relations: the Principle of the Neighbor by E. M. Burke ISBN: 7596471X 10. The New Rules of Corporate Conduct: Rewriting the Social Charter by I. Wilson ISBN: 1567202497 11. Facing Public Interest: The Ethical Challenge to Business Policy and Corporate Communications (Issues in Business Ethics) by P. Ulrich ISBN: 079233633X 12. Corporate Global Citizenship by N. M. Tichy ISBN: 0787910953 13. New Activism and the Corporate Response by S. John ISBN: 1403903115 14. The Market for Virtue: the Potential And Limits of Corporate Social Responsibility by D. Vogel ISBN: 0815790767 Appendix 17

Study Regulations School of Business Administration Turiba Ltd. Reg.No.400313580 Graudu Street 68, Riga, LV –1058

Approved by Senate of School of Business Administration Turiba ltd. At the meeting on 26.10.2005 Protocol No.13

STUDY REGULATIONS

1. General Provisions

1.1. Higher education implemented by the School of Business Administration Turība (hereinafter – Higher Educational Establishment) is based on the Education Law of the Republic of Latvia, the Law on Higher Educational Establishments, Constitution of the Higher Educational Establishment and other laws and regulations regulating higher education. 1.2. The Study Regulation is the basic document regulating studies in 1st and 2nd level professional higher educational programmes and postgraduate study programmes implemented by the Higher Educational Establishment. 1.3. The basic forms of studies at the Higher Educational Establishment are lectures, practical lessons, seminars, and laboratory works, independent studies, consultations (tutorials), study papers, field practice and research work. 1.4. The forms of knowledge assessment are stated in the Examination Regulations, Regulations concerning Compilation and Defence of Academic papers, Practice Regulations and State Examination Regulations

2. Matriculation

2.1. Matriculation is enrolment of students in the Higher Educational Establishment student list (matriculation certificate) Matriculated applicants are those who have got through the enrolment procedure. 2.2. The enrolment procedure is regulated by Higher Educational Establishment norms. Enrolment is organized by an Enrolment Board and the Study Information Centre (hereinafter SIC). 2.3. Before commencing studies an applicant must conclude a contract with the Higher Educational Establishment on the procurement of education. 2.4. A decree matriculating the student is issued by the Rector based on the recommendation of the Enrolment Board and upon conclusion of the contract on procurement of education. 2.5. International Students Identity Cards (ISIC) is issued to matriculated students by the Higher Educational Establishment. 2.6. Commencing the moment of matriculation the student is entitled to all the Higher Educational Establishment student rights foreseen in this regulation, Law on Education, the Law on Higher Educational Establishments, Constitution of the Higher Educational Establishment and other laws and regulations 2.7. Students who have graduated the 1st year certified academic programme of studies at the Higher Educational Establishment can be matriculated to the 2nd year of studies. Commencement of studies in the later stages is by a decree of the rector at the recommendation of the dean of the faculty.

3. Content of studies

3.1. The content of studies shall be set out in a study programme. The study programme is developed in conformity to the educational and professional standards. The dean (head of the programme) shall be responsible for the contents of the particular study programme and its implementation. The study programme sets out the courses to be acquired, their amount in credit points, breakdown by the academic year, examinations, as well as the duration of practice, number of study papers and final examinations. 3.2. In the first academic year the student starts studies according to the study programme, which may be altered at a later stage to the extent foreseen in the respective regulatory documents. 3.3. The content of studies shall be determined by the study courses programme. 3.4. The courses within a study programme shall be composed of basic courses (part A), optional professional courses (part B) and free optional courses (part C). 3.4.1. Basic courses in a study programme are compulsory subjects; 3.4.2. Optional professional courses offer specialized courses and student could choose subjects from the courses offered within the limits set out in the particular programme. 3.4.3. Free optional courses could be chosen within the limits set out at the discretion of the student in accordance with his/her interests. These courses are offered for other programmes as well. 3.5. Additional specialization is available for students by means of optional courses within certain study programmes. The head of the specialization programme shall be responsible for the particular specialization course. 3.6. The content of studies shall be in compliance with the programme of practice, study paper assignments and other study documents.

4. Organization of the study process

4.1. The scope of studies shall be measured in credits. A credit is a unit that corresponds to a 40-hour academic student workload (an academic week), comprising upto 50% of contact lessons. A contact lesson is a direct interaction between the academic personnel and the student, aimed at achieving the objectives and tasks of the study programme and the duration of which is one academic hour. 4.2. Students whose studies cover at least 40 credits during an academic year are full-time students. Those covering less than 40 credits are classified as part time students. 4.3. Both full-time students, and part-time students depending upon the number of contact lessons may opt for several forms of studies: day, evening, extramural, e-studies (computerized distance learning), etc. 4.4. Academic groups are formed from students for each form of studies with the exception of e-studies. The study Information Centre upon a written request from a student may transfer a student from one academic group to another. 4.5. The duration of the academic year, its beginning and end, its division into terms, as well as the number of examination sessions and their schedule shall be determined by the Calendar of Studies. 4.6. The thematic planning of the academic year for the corresponding study programmes shall be determined by the Study Year Plan. 4.7. Time and place of lessons planned within term of studies are stated in the Timetable. Time and place of consultations (tutorials) and examinations planned within examination period are stated in schedule of examinations and tutorials. 4.8. Students are entitled to tutorials in the respective courses outside classes planned in the timetable. The tutorial time for each teaching staff is set out in a tutorial timetable that is affixed on a notice board outside the respective department. 4.9. The organization of E-studies is regulated by the Regulations on the E-study procedure.

5. Examination and Assessment

5.1. Students have to pass current examinations stated in the study programme (tests, research papers etc.) during acquirement of each course of studies. At the end of a study course the student has to pass a final examination (examination or test) 5.2. In addition to planned contact lessons, a pre-examination tutorial shall be scheduled before each examination. 5.3. Only those students that have fulfilled all the requirements of the respective study course programme (passed all the regular tests), met all the obligations foreseen in the study contract, as well as presented the practice report and study paper for the previous year shall be permitted to take the final examination. 5.4. A 10-point grading system shall be used for evaluating the performance in examinations. A regular test can just be marked “passed” or “failed”. The criteria for assessment by a 10 point grading system are as follows: 10 – with distinction – student’s knowledge, abilities and skills surpass that which is required under the respective programme. 9 – excellent– student’s knowledge, abilities and skills fully conform to the programme requirements. 8 – very good – student’s knowledge, abilities and skills corresponds to the requirements of the programme. However the student lacks in depth understanding. 7 – good – student’s knowledge and skills broadly correspond to the requirements of the programme but he/she lacks the ability to use these independently. 6 – quite good – student’s knowledge and skills broadly correspond to the requirements of the programme. However the mastery of theoretical material is incomplete and he/she lacks the ability to outline the said material and relate it to practice. 5 – satisfactory – the student’s knowledge and skills more or less corresponds to the programme requirements. However, the mastery of theoretical material is incomplete and he/she lacks the ability to outline the said material and relate it to practice. 4 – almost satisfactory – the student’s knowledge and skills correspond to the minimum programme requirements. However, the mastery of theoretical material is incomplete and he/she lacks the ability necessary to complete standard practical tasks independently and correctly. 3 – unsatisfactory – the student has but partially acquired the study programme and the level of his/her knowledge and skills is unsatisfactory. 2 – poor – the student has but a superficial knowledge of the study programme and lacks competence and understanding of the topics covered. 1 – very poor – the student is unable to formulate theoretical answers and complete practical tasks. 5.5. In accordance with the Cabinet of Minister’s regulations on national educational standards for 1st and 2nd level professional higher educational programmes, the mark 4 - “almost satisfactory” is the minimum grade required to successfully complete a study course. 5.6. Qualification is granted if the student has successfully passed the State examination or Qualification examination and the lowest successful grade is 5 – “satisfactory”. 5.7. Should a student contest the impartiality of the grade attained in the final examination and claims a higher grade, he/she must submit a written and reasoned appeal to the Study Information Centre within 5 working days after the final examination. Upon receipt of the appeal the head of the respective department along with the student shall form an examination committee of 3 persons (the student chooses 3 members from a list of 5 nominated by the head of the department). The examination committee shall re-examine the written exam of the student or reconduct an oral exam. The decision of the committee is final and binding. 5.8. If the examination had been judged by a committee, only appeals regarding violation of procedure shall be considered. The validity of the reasoned appeal shall be weighed by the Dean, Vice Rector for academic matters or the Rector. Should a violation be fixed, the result of the examination is annulled and the student is provided the opportunity to appear for the examination once again in accordance with the procedures set out in the relevant regulations. 5.9. Should the teaching staff detect any kind of plagiarism in the student’s work, the student must redo the aforesaid work. In case of repeated plagiarism the student may be ex- matriculated. 5.10. Should the student make use of any unauthorized material during an examination he/she may be dismissed from an examination and may be ex-matriculated. 6. Practice and study papers

6.1. The scope of practice, number of study papers and their planning per academic year are stated in the study programme. 6.2. The organization and assessment of practice shall be governed by the Practice Regulations 6.3. The organization and assessment of study papers shall be governed by the Regulations on compilation and presentation (defence) of study papers.

7. Enrolment for the next study year

7.1. The student shall be enrolled in the next study year if he/she: 7.1.1. has acquired all the necessary credits for the previous study year; 7.1.2. has acquired at least 70% of the credits for the current study year; 7.1.3. has met all the obligations of the study contract; 7.1.4. has concluded a contract for studies for the next study year. 7.2. The student shall be enrolled in the next study year by a decree of the Rector. 7.3. Any student who in the current study year has acquired 50% - 70% of credits and has met all the requirements mentioned in paragraph 7.1.1, 7.1.3 and 7.1.4 may attend classes together with other students until 1st October. If the student has not acquired at least 70% of the credits for the previous years by 1st October he/she shall be demoted to the previous study year by a decree of the Rector. Upon settlement of all academic debts, the student may be enrolled in the next study year. The aforesaid enrolment procedure shall be a paid service.

8. Final Examination

8.1. The successful completion of a study programme is assessed by a State Examination comprising the compilation and defence of Bachelor’s paper, Master’s thesis or a Qualification paper. 8.2. The State Examination shall be regulated by the State Examination Regulations. The Dean shall be responsible for the organization of the State Examination. 8.3. Should additional specialization be available to the student by way of an optional course offered in the respective programme (refer paragraph 3.5), the student may appear for the final examination for the aforesaid specialization and receive a certificate upon successful completion. The examination shall be organized by the head of the specialization course in close association with the Dean.

9. Ex-matriculation

9.1. Ex-matriculation is the exclusion of the student from the Higher Educational Establishment‘s Register of students (matricula). 9.2. A student shall be ex-matriculated if: 9.2.1. the student so wishes; 9.2.2. it is evident that the student has secured enrolment by fraud or deceit or any other activity that violates the principle of equality among students; 9.2.3. the student has failed the necessary examinations or failed to successfully complete other study tasks; 9.2.4. the student has violated the internal rules of Higher Educational Establishment or has terminated the study contract; 9.2.5. the student has failed the final examinations upon completion of the theoretical course or has received a grade less than 5 for the State Examinations or the defence of the Diploma paper; 9.2.6. the student has acquired the study programme or qualification; 9.2.7. the student has failed to resume academic studies after an academic leave. 9.3. The decree on ex-matriculation is issued by the Rector at the recommendation of the Dean, Vice Rector for Academic matters or the Head of the Department of Studies. 9.4. Upon ex-matriculation of a full time student, the Higher Educational Establishment shall inform the Conscript Enrolment Office. 10. Alteration of the Study Programme and the Time of studies.

10.1. Should a student wish to change the time of studies (form) or study programme, he/she must submit a written application to the Study Information Centre. The Department of Studies shall decide upon the matter and the student shall be transferred upon a decree of the Rector at the recommendation of the Dean. 10.2. Should a student decide to change a desired specialization, he/she has to submit a reasoned application in writing to the Study Information Centre. Change of specialization takes place for fee determined by the Higher Educational Establishment. 10.3. The transfer of credits from a previous study programme to new study programme shall be subject to the decision of the head of the new Study programme (Dean).

11. Academic Debts

11.1. Any planned examinations in the Study Programme or Study Course that have not been successfully completed in the time scheduled in the Timetable, Examination Timetable or time determined by the teaching staff shall be considered as an academic debt. 11.2. The settlement of academic debts is for an additional payment that is set out in the list of Rent and Service Rates approved by the Board. 11.3. For the settlement of an academic debt the student: 11.3.1. has to arrange with the head of the department, teaching staff who will conduct the examination; 11.3.2. must agree with the respective teaching staff on the requirements that are to be met to appear for the examination; 11.3.3. must arrange a time and place for the examination with the teaching staff; 11.3.4. must submit a written application to the Information Desk attendant for the individual examination evaluation sheet indicating the type of paid service in accordance with the requirements set down by the respective teaching staff (regular tests, paid tutorials etc.); 11.3.5. has to pay the Study Information Centre the necessary amount within a week of submission of the application and collect the individual examination evaluation sheet. Individual examination evaluation sheets not collected within a week shall be destroyed; 11.3.6. the validity of the individual examination evaluation sheet is 1 month and may be extended if necessary at the Study Information Centre within an academic year; 11.3.7. after the examination the individual examination evaluation sheet must be handed to the teaching staff who then enters the assessment and submits the sheet to the Department of Studies. 11.4. The student shall be permitted to appear for the final examination only if he/she has successfully passed all the final examinations foreseen in the particular study programme.

12. Academic Leave

12.1. Academic leave is a period of time, when the student is not actively participating in the studies and yet does not loose the status of student (is not ex-matriculated). The minimum period of academic leave is considered to be a calendar year. Academic leave may not exceed two calendar years within an academic year. The Dean shall decide on the grant of academic leave upon a written application submitted by the student to the Study Information Centre and settlement of any payments provided for in the study contract but not less than 50% of the annual tuition fee as well as a signed protocol of understanding regarding the academic leave. The academic leave shall be granted upon a decree issued by the Rector. 12.2. The student may settle all academic debts and make avail of all other paid services but must refrain from the use of Higher Educational Establishment resources covered by the contract with the exception of the library resources of the Higher Educational Establishment. 12.3. A written application must be submitted to the Study Information Centre for the resumption of studies. Should the student resume studies prior to the minimum time period set out in paragraph 12.1 he/she must pay the fee determined by the Higher Educational Establishment for early resumption of studies. The Dean shall decide upon the resumption of studies. The student shall resume studies upon a decree of the Rector. 12.4. The Dean shall decide on the extension of the academic leave after the student has submitted written application to the Study Information Centre. The extension shall be determined by a decree of the Rector.

13. Rights of the students:

13.1. to attain higher education in the relevant study programme; 13.2. to use the premises, library, computers and other equipment as well as copying and other services of the Higher Educational Establishment in accordance with the procedures set out by the Higher Educational Establishment upon fulfilment of all contractual obligations regarding the study contract; 13.3. to discontinue and resume studies in accordance with procedures set out in paragraph12; 13.4. to change the study programme in accordance with the procedures set out in paragraph 10; 13.5. to compile and acquire free optional part of his/her studies individually, to attend lectures at other educational institutions, faculties and carry out research work; 13.6. to receive information from the Study Information Centre on all matters directly pertaining to the studies; 13.7. to obtain references, progress reports and individual examination evaluation sheets necessary to settle academic debts from the Study Information Centre in accordance with the procedures set out by the Higher Educational Establishment. 13.8. to openly express and defend one’s views at the Higher Educational Establishment; 13.9. to vote and be elected to the Student’s Council, the Senate and the Constituent Assembly in accordance with the procedures set out by the Higher Educational Establishment; 13.10. to obtain study and student loans in accordance with the procedures set out by the Higher Educational Establishment and the State.

14. Rights of the Teaching Staff:

14.1. To select the teaching methods; 14.2. To reduce the assessment of any independent work for failure to comply with the deadline for its submission; 14.3. To determine the tasks for independent works; 14.4. To determine the form, time and manner of assessment of regular tests; 14.5. To ascertain the progress of students with regards to other courses; 14.6. To reprimand, refuse admission or expel from the lecture room students for failure to comply with rules established by members of the teaching staff.

15. Other Conditions

Amendments to these Regulations shall come into force as of 1st September 2005.

Vice Rector for Academic matters A. Kiščenko Appendix 18

Examination Regulations School of Business Administration Turiba Ltd. Reg.No.4000313580, Graudu Street 68, Riga, LV –1058

Approved by Senate of School of Business Administration Turiba ltd. At the meeting on 30.03.2005, Protocol No.5 Examination Regulations

13.General Provisions

1.1. This regulation states the procedure to be followed while conducting examinations for 1st and 2nd level higher professional educational study programmes, the types and forms of examinations as well as the students’ and lecturers’ rights and duties pertaining to the aforesaid examinations. 1.2. An examination is the evaluation of knowledge, skills and abilities to be acquired by the student as stated in the programme. 1.3. Examinations shall be further divided into regular examinations, final examinations for a study course, final examinations for a study year and graduation examinations. 1.4. With regards to E- studies (computerized distance learning) any differences from these regulations shall be laid down in the regulation on E-srudy procedure.

14.Types of Examinations

1.5. Regular Examinations Regular examinations are examinations organized during the course of studies. Regular examinations are organized and conducted by the lecturer of the respective study courses. The number of regular examinations is stated in the study course programme. The lecturer evaluates regular examinations in a 10-point grading system or as “passed” or “failed” and makes an entry in the study journal (register). The types of regular examinations are as follows:  tests;  reports presented at seminars and conferences;  papers and other forms, promoting qualitative acquirement of study courses.

1.6. Final examinations for a study course Final examinations for a study course are examinations that assess the successful completion of a study course.The types of final examinations for the study course are as follows: - Examinations; - Tests. The types of final examination for each study course is stated in the study programme and the study course programme. The place and time of the examinations is stated in the Tutorial and Examination Schedule. Evaluations of final examinations for the study courses are entered into a evaluation sheet and the study journal. 1.6.1. The knowledge, skills and abilities of a student upon completion of a study course are evaluated by means of an examination for the corresponding study course. The evaluation is in a 10-point grading system. The examination is considered “passed” if a student gets a grade not lower than 4 (almost satisfactory). The examiner is the lecturer of the study course or another lecturer appointed by the Head of Department. 1.6.2. A test is an examination where the knowledge, skills and abilities acquired in the course of studies are evaluated on basis of results of regular examinations or/and results of the test work. Evaluation is in a 10-point grading system, with the exception of current events and review courses of studies, where the evaluation is “passed” or “failed”. The examiner is the lecturer of the respective study course or another lecturer appointed by Head of Department. 2.3. Final examinations for the study year Final examinations for the study year mark the successful completion of a study year programme. The types of final examinations for the study year are as follows:

 defence of a practice report,  defence of a study paper.

Evaluation is in a 10-point grading system.Evaluations of final examinations for the study year are entered into a evaluation sheet. 2.3.1. The practice report shall be presented upon completion of the practice foreseen in the study programme. Defence of the study paper is regulated by the Practice Regulations. 2.3.2. The study paper shall be presented upon completion of the study paper as foreseen in the study programme. Defence of the study paper is regulated by the Regulations on Preparation and Presentation of Academic Papers..

2.4. Graduation Examination The graduation examination is an examination that assesses the successful completion of the specialization programme or study programme. The types of graduation examinations are as follows: - Graduation examination for specialization; - State examination. 2.4.1. The successful completion of the study programme is assessed by a State examination. State examinations are governed by State Examination Regulations. 2.4.2. The graduation examination for specializations assesses the successful completion of a specialization programme. The examination is assessed by a panel approved by the Dean. This examination is not a mandatory part of the 2nd level higher professional educational study programme.

15.Types of Examinations

3.1. The possible forms of examinations are as follows:  written examinations;  oral examinations. 3.1.1. Written examinations are examinations where the students formulate answers to the exam questions on paper or on the computer. The examination papers are corrected in the absence of the student. The teaching staff is permitted to ask the students additional questions aimed at clarifying tasks or answers given in written form. 3.1.2. Oral examinations are examinations where students formulate answers and explanations orally. An oral examination may also include a task to be carried out in written form on paper or on the computer. 3.2. The form of the graduation examination for the study programme is determined by the respective department and approved by the Department of Studies. 3.3. The form of graduation examination for the specialization programme is determined by the head of the specialization programme and approved by the Dean.

16.Rights and Obligations of the students

3.4. Rights of the students: 3.4.1. to receive tutorials free of charge from the respective teaching staff prior to examinations; 3.4.2. to request additional tutorials as a paid service in accordance with procedures set out by the School of Business Administration Turiba; 3.4.3. to make use of authorized aids during the examination as set out by the study course programme and the respective teaching staff; 3.4.4. to retake an examination except examinations conducted by an Examination Board with the aim of obtaining a higher grade. Repeated examination is a paid service. 3.5. Obligations of the student: 3.5.1. to appear for the examinations at the place and time indicated in the Examination Timetable and present the examiner his ISIC card; 3.5.2. in case of a repeated examination, to request and collect from the Study Information Centre the individual examination evaluation sheet no later than a day prior to the examination; 3.5.3. to arrange with the respective teaching staff a suitable time and place for the repeated examination.

17.Rights and Obligations of the Teaching staff

3.6. Rights of the teaching staff: 3.6.1. to ask the student additional questions concerning the entire study programme in order to determine the assessment in an oral examination; 3.6.2. to annul the assessment should any plagiarism be detected or dismiss the student from examination if the student is caught using unauthorized materials during the examination; 3.6.3. to set an individual examination time for a student. 3.7. Obligations of the teaching staff: 3.7.1. to inform the student not later than during the 2nd lesson on any requirements that are to be met in order to receive a positive assessment in the examination for the respective study programme; 3.7.2. to collect the examination evaluation sheet from the department or the individual examination evaluation sheet from the student prior to the examination in order to register the grade; 3.7.3. to enter “admittance denied” if the student has not passed any regular examinations or “absent” if the student has failed to appear for the examination; 3.7.4. to deny admittance to an examination to students if he/she is marked with “admittance denied” on the evaluation sheet; 3.7.5. to submit the examination evaluation sheet to the department not later than the next day following an oral examination and the fifth day following a written examination; 3.7.6. The department shall submit the examination evaluation sheet to the Department of Studies not later than the third day following an oral examination and the fifth day following a written examination.

Vice Rector for Academic Matters A. Kiščenko Appendix 19

Regulations on the compilation and defence of academic papers SIA "Biznesa augstskola Turība" Vienotais reģ. Nr. 40003135880, Graudu ielā 68, Rīgā, LV-1058

APSTIPRINĀTS Senāta sēdē 25.01.2006. Protokols Nr.1. Rīgā NOLIKUMS PAR STUDIJU DARBU IZSTRĀDĀŠANU UN AIZSTĀVĒŠANU

1. Vispārīgie noteikumi 1.1. Studiju darba izstrādāšanas un aizstāvēšanas mērķis ir nostiprināt studenta zināšanas un prasmes, sekmēt viedokļa argumentēšanas iemaņu apguvi, iegūt zināšanas un pieredzi zinātniski praktisko pētījumu izstrādē. 1.2. Studiju darbu skaits un aizstāvēšanas laiks ir noteikts studiju programmā un studiju kalendārajā grafikā. Konkrētu datumu un laiku nosaka fakultāte.

2. Studiju darba vadītāja pienākumi 2.1. Saskaņot studiju darba tēmu, mērķus un uzdevumus, ievērojot attiecīgā studiju gada studiju plānu. 2.2. Konsultēt studentus par studiju darba saturu un par citiem ar studiju darbu saistītiem jautājumiem. 2.3. Izlasīt studiju darbu, pieņemt lēmumu par studenta pielaišanu vai nepielaišanu studiju darba aizstāvēšanai un par savu lēmumu informēt studentu*. 2.4. Būt vienam no studiju darbu aizstāvēšanas komisijas locekļiem. 2.5. Informēt studiju darbu aizstāvēšanas komisijas locekļus par studiju darba saturu un izstrādes gaitu.

3. Studenta pienākumi 3.1. Pirms studiju darba uzsākšanas saskaņot ar studiju darba vadītāju studiju darba tēmu, mērķus un uzdevumus. 3.2. Uzrakstīt studiju darba tēmas pieteikumu un atbildīgās katedras noteiktajā termiņā iesniegt katedrā apstiprināšanai. 3.3. Patstāvīgi izstrādāt studiju darbu, veicot pētījumu atbilstoši apstiprinātajai studiju darba tēmai un tajā iekļaujot: 3.1.1. titullapu; 3.1.2. satura rādītāju; 3.1.3. ievadu, kurā: o jāparāda tēmas aktualitāte, o jāformulē darba mērķis, o jānorāda, kādi uzdevumi darbā tiek risināti, lai sasniegtu izvirzīto mērķi, o kādas ir galvenās studiju darbā izmantotās pētīšanas metodes, o pētījuma ierobežojumi (periods, pētījumu objektu skaits, vieta, procesi utt.), o jāuzrāda, kādi informācijas avoti pamatā tiek izmantoti; 3.1.4. pamatdaļu, kas sastāv no vairākām nodaļām (arī apakšnodaļām), kurās aprakstīts pētījums atbilstoši studiju darba mērķim un uzdevumiem, ar: o pētījuma teorētisko izklāstu, o patstāvīgi veiktu analīzi atbilstoši studiju darba mērķim un izvirzītajiem uzdevumiem, o tālāk sekojošo secinājumu un priekšlikumu pamatojumu; 3.1.5. secinājumus un priekšlikumus, kuros tiek atspoguļots analīzes rezultātā secinātais un atbilstīgi darba mērķim ierosinātais, norādot priekšlikumu īstenošanai nepieciešamos resursus, to iegūšanas avotus un sagaidāmos rezultātus;

* Students var iesniegt studiju darbu aizstāvēšanai arī bez studiju darba vadītāja pozitīva lēmuma par studiju darba pielaišanu aizstāvēšanai. 3.1.6. izmantotās literatūras un avotu sarakstu; 3.1.7. pielikumus, ja tādi ir nepieciešami. 3.4. Noformēt studiju darbu atbilstīgi „Prasības studentu patstāvīgi izstrādājamo darbu noformēšanai”*. 3.5. Studiju darbu rakstīt zinātniskajā vai lietišķajā rakstu valodas stilā trešajā personā („autors” vai „autore”, nevis „es”, „man” u.tml.) un/vai ciešamajā kārtā („tiek pētīts”, „analīzes rezultāti rāda” u.tml.). 3.6. Dot studiju darbā iekļautajiem datiem norādes un atsauces. 3.7. Studiju darbam pievienot katedrā apstiprinātu studiju darba tēmas pieteikumu (sk. 1. pielikumu) 3.8. Ne vēlāk kā vienu nedēļu pirms paredzētās studiju darba aizstāvēšanas obligāti iesniegt darba vadītājam vai par attiecīgo studiju darbu atbildīgajā katedrā studiju darba izdruku un iekopēt tā elektronisko versiju studiju darbu folderī. Ar termiņa kavējumu iesniegtie darbi jāaizstāv vēlāk – fakultātes noteiktā laikā, un tas ir maksas pakalpojums. 3.9. Sagatavot studiju darba aizstāvēšanai PowerPoint prezentāciju, ņemot vērā, ka aizstāvēšanai atvēlētais laiks ir 7 minūtes, un parādot: 3.9.1. darba mērķi un uzdevumus, 3.9.2. pētāmo nozari, darbības jomu, organizāciju, problēmu utt., 3.9.3. tēmas aktualitāti, 3.9.4. patstāvīgi veiktos pētījumus un iegūtos rezultātus, 3.9.5. secinājumus un priekšlikumus.

4. Studiju darbu vērtēšana 4.1. Studiju darbu aizstāvēšanu atbilstoši studiju kalendārajam grafikam organizē fakultāte. Studentiem, kuri dodas augstskolas organizētā ārvalstu praksē vai studē ārvalstīs, ar dekāna rīkojumu tiek noteikts cits studiju darbu aizstāvēšanas termiņš. 4.2. Studiju darba aizstāvēšanu vērtē komisija, kuru ar rīkojumu nosaka dekāns. Komisijā ir trīs locekļi: 4.2.1. pirmajā studiju gadā visi komisijas locekļi ir BAT docētāji; 4.2.2. otrajā un trešajā studiju gadā divi komisijas locekļi ir atbilstīgās nozares praktiķi. 4.3. Studiju darbs tiek novērtēts 10 ballu sistēmā un gala vērtējums tiek ierakstīts pārbaudījumu lapā. 4.4. Studiju darba gala vērtējums ir vidējais aritmētiskais no katra komisijas locekļa vērtējuma par: 4.4.1. studenta teorētiskajām zināšanām; 4.4.2. patstāvīgo pētījumu, secinājumiem un priekšlikumiem; 4.4.3. noformējuma atbilstību prasībām; 4.4.4. darba prezentēšanu; 4.4.5. atbildēm uz jautājumiem. 4.5. Komisija var pieņemt lēmumu par vērtējumu, ja studiju darba aizstāvēšanas laikā izvērtēšanā piedalās vismaz divi komisijas locekļi. 4.6. Komisijas vērtējums ir koleģiāls un nav apstrīdams, ja ir ievēroti ??. un ?? punktu nosacījumi.

5. Studiju darbu glabāšana 5.1. Pēc studiju darba aizstāvēšanas atbildīgā katedra studiju darba izdruku uzglabā vienu kalendāro gadu. Pēc šī termiņa studiju darba izdrukas tiek iznīcinātas.

6. Spēkā stāšanās 6.1. Nolikums stājas spēkā 2006.gada. 1.februārī.

Prorektors zinātniskajā darbā I.Vīksne

* Ieteicamais studiju darba apjoms ir no 15 līdz 30 lappusēm (pielikumi šajā apjomā neietilpst). SIA "Biznesa augstskola Turība" Vienotais reģ. Nr. 40003135880, Graudu ielā 68, Rīgā, LV-1058

______KATEDRA Katedras nosaukums APSTIPRINU Katedras vadītājs ______/V .Uzvārds / Rīgā, 200__.gada

STUDIJU DARBA TĒMAS PIETEIKUMS

Studiju programmā______Programmas nosaukums ______grupas students(-e):-______

Darba tēma: ______Darba mērķis: ______

Darba uzdevums: ______

Students ______200_. gada “___” ______paraksts

Studiju darbs jāiesniedz katedrā līdz: 200_. gada “___” ______, tēmas pieteikums līdz 200_. gada “___” ______

Studiju darba vadītājs ______/V. Uzvārds/ 200_. gada “____” ______paraksts

STUDIJU DARBS IESNIEGTS KATEDRĀ 200_. GADA “____” ______STUDIJU DARBS AIZSTĀVĒTS 200_. GADA "____"______

DARBA VĒRTĒJUMS “______” (______)

KOMISIJA: mācībspēka uzvārds paraksts

mācībspēka uzvārds paraksts

mācībspēka uzvārds paraksts 2 Appendix 20

Formatting requirements for tasks to be carried out independently

3 School of Business Administration Turiba Ltd. Reg.No.4000313580, Graudu Street 68, Riga, LV –1058

Approved by Senate of School of Business Administration Turiba ltd. At the meeting on 29.04.2004, Protocol No.4

FORMATTING REQUIREMENTS FOR TASKS TO BE CARRIED OUT INDEPENDENTLY

1. General Provisions 1.1. The purpose of this document is to establish unified requirements for the compilation of all papers that are to be submitted by the students of the School of Business Administration Turiba (hereinafter SBAT) during the study process. 1.2. The requirements laid down in this document shall apply to the format of reports, study papers, practice reports, Qualification and Diploma papers. The volume, methods used and the procedure and deadlines shall not be governed by this document.

2. Paper Format, Margins, Choice of Fonts and the Density of the Text 2.1. Papers to be submitted shall be compiled in printed in a A4 (210*297mm) format white sheet using a spacing of 1.5 lines and a font size 10-12 (Arial or Times New Roman). 2.2. The main and most important information should be highlighted. The following highlighting techniques could be used: 2.2.1.use of CAPITAL LETTERS expect for cases when the text is longer than a line; 2.2.2.use of underline; 2.2.3.use of s p a c i n g b e t w e e n c h a r a c t e r s ; 2.2.4.use of different font sizes; 2.2.5.use of bold letters; 2.2.6.use of italics; 2.2.7.it is not recommended to use different highlighting techniques within the same page. 2.3. Papers to be submitted could be printed on one or both sides, using the following margins: 2.3.1.left margin - 30 mm; 2.3.2.right margin -10 mm; 2.3.3.top margin- 20 mm (excluding the page number at the top); 2.3.4.bottom margin- 20 mm (excluding the page number at the bottom); 2.3.5.should the paper be printed on both sides of the sheet mirror margins should be used to avoid any difficulties while binding or filing the papers. 2.4. A full page should contain no less than 25 lines of text (with the exception of the concluding page of chapters) and each line should contain at least 50 characters.

3. Title page and Theme Proposals. 3.1. The title page shall conform the sample shown in appendix 1. The title page of the Diploma paper shall conform the sample in appendix 2. 3.2. All the necessary information shown in the samples (refer appendix 1 and 2.) shall be included in the title page. The layout, font -size etc. are of lesser importance. 3.3. The theme proposal for study papers shall be formatted on a separate sheet (refer supplement 4). The said theme proposal shall include all the required information, signatures and dates. Upon submission of the paper, the theme proposal duly completed and signed shall be attached after the title page. 4 3.4. The title page of the Diploma paper (refer appendix 2) shall indicate the names and academic degrees of the supervisor and consultant (if any) and the signature of the author, supervisor and consultant (if any). The page must contain reference to the status of each signatory (author, supervisor, consultant), signature, date and a decryption of the signature. It is not recommended to sign in black ink. Information regarding the study year and the group is not required.

4. Numbering 4.1. Numbering of the paper to be submitted shall be in Arabic figures at top or bottom centre without any punctuation marks or brackets. The title page shall not be numbered and the page following shall be numbered “2”. 4.2. Chapters and other sections of the text may be numbered. 4.2.1. Should the document be divided into chapters, subchapters, paragraphs and subparagraphs, the numbering shall be outlined e.g. 3.2.27.1. 4.2.2. Should a chapter or subchapter contain only one paragraph it shall not be numbered. 4.2.3.An uniform consequent numbering of the whole text is allowed (from 1 to ….. without the indication of chapters).

5. Additional Visual format Requirements 5.1. The text of the paper to be submitted shall be in single colour, preferably black. 5.2. Should other colours be used, they should be selected in such a manner so as not to hinder the copying of the text (yellow, light green and other pale shades should be avoided). 5.3. The paper to be submitted shall not contain any erasures, deletions, corrections (with correction fluid) additions or any unauthorized corrections. . 5.4. It is not recommend to carry over words. Should they be carried over proper, grammatical rules shall be applied.

6. Table of Contents and Headings 6.1. The table of contents shall contain the heading included in the paper and the corresponding page numbers. The table of contents shall serve as a work plan and upon necessity shall be extended during the work process. 6.2. Headings shall be brief and concise. Heading and the text should be on the same page except in the case of APPENDICES. 6.3. Chapters and their headings thereof shall be begun on a separate new page. 6.4. The headings of subchapters and sections shall not be transferred to a new page if at least two lines of text can be inserted below the aforementioned heading. 6.5. No punctuation marks shall follow the headings. Headings shall not be underlined. Headings shall be highlighted by the use of different fonts (size, style, etc.) to differentiate it from the text below.

7. Abbreviations and their usage 7.1. All names must be indicated in full in order to clearly indicate the connection between different notions. 7.2. Should abbreviations be used, they should correspond to internationally accepted norms and standards. (Refer appendix 3 for Latvian Abbreviations). 7.3. Should the paper contain repetitive words, phrases or names, the use of abbreviations is permissible subject to an initial mention of these units in full followed by the contracted forms in parentheses.

5 Examples: …. Ministries and other state authorities (hereinafter – authorities) School of Business Administration Turiba (hereinafter – SBAT) 8. References to Literature and other Text elements included 8.1. During the performance of any given task, in addition to the data supplied by the author, supplementary information such as normative acts, calculation of costs, statistical data etc. are required for calculations, justifications and generalizations. The aforesaid information is generally found in literature sources and the sources must be indicated. 8.2. A reference to a literature source shall be as follows: The relevant data shall be followed by square brackets containing the number of the source in the bibliography and the corresponding page number. For example [2., 24.lpp.]. 8.3. Should other authors, documents be quoted, the text should be enclosed in quotes (“”) and set off in another font (e.g. Italics) and the author and the source should be indicated. 8.4. Should reference to any text element be included, such terms as “expression”, “formula”, “causation”, “fig.” (abbreviation for figure), and “tab.” or “table” (if only one unnumbered table is included in the text) must be used followed by the number of the corresponding element. Example: Tab.2 demonstrates…, Fig.5 shows….., …. In accordance with Formula 2.7 …. etc. 8.5. Should a repeated reference to the said elements be included, this must be duly indicated by enclosing the word “refer” followed by the number of the appropriate element in brackets, e.g. (refer Fig. 2.4), (refer Table. 5), etc.

9. Tables 9.1. All tables shall have headings and be numbered using Arabic figures in an ascending order starting from the beginning of the paper or if the paper contains several chapters, within limits of a given chapter. 9.2. Numbers must be indicated on the right above the table headings. 9.3. If the text contains only one table it should not be numbered. 9.4. The heading of the table shall be brief, specific and comprehensible; it must define the theme and contents of the table. 9.5. Tables must be positioned, where possible, immediately after it is first mentioned. 9.6. Every table must be followed by an analysis and interpretation rather than a reproduction or repetition of the data included in the table. 9.7. The paper must not be cluttered with numerical data.

10. Figures 10.1. Any illustration – chart, diagram, cartogram, drawing, photograph etc. –shall be considered as a figure. 10.1.1. Diagram shall mean a demonstrative graphical representation of the interconnection of different values. In a diagram, every value shall be represented by a point, line segment or any graphical shape (rectangle, circle etc.); furthermore, an appropriate unit of measure shall be selected. The common means of visual representation are bar, line, block and circle diagrams. They shall be used to compare discrete values. These diagrams shall form graphic images, with each value compared represented by a line, field or shape. 10.1.2. Pictograms outwardly differ from other graphic representations. Pictographic representation employs pictures that are symbolical of the nature of the phenomena to be depicted (milk can – the amount of milk, railway carriage – transport by rail, passenger airplane – carriage of passengers by air etc.). Pictograms shall depict phenomena in direct proportion to their size or in proportion to the number of several shapes of the same size. 10.2. Figures shall be numbered in Arabic figures in an ascending order starting at the beginning of the paper or if the paper contains several chapters within the limits of a given chapter. Every figure shall be appropriately named and the title shall be indicated below the figure next to the number, e.g. Fig. 1.2. Procurements plan.

6 11. Bibliography 11.1. All literature and other sources used must be indicated in the bibliography. 11.2. Publications included in the bibliography shall be numbered and ordered alphabetically. 11.3. Bibliography shall be compiled according to the Roman alphabet. Secondly, publications using Cyrillic alphabet shall be listed. Unpublished sources shall be listed at the end of the bibliography. 11.4. The bibliographical entries of literature and sources shall contain the following information: 11.4.1. books by one or more authors: 11.4.1.1. surname and initials of the author or authors (should the number of authors exceed three, the first three shall be indicated followed by “et al”), 11.4.1.2.title of the publication; 11.4.1.3.information on the publishers, 11.4.1.4.year of publication, 11.4.1.5.volume of publication, Example: Dambe G., Jurevičs A., Augucēvičs J. Datorizēta lietvedības dokumentu sagatavošana. – Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2000. – 72 lpp. 11.4.2. publications in magazines, newspapers and collected articles:: Example: Riekstiņa A. Par aktualitātēm kreditēšanā // Latvijas Vēstnesis. – Nr.436/439 (1999, 23.dec.), 3.lpp. vai: Ādamsons A. Hipotekārās kreditēšanas aspekti // Ekonomisko un sociālo attiecību transformācija: procesi, tendences, rezultāti: starpt.konf.materiāli, 2001.g. 30.-31.marts, Rīga, Latvija. – Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2001. – 20.-25.lpp. 11.4.3. Internet Resources: Example: Latvijas Lauksaimniecības universitāte // http://www/llu/lv vai: Education, training and youth. A new generation of programmes (2000-2006) // http://www.europa. Eu.int/comm/education/newprogr/index.html 11.5. Additional format requirements regarding bibliography may be laid down within the normative documents developed by the Faculty or the Department.

12. Appendix Format 12.1. The Appendices shall contain calculation methodology, auxiliary tables, tables, various visual aids and other references and explanatory materials that may facilitate the understanding of the content of the paper and foster the proper assessment of the authors’ effort. 12.2. Large materials shall be folded to A4 format in such manner that does not hinder binding. The left margin shall be retained for binding; the folds shall not be nearer than 5mm from the remaining three margins to avoid cutting. After the folding and binding, the right side of the top page must be clearly visible. 12.3. Materials used in the Appendices must be numbered in Arabic figures at the top right corner, e.g. Appendix 1. Below the number, the title of the Appendix shall be indicated. The title should be visible even after folding the sheet. 12.4. Appendices shall be separated from the rest of the paper by a separate page titled APPENDICES. 12.5. The pages of the Appendices shall be numbered taking into account the numbering of pages in the paper. 12.6. Should there be a substantial number of Appendices, they shall be bound as a separate edition and the pages shall be numbered as in an independent publication.

7 Head of the Department of Studies Jānis Augucēvičs

8 Appendix 1 SAMPLE OF TITLE PAGE OF A STUDY PAPER

School of Business Administration Turiba (Name of the faculty)

(Name and surname of the author)

(Abbreviation of the study year and group)

(TITLE OF THE PAPER)

STUDY PAPER

(Name of the department)

Supervisor: (name, surname)

Riga, 2006

9 Appendix 2 SAMPLE OF THE TITLE PAGE OF A DIPLOMA PAPER

School of Business Administration Turiba

(Name and surname of the author)

(TITLE OF THE PAPER)

DIPLOMA PAPER

Study Programme (TITLE OF THE PROGRAMME)

Author of the paper: (signature, date) (name, surname)

Supervisor of the paper: (signature, date) (name, surname, acad. degree)

Consultant (if any): (signature, date) (name, surname, acad. degree/position)

Riga, 2006

10 Appendix 3 Extract from Rules enacted by the Cabinet of Ministers No. 154 List of generally accepted abbreviations in Latvian

1. Tradicionālie saīsinājumi, kurus tekstā parasti lieto lauk. - laukums (adresē) kā saīsinājumus: līn. - līnija (adresē) u.c. - un citi lp. - lapa utt. - un tā tālāk lpp. - lappuse u.tml. - un tamlīdzīgi LVS - Latvijas Valsts standarts vai tml. - vai tamlīdzīgi ļ.cien. - ļoti cienītā; ļoti cienījamā; ļoti cienītais; ļoti t.i. - tas ir cienījamais (kopā ar personvārdu vai amata sk. - skatīt nosaukumu sal. - salīdzināt milj. - miljons š.g. - šā gada, šī gada mljrd. - miljards plkst. - pulksten neiesk. - neieskaitot nr. - numurs (aiz skaitļa) nod. - nodaļa Nr. - numurs (pirms skaitļa – dokumentu nov. - novembris numerācijā) okt. - oktobris v.i. - pienākumu (“vietas”) izpildītājs oriģ. - oriģināls vietn. - vietnieks, vietniece p. - punkts; pants (aiz kārtas skaitļa) Ls - lats (kopā ar summu cipariem) pag. - pagasts (kopā ar pagasta nosaukumu N.B. (lat. nota bene!) - ievēro labi! pārb. - pārbaudījis; pārbaudījusi P.S. (lat. post scriptum) - piebilde aiz paraksta piel. - pielikums 2. Saīsinājumi, ar kuriem noteiktā pozīcijā aizstāj piem. - piemēram parasti pilnā formā lietojamos vārdus vai izteiksmes: piez. - piezīme a.god. - augsti godātais; augsti godājamais; arī: augsti pils.1 - pilsēta ( kopā ar pilsētas nosaukumu) godātā; augsti godājamā pils.2 - pilsonis a.k. - abonenta kastīte (kopā ar skaitli) p.k.1 - pasta kastīte (kopā ar skaitli) a.l. - autorloksne p.k.2 - pēc kārtas apg. - apgabals p.n. - pasta nodaļa apm. - apmēram poz. - pozīcija apr.1 - apriņķis (kopā ar nosaukumu) pr-js - priekšsēdētājs (kopā ar personvārdu) apr.2 - aprīlis pr-ks - priekšnieks (kopā ar personvārdu) a/s - akciju sabiedrība prof. - profesors; profesore (kopā ar personvārdu) att. - attēls raj. - rajons (kopā ar rajona nosaukumu) aug. - augusts resp. - respektīvi b-ba - biedrība sab-ba - sabiedrība bij. - bijušais sant. - santīms (kopā ar skaitli) bulv. - bulvāris sast. - sastādītājs; sastādījis; sastādījusi cet. - ceturksnis sāk. - sākums cien. - cienītā; cienījamā; cienītais; cienījamais (kopā sēj. - sējums (kopā ar skaitli) ar personvārdu vai amata nosaukumu) sept. - septembris dok. - dokuments SIA - sabiedrība ar ierobežotu atbildību Dr. - doktors (kopā ar personvārdu) siev. - sieviete; sieviešu – Dr.h.(latviski) - habilitētais doktors (kopā ar spec. - speciāls personvārdu) tab. - tabula Dr.habil. (latīniski) - habilitētais doktors (kopā ar t.p. - tas pats; tāds pats personvārdu) t.s. - tā saucamais; tā sauktais dsk. - daudzskaitlis t.sk. - tai skaitā; to skaitā dz.1 - dzimis; dzimusi (dzīves datos) tūkst. - tūkstotis (kopā ar skaitli) dz.2 - dzīvoklis (adresē) uzņ. - uzņēmums dzīv. - dzīvojošs; dzīvojoša (adresē) vad. - vadītājs; vadītāja eks. - eksemplārs val. - valoda febr. - februāris va/s, valsts a/s - valsts akciju sabiedrība g. - gads (kopā ar skaitli) vec. - vecākais (kopā ar amata nosaukumu) gab. - gabals (kopā ar skaitli) visp. - vispārīgs; vispārējs galv. - galvenais vīr. - vīrietis; vīriešu god. - godātais; godājamais; arī: godātā; godājamā vsk. - vienskaitlis (kopā ar personvārdu vai amata nosaukumu v/u - valsts uzņēmums gr. - grupa zīm. - zīmējums gs. - gadsimts h – st. - stunda gs.b. - gadsimta beigas min. – min. – minūte gs.s. - gadsimta sākums s – sek. - sekunde iec. - iecirknis iedz. - iedzīvotājs iesk. - ieskaitot inv. - inventārs inž. - inženieris īst.loc. - īstenais loceklis; īstenā locekle (kopā ar personvārdu) janv. - janvāris jaun.- jaunākais (kopā ar amata nosaukumu) jūn. - jūnijs jūl. - jūlijs kdze (dat. k-dzei) - kundze (dat. kundzei) kgs (dat. k-gm) - kungs ( dat. kungam) kl. - klase kor.loc. - korespondētājloceklis (kopā ar personvārdu)

11 Appendix 21

Enrolment Regulations for 2005/2006

2 SIA"Biznesa augstskola Turība" Vienotais reģistrācijas Nr. 40003135880, Rīgā, Graudu ielā 68. APSTIPRINĀTI 26.01.2005. Senāta sēdē, protokols Nr.2 ar grozījumiem, apstiprinātiem 13.04.2005.Senāta sēdē, protokols Nr.6 ar grozījumiem, apstiprinātiem 25.05.2005.Senāta sēdē, protokols Nr.9

2005./2006. STUDIJU GADA UZŅEMŠANAS NOTEIKUMI

1. Vispārīgie noteikumi

1.1. Šie noteikumi reglamentē uzņemšanu Biznesa augstskolā Turība (turpmāk – tekstā Augstskolā) šādās studiju programmās. Pirmā līmeņa profesionālās augstākās izglītības programmas (pamatstudijas), . Tiesību zinātnes . Finanses un grāmatvedība, arī e–studijās . Reklāmas vadība, arī e–studijās . Viesnīcu vadība . Organizāciju drošība nepilna laika studijas neklātienē,** studiju ilgums 2,3 gadi, programmā Tiesību zinātnes 2.7 gadi. Līdz 18.augustam vietu skaits nav ierobežots. E–studijās vietu skaits neierobežots.

Otrā līmeņa profesionālās augstākās izglītības programmas (pamatstudijas)

Nr. Studiju Pilna laika studijas, studiju Nepilna laika studijas, studiju programma ilgums 4 studiju gadi ilgums 4,3 studiju gadi Nodarbības Nodarbības Nodarbības notiek vakaros vai notiek dienā notiek vakaros katras otrās piektdienas vakarā un sestdienā 1. Uzņēmējdarbības 50 vietas* 25 vietas* Līdz 18. augustam vietu skaits nav ekonomika ierobežots 2. Uzņēmējdarbības 100 vietas* 50 vietas* Līdz 18. augustam vietu skaits nav vadība ierobežots. E–studijās vietu skaits neierobežots 3. Tiesību zinātnes 150 vietas* 50 vietas* Līdz 18. augustam vietu skaits nav ierobežots 4. Sabiedriskās 150 vietas* 50 vietas* Līdz 18. augustam vietu skaits nav attiecības ierobežots 5. Tūrisma un 150 vietas* 50 vietas* Līdz 18. augustam vietu skaits nav viesmīlības ierobežots nozares uzņēmumu vadība Studijas angļu valodā Tūrisma un 50 vietas* Uzņemšana Uzņemšana netiek plānota viesmīlības netiek plānota nozares uzņēmumu vadība (Tourism and Hospitality Management)

Profesionālās maģistrantūras programmas:  Uzņēmējdarbības vadība (studijas arī krievu un/vai angļu valodā) pilna laika studijām vakarā vai neklātienē studiju ilgums 2 gadi (ja ir iepriekš iegūts profesionālā bakalaura grāds un/vai profesionālā kvalifikācija ar uzņēmējdarbību saistītās jomās, kura iegūta, pabeidzot vismaz četru gadu studiju programmu) vai 2,5 gadi (ja ir iegūta akadēmiskā bakalaura grāds ar uzņēmējdarbību saistītās jomās). Par studiju ilgumu lemj programmas direktors un/vai dekāns. . Tūrisma stratēģiskā vadība pilna laika studijām vakarā vai neklātienē ar studiju ilgumu 2 gadi (ja ir iepriekš iegūts profesionālā bakalaura grāds un/vai piektā līmeņa profesionālā kvalifikācija ar tūrismu saistītās jomās) vai 2,5 gadi

3 (ja ir iepriekš iegūts akadēmiskā bakalaura grāds ar tūrismu saistītās jomās). Par studiju ilgumu lemj programmas direktors un/vai dekāns); . Tiesību zinātnes pilna laika studijām vakarā ar studiju ilgumu 1,5 gadi; . Sabiedriskās attiecības pilna laika studijām vakarā vai neklātienē ar studiju ilgumu 2 gadi (ja ir iegūta piektā līmeņa kvalifikācija Sabiedrisko attiecību menedžeris vai Sabiedrisko attiecību struktūrvienības vadītājs) vai 2,5 gadi. Par studiju ilgumu lemj programmas direktors un/vai dekāns);

1.2. Tiesības studēt Augstskolā ir katram Latvijas Republikas pilsonim un personām, kurām ir tiesības uz Latvijas Republikas izdotu nepilsoņu pasi, kā arī personām, kurām ir izsniegtas pastāvīgās uzturēšanās atļaujas. Lai studētu Augstskolā, nepieciešams vidējo izglītību apliecinošs dokuments. To ārvalstu pilsoņu, kuriem nav izsniegta pastāvīgās uzturēšanās atļauja, tiesības studēt Latvijas augstskolās regulē Augstskolu likums. 1.3. Lai studētu Uzņēmējdarbības vadības, Tūrisma stratēģiskās vadības, Sabiedrisko attiecību maģistrantūras programmā, nepieciešams diploms, kas apliecina, ka saņemts akadēmiskā vai profesionālā bakalaura grāds, vai profesionālā kvalifikācija, kas iegūta, pabeidzot vismaz četru gadu augstākās izglītības studiju programmu. Lai studētu Tiesību zinātņu maģistrantūrā, nepieciešams diploms, kas apliecina, ka saņemts profesionālā bakalaura grāds tiesību zinātnēs, vai jurista profesionālā kvalifikācija, kas iegūta, pabeidzot vismaz 4 gadu augstākās izglītības studiju programmu. Attiecīgo specialitāšu otrā līmeņa profesionālās augstākās izglītības programmu absolventi šo specialitāšu maģistrantūras programmās tiek uzņemti, pamatojoties uz diplomu par augstākās izglītības iegūšanu un atestātu vai diplomu par vidējās izglītības iegūšanu. Reflektantiem, kuri nav ieguvuši studiju programmai atbilstīgo 5. līmeņa kvalifikāciju, obligātas pārrunas ar programmas direktoru. 1.4. Uzņemšanu veic ar Senāta lēmumu apstiprināta Uzņemšanas komisija un Studiju informācijas centrs. 1.5. Uzņemšana pilna laika pamatstudiju programmās studijām notiek konkursa kārtībā, pamatojoties uz centralizēto eksāmenu Latviešu valoda un Svešvaloda (Angļu valoda, Vācu valoda, Franču valoda vai Krievu valoda) rezultātiem ar vērtējumu A, B, C, D vai E līmenis. Uzņemšana nepilna laika studijās notiek bez centralizēto eksāmenu sertifikātu kopiju iesniegšanas un iestājpārbaudījuma kārtošanas. 1.6. Ārvalstu studentu uzņemšana studijām pamatstudiju programmās notiek konkursa kārtībā, pamatojoties uz vērtējumu vidējo izglītību apliecinošos dokumentos vai centralizēto eksāmenu Latviešu valoda un Svešvaloda (Angļu valoda, Vācu valoda, Franču valoda vai Krievu valoda) rezultātiem ar vērtējumu A, B, C, D vai E līmenis, programmā Tourism and Hospitality Management arī uz arī uz vērtējumu starptautiski atzītos eksāmenos: Cambridge Exam (vismaz Cambridge First Certificate līmenī), TOEFL (minimums -iegūti vismaz 60% punktu) vai IELTS (minimums - 6.0 punkti). 1.7. Reflektantu reģistrācija notiek Studiju informācijas centrā reflektantu reģistrācijas laikā. Reflektantu reģistrācija un uzņemšana pirmajā gadā pēc vidējās izglītības iegūšanas tiek uzsākta 2005. gada 18. jūlijā. 1.8. Ja kādā no studiju programmām, studiju laikiem vai studiju veidiem pieteikušos pretendentu skaits nav pietiekams grupas atvēršanai, var tikt noteikti uzņemšanas ierobežojumi. 1.9. Studiju maksa. Pirmā līmeņa profesionālās augstākās izglītības programmas: . studijas neklātienē** – Ls 770 gadā (EUR 1100); . studijas filiālēs – Ls 490 gadā (EUR 700); . e–studijas – Ls 670 gadā (EUR 950). Otrā līmeņa profesionālās augstākās izglītības programmas: . studijas dienā – Ls 970 gadā (EUR 1380);  30 budžeta vietas studijām latviešu valodā*** – Ls 00 gadā (bez studiju maksas);  80 vietas studijām latviešu valodā *** ar stipendijām (stipendijas apjoms Ls 300 (EUR 430) gadā) vai atbilstīgu studiju maksas atlaidi; . studijas vakaros – Ls 870 gadā (EUR 1240); . studijas neklātienē** – Ls 770 gadā (EUR 1100); . e–studijas – Ls 670 gadā (EUR 950); . Studijas dienā studiju programmā “Tūrisma un viesmīlības nozares uzņēmumu vadība”, kas tiek īstenota angļu valodā (Tourism and Hospitality Management), Ls 1670 gadā (EUR 2370). Maģistrantūrā: . Tiesību zinātņu programmā Ls 1160 gadā (EUR 1650), . Uzņēmējdarbības vadības, Tūrisma stratēģiskās vadības un Sabiedrisko attiecību programmās,  studijas vakarā Ls 870 gadā (EUR 1240); 4  studijas neklātienē Ls 770 gadā (EUR 1100). 1.10. Piesakoties studijām, reflektanti  izpilda pieteikuma veidlapu un anketu;  iesniedz pases kopiju un uzrāda oriģinālu;  iesniedz 4 fotogrāfijas**** (3 x 4 cm);  iesniedz vidējo izglītību apliecinošu dokumentu vai kopiju un uzrāda oriģinālu. Reflektanti, kuri vidējo izglītību ir ieguvuši ārvalstīs, iesniedz vidējo izglītību apliecinoša dokumenta notariāli apliecinātu tulkojumu angļu vai latviešu valodā un LR Izglītības un zinātnes ministrijas Akadēmiskās informācijas centra atzinumu par iegūtās izglītības pielīdzināšanu vidējās izglītības līmenim. Maģistrantūras reflektanti iesniedz profesionālā vai akadēmiskā bakalaura, vai profesionālās kvalifikācijas, kas iegūta, pabeidzot vismaz četru gadu studiju programmu, diplomu vai kopiju un uzrāda oriģinālu, kā arī vidējo izglītību apliecinošu dokumentu, vai tā kopiju un uzrāda oriģinālu; - noslēdz līgumu –samaksājot iepazīšanās maksu 10% apjomā no pirmā studiju gada studiju maksas, kas tiek iekļauta studiju maksā, ja tiek uzsāktas studijas, un, kas netiek atmaksāta, reflektantam studijas neuzsākot. No iepazīšanās maksas ir atbrīvoti Augstskolas absolventi un ārvalstu reflektanti. Ārvalstu reflektanti maksā reģistrācijas maksu EUR 50, kas netiek iekļauta studiju maksā un netiek atmaksāta studijas neuzsākot;  nokārto iepriekš nenokārtotās saistības ar Augstskolu (ja tādas ir);  reflektanti studijām programmā Organizāciju drošība iesniedz medicīnas izziņu par vispārējo veselību (forma 86–u), kas apliecina, ka reflektants ir praktiski vesels;  piesakoties studijām pilna laika pamatstudiju programmās, iesniedz centralizēto eksāmenu Latviešu valoda un Svešvaloda sertifikātu kopijas. Centralizēto eksāmenu vērtējumam jāatbilst A, B, C, D vai E līmenim, izņemot reflektantus no ārvalstīm;  reflektanti, kuri pēdējo trīs gadu laikā nav kārtojuši centralizēto eksāmenu svešvalodā (Angļu valoda vai Vācu valoda), veic svešvalodu zināšanu līmeņa pārbaudi valodu grupas noteikšanai. Reflektanti, kuri izvēlējušies studijas Tūrisma un viesmīlības nozares uzņēmumu vadības studiju programmā veic zināšanu pārbaudi angļu valodā un vācu/franču valodā, un reflektanti, kuri izvēlējušies studijas Viesnīcu vadības studiju programmā veic zināšanu pārbaudi angļu valodā un vācu valodā. Ja centralizētais eksāmens ir kārtots, iesniedz sertifikāta kopiju;  ārvalstu reflektanti programmā Tourism and Hospitality Management iesniedz Cambridge Exam Certificate vai TOEFL, vai IELTS testa rezultātu apliecinošu dokumentu.

2. Konkurss uz vietām pilna laika studijās par pilnu studiju maksu

2.1. Vietu skaits katrai pamatstudiju programmai noteikts 1.1. punktā. 2.2. Uzņemšana uz vietām pilna laika studijās notiek konkursa kārtībā. Konkursā piedalās reflektanti, kuri līdz 18. augustam pieteikušies pilna laika studijām pamatstudiju programmās un izpildījuši 1.10. punktā minētos nosacījumus. 2.3. Konkurss notiek, datorizēti summējot punktus atbilstīgi turpmāk norādītiem vērtējumu līmeņiem:  Latviešu valoda: . A līmenis – 10 punkti . B līmenis – 9 punkti . C līmenis – 7 punkti . D līmenis – 6 punkti . E līmenis – 5 punkti  Svešvaloda (angļu, vācu, krievu vai franču): . A līmenis – 12 punkti . B līmenis – 10 punkti . C līmenis – 8 punkti . D līmenis – 7 punkti . E līmenis – 6 punkti 2.4. Konkursa uzvarētāji ir konkursa vietu skaitam atbilstīgs skaits pretendentu, kuri ieguvuši lielāko punktu skaitu. Vienāda punktu skaita gadījumā priekšroka tiek dota pretendentam ar mazāku līguma numuru. 2.5. Konkursa uzvarētāju saraksts 19. augustā tiek publicēts Augstskolas Internet mājaslapā un izvietots pie Augstskolas ziņojumu dēļiem. 2.6. Pretendentiem ir tiesības divu darba dienu laikā pēc konkursa rezultātu publicēšanas Studiju informācijas centrā iesniegt rakstisku apelāciju. Apelācijas komisijas personālsastāvu apstiprina Augstskolas rektors.

5 2.7. Nākamajā darba dienā pēc apelācijas izskatīšanas Apelācijas komisijas lēmums tiek publicēts, izvietojot to pie Augstskolas A korpusa ziņojumu dēļa.

3. Konkurss uz budžeta vietām un stipendijām pilna laika studijām dienā latviešu valodā

3.1. Konkurss tiek rīkots par tiesībām, iestājoties Augstskolā, slēgt līgumu studijām dienā bez studiju maksas vai saņemt stipendiju Ls 300 (EUR 430) gadā 2005./2006. studiju gadā. Stipendijas vietā var tikt samazināta gada studiju maksa stipendijas apjomā. Nākamajos studiju gados tiesības studēt bez maksas vai saņemt stipendiju iegūs sekmīgākie studenti rotācijas kārtībā Augstskolas Studiju maksas atvieglojumu (atlaižu) rotācijas noteikumos noteiktajā kārtībā. 3.2. Kopējais vietu skaits – 30 budžeta vietas (studijas bez maksas) un 80 vietas ar stipendijām. Vispirms tiek sadalītas budžeta vietas, tad stipendijas proporcionāli to pretendentu skaitam, kuri pieteikušies konkursam attiecīgā pamatstudiju programmā studijām dienā. Budžeta vietas ieguvējs nepretendē uz stipendiju. 3.3. Konkursā piedalās reflektanti, kuri ir pieteikušies uz vietām pilna laika studijām dienā un kuri tiek uzņemti pamatojoties uz centralizēto eksāmenu rezultātiem. 3.4. Garantētas budžeta vietas saņem Sabiedriskās organizācijas Junior Achievement Latvija (JAL) organizētā Skolēnu mācību firmu (SMF) 2005.gada konkursa uzvarētāji - līdz 5 vietas un izstādes “Skola 2005” laikā Augstskolas organizētā konkursa uzvarētāji – 4 vietas. 3.5. Priekšroka konkursā uz budžeta vietām un stipendijām ir Starptautiska vai Latvijas Republikas mēroga mācību olimpiāžu uzvarētājiem pēdējo trīs gadu laikā (sākot no 2002. gada) un 2005. gadā sabiedriskās organizācijas Junior Achievement Latvija Pilno sertifikātu ieguvējiem. 3.6. Secība, kādā veidojas pretendentu uz budžeta vietām un stipendijām saraksts: 3.6.1. Sabiedriskās organizācijas Junior Achievement Latvija (JAL) organizētā Skolēnu mācību firmu (SMF) 2005.gada konkursa uzvarētāji - līdz 5 vietas. Tiesības studēt budžeta vietās uzvarētājiem saglabājas līdz 2009./2010. studiju gadam, un tās nav nododamas citām personām. Lai izmantotu budžeta vietas 2005./2006. studiju gadā, jāpiesakās studijām līdz 2005. gada 18. augustam; 3.6.2. Izstādes “Skola 2005” laikā organizētā konkursa uzvarētāji – 4 vietas, piesakoties studijām līdz 2005. gada 18. augustam; 3.6.3. Starptautiska vai Latvijas Republikas mēroga mācību olimpiāžu uzvarētāji pēdējo trīs gadu laikā (sākot no 2002. gada), piesakoties studijām līdz 2005. gada 18. augustam; 3.6.4. reflektanti, kuri 2005. gadā ieguvuši sabiedriskās organizācijas Junior Achievement Latvija Pilno sertifikātu, piesakoties studijām līdz 2005. gada 18. augustam; 3.6.5. Reflektanti ar lielāko punktu skaitu atbilstoši punktā 2.3. un 2.4. noteiktajai uzskaites kārtībai, piesakoties studijām līdz 2005. gada 18. augustam. 3.7. Vienādu 3.6. punkta apakšpunktos minēto nosacījumu gadījumā priekšroka tiek dota reflektantam ar mazāku līguma numuru.

4. Pieteikšanās kārtība studijām vēlākajos studiju posmos

4.1. Studijām vēlākajos studiju posmos var pieteikties personas, kuras iepriekš studējušas citās augstākās izglītības iestādēs vai citā studiju programmā vai veidā Biznesa augstskolā Turība. 4.2. Dekāns izskata iesniegumu un dokumentus, kas apliecina atbilstīgu studiju kursu apgūšanu, un iesaka imatrikulēt attiecīgās studiju programmas atbilstīgā semestrī.

5. Papildus uzņemšana

Uzņemšana Augstskolas izsludinātajām vakantajām vietām pēc 18. augusta, bet maģistrantūras programmās pēc 31. augusta ir par papildu maksu Ls 20.00 (EUR 35.00).

6. Imatrikulācija

6.1. Augstskolā var tikt imatrikulēti reflektanti, kuri izpildījuši 1.10. punktā, bet maģistrantūrā arī 1.3. punktā minētos nosacījumus. 6.2. Imatrikulācija notiek ar Augstskolas rektora rīkojumu. 6.3. Katram studējošajam atbilstīgi Augstskolu likumam tiek izveidota personas lieta Augstskolas noteiktajā kārtībā.

* Uzņemšanas laikā ar Senāta lēmumu var tikt palielināts vietu skaits.

6 ** Rīgā nodarbības notiek katras otrās piektdienas vakarā un tās pašas nedēļas sestdienā, filiālēs – katru sestdienu. ***Budžeta vietas un stipendijas tiek sadalītas proporcionāli to pretendentu skaitam, kuri pieteikušies konkursam attiecīgajā pamatstudiju programmā pilna laika studijām dienā. **** Maģistrantūras un 1. līmeņa profesionālās augstākās izglītības programmā 2 fotogrāfijas.

7 Appendix 22

Regulations on the Senate

8 School of Business Administration Turiba Ltd. Reg.No.4000313580, Graudu Street 68, Riga, LV –1058

Approved by Constituent Assembly, School of Business Administration Turiba ltd. on 20.04.2005. Protocol No.15 Regulations on the Senate

1. General provisions

1.1.The Senate is an administrative and decision-making body formed as a council of personnel of the School of Business Administration Turiba Ltd. (hereinafter - SBAT) that operates in the academic and scientific sphere. 1.2. The Senate consists of 27 senators, 21 of whom are academic and general personnel, 2 are Board members of SBAT, and 4 representatives from the student self-governing body. 1.3. The chairperson of the Senate and the Senate secretary (minute taker) plan and manage the operations of the Senate. 1.4. The senators are elected for a term of 3 years by the Constituent Assembly by a secret ballot. 1.5. Candidates for the Senate are nominated by the Rectors’ office, Council of Faculties, Students’ self-governing body and the Board of SBAT. 1.6. The chairperson and the secretary of the Senate are elected by the senators during the first meeting following their election. 1.7. At least 75% of the Senate members shall consist of academic personnel. 1.8. Should a senator elected by the Constituent Assembly terminate labour relations with SBAT or there is necessity of changing any of the senators, the Senate organizes and approves the results of the elections. The decisions are in force till the next sitting of the Constituent Assembly. 1.9. The resolutions of the Senate within its jurisdiction are binding for the academic personnel and the students of SBAT.

2. The main activities of the Senate

2.1. The Senate: 2.1.1. elects to the office academic personnel as well as general personnel within its competence; 2.1.2. approves study programmes, plans and the Calendar of Studies; 2.1.3. resolves on issues concerning academic and scientific activities of SBAT and its structural units; 2.1.4. approves documents and regulations concerning matriculation, ex-matriculation and the study process; 2.1.5. resolves on the formation of a Board of Councillors at the recommendation of the SBAT Board and approves the working procedure of the Board of Councillors; 2.2.Special committees responsible for the preparation of topical issues for discussion in the sittings of the Senate could be formed by a resolution of the Senate.

3. Organization of Senate activities

3.1.The Senate conducts its main activities in the form of sittings. 3.2. The sittings of the Senate are conducted by the chairperson, however in his absence the Senate is chaired by a person elected from among the Senate members present. 3.3. The sittings of the Senate are planned in accordance with the Senate working plans for the academic year. Planned Senate sittings are determined for one study year. 3.4.The sittings of the Senate are public.

9 3.5. Regular sittings of the Senate are planned. The sittings are convened by the chairperson of the Senate. Extraordinary sittings can be convened by the Rector, Vice Rectors, chairperson of the Board of SBAT or the Board of Councillors.. 3.6. The Senate sittings normally lasts 2 hours (from 15.00 - 17.00). The duration of the sittings can be prolonged if a majority of senators present are in favour of such prolongation. 3.7.The chairperson of the Senate is responsible for the working agenda.. 3.8.The working agenda can be proposed by the Board of Councillors, Student self- governing body, senators, Council of Faculties, Board of SBAT, Rector or Vice Rectors. 3.9.Proposals and materials concerning items to be discussed on the agenda shall be submitted to the Senate secretary not later than 5 working days before the planned sitting. 3.10.Items are included on the agenda only if a resolution project has been drafted. 3.11.The Senate secretary circulates the working agenda to senators 2 days before the sitting, submits the documents and project resolutions to be reviewed by the senate, and organizes the preparation of materials. Materials and draft resolutions to be reviewed in regular Senate sittings must be submitted to the Senate secretary not later than 3 working days before the sitting. 3.12.The working agenda is deliberated and approved at the beginning of the sitting. Items that are not included in the agenda shall be reviewed only if the majority of senators present vote in favour of it. 3.13.Amendments and additions to the draft resolutions proposed during the deliberations could be put a vote only if they have been submitted to the chairperson of the Senate in a written form. 3.14. The sittings of the Senate are recorded. Important deliberations can be recorded in audio format. The minutes of the sittings are signed by the chairperson and Senate secretary.

4. Rights and Obligations of the Senators

4.1.Senators have the right to propose the deliberation of any issue under their jurisdiction, participate in any kind of deliberations, acquaint himself/herself with all the materials at the disposal of the Senate sittings and the Senate committees.

5. Resolutions of the Senate

5.1. The Senate is entitled to adopt resolutions if more than 50% of the senators are present at the sitting. 5.2. Resolutions are adopted by a simple majority by a show of hands. The Senate secretary is in charge of the vote count. Only senators are eligible to vote. 5.3. The resolutions of the Senate are in accordance with the academic and scientific budget. 5.4. The resolutions of the Senate come into force the day after it has been approved by the Board of SBAT. 5.5. The resolutions of the Senate can be contested with the Board of SBAT with 10 calendar days after it has come into force. 5.6. Students have the right of veto to table issues that touch upon their interests if all the student representatives- senators unanimously vote in favour of it. Should a veto be declared ,the Senate shall immediately form a coordinating committee that consists of students – senators and senators involved in the preparation of the tabled draft project. The coordinating committee reviews the disputed issues and prepares proposals for the next sitting of the Senate. Students can use the right of veto to table the same issue two times consequently. If no successful resolution of the dispute has been reached, the draft resolution is put to vote at the Senate and is adopted if 2/3 of the senators vote in favour of it.

6. Secret Ballot

6.1. All the personnel are elected by a secret ballot.

10 6.2. A vote counting committee (not less than 3 senators) is elected by a show of hands before the secret ballot. The aforesaid committee shall prepare the voting slips and organize the elections. 6.3. The number of senators participating in the voting is determined by a count of voting slips in the ballot box. Proxy votes are prohibited. Senators who have not participated in the voting are not entitled to vote at a later time. 6.4. The Senate resolves separately on the inclusion of each candidate on the voting slip during the election of personnel. 6.5. If more than two candidates are contesting for the same office and none of the candidates have an absolute majority of 50% of the senators present, the candidacy of the two leading contenders is put to a vote for a second time during the same sitting. If due to a tie none of the candidates can be elected the voting is carried out once again. If the deadlock still continues the Senate shall resolve on the procedure of election. 6.6. The vote counting committee totals the vote and records the vote for each candidate separately, signs and informs the Senate on the results. The Senate approves the results of the vote counting committee by a show of hands. 6.7. Appeals on the violation of voting procedure can be addressed to the chairperson of the Senate within 7 days after the minutes of the sitting have been approved by the Board of SBAT. A committee formed by the chairperson of the Senate shall review the appeal within 7 days after its submission and a report on the appeal shall be included in the agenda of the next sitting wherein the Senate shall resolve on the issue.

7.Funding of Senate operations

Remuneration for Senators is in accordance with SBAT procedures. The funding required for Senate operations is foreseen in the SBAT budget.

11 Appendix 23

List of publications by academic personnel

12 Valdis Blūzma 1. Seeds of Rule of Law in Latvia in the Context of the European Legal Culture//Politics and Law in the Context of the European Integration. Proceedings of the international conference 14 - 15 February 2003. Riga: Baltic Centre for Strategic Studies, 2003, p.56 - 65. 2. Romas valsts un tiesības. Kanoniskās tiesības viduslaikos. R.: EKA, 2002. - 72 lpp. 3. Konstitucionālisma evolūcijas vēsture Latvijā. - Latvijas Vēsture, 2002, Nr. 4 (48), 42. - 53.lpp. 4. Latvijas Republikas Valsts prezidenta institūcija Eiropas konstitucionālisma kultūras kontekstā. - Likums un Tiesības, 2002, novembris, 4.sēj., nr. 11 (39),322. -324.lpp. 5. Latvijas Republikas konstitucionālisma attīstības vēsture pirmskara un mūsdienu periodā// Latvija divos laikposmos: 1918 - 1928 un 1991 - 2001. Rīga: LU žurnāla "Latvijas Vēsture" fonds, 2001, 253. - 259.lpp. 6. LR Satversmes vēsturiskā evolūcija Eiropas konstitucionālisma attīstības kontekstā//II Pasaules latviešu zinātnieku kongress. Tēžu krājums.R., 2001, 223. lpp. 0,15 a.l. 7. Latvijas Republikas Valsts prezidenta institūcija polemikas krustugunīs. - Likums un Tiesības, 2001, nr. 4 (20), 99. - 104. lpp. 0,95 a.l. 8. Latvijas tiesību vēsture (1914 - 2000). R., 2000. - 528 lpp. (kopā ar līdzautoriem). 9. Par mācību grāmatu "Latvijas tiesību vēsture (1914 - 2000)" (kopā ar Ļ. Zīli). - Latvijas Vēsture, 2000, Nr. 3, 110. - 113. lpp. 0,3a.l. 10. Fundamentāls pētījums divdesmitā gadsimta Latvijas vēsturē. (Recenzija par monogrāfiju 20. gadsimta Latvijas vēsture. 1.sēj. R.: Latvijas Vēstures institūta apgāds, 2000) - Latvijas Vēsture, 2000, Nr. 3, 114. - 117. lpp. 0,3 a.l. 11. 4. maijs toreiz un tagad - atskats no desmit gadu distances. (Recenzija par rakstu, atmiņu un dokumentu krājumu 4. maijs T. Jundža redakcijā R., 2000.). - Likums un Tiesības, 2000, nr. 5 (9), 157. - 158. lpp. 0,35 a.l. 12. XX gs. Latvijas tiesību vēstures pētīšanas aktuālās problēmas//Latvijas Universitātei - 80. konferences referātu tēzes. R.: LU, 1999, 208. - 212. lpp. 0,3 a.l. 13. Latvijas tiesiskā statusa problēmas 1917.-1919.gadā // Latvijas tiesību aktuālās problēmas. S.l.: Leptons Media, 1996, 35.-40.lpp. 14. Latvijas tiesību avoti. 1. sēj. R., 1998. - 348 lpp. (kopā ar līdzautoriem). 15. Latvijas valsts atjaunošana (1986 - 1993). R., 1998.- 528 lpp. (kopā ar līdzautoriem). 16. Kreisā radikālisma viļņa Latvijā (1917.g. marts - 1920.g. janvāris) vēstures problēmas un to atspoguļojums historiogrāfijā. Promocijai izvirzīto darbu kopsavilkums. R., 1998.-98 lpp. 17. Liberālisms un tiesības. // Vispārīgās tiesību teorijas un valsts zinātnes atziņas. Rīga: LU, 1997, 58.-72.lpp. 18. The Role of Private Property in Maintenance of Democracy Process of Society. - In: The Transition Towards Democracy: Experience in Latvia and in the World. Rīga, LU, 1994, p.228.-231. 19. Baltijas reģionālisms. - Grām.: Ārzemju literatūra par Latviju. R., 1992, 5.-41.lpp. 20. PSRS aneksionistiskā politika Baltijā no starptautisko tiesību redzes viedokļa. - Grām.: Ārzemju literatūra par Latviju. R., 1992, 104.-120.lpp. 21. Papildinājumi grāmatai par visjaunāko laiku vēsturi Baltijā. - Grām.: Ārzemju literatūra par Latviju. R., 1992, 96.-103.lpp. 22. Kā tas bija. Ieskats nacionālajā jautājumā Latvijas Republikā 1920.-1940. // Latvijas likteņgadi IV.- Rīga: Avots, 1990, 53.-78.lpp.

Aldis Balodis 1. “Studējošo prasības e-studiju kvalitātei Latvijā un Eiropā”. 5. starptautiskā konference “Uzņēmējdarbības iespējas, problēmas un to risinājumi globalizācijas apstākļos”, Rakstu krājums. Rīga, 2004.gada 23.aprīlis. 2. “ E-studiju attīstības iespēju analīze Latvijā”. Starptautiskā konference “Uzņēmējdarbība un tās tiesiskā vide: procesi, tendences, rezultāti”, rakstu krājums. Rīga, 2002. gada 12.aprīlis. 3. Balodis, Y. Dekhtyar, I. Egerta, V. Grigorjeva, S. Kuste, P. Skorovs, A. Solovjov. Effects from GSM Cellualar Phones on Hearing// Abstracts International Scientific

13 Conference BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING AND MICROTECHNOLOGIES// Riga Technical University, Riga, Latvia, 10 – 14 October 2002, ISBN 9984-32-678-0, P 9. 4. A.S.Veksler, A. Balodis, Y. Dekhtyar, O.V. Lemzyakov, V. Noskov. Exoelectron Emission Spectra of Mica Crystals// Book of Abstracts. 13-th International Symposium on Exoemission on Related Relaxation Phenomena, Jurmala, Latvia, 21 – 26 August, 2000// Riga Technical University, Riga 2000, ISBN 9984-681-04-1, p. 28 5. “ Kad akreditēsim zinātniskās laboratorijas”. Starptautiskā konference “Solis uz Eiropas tirgu”. Referātu anotācijas, Rīga, 1999.gada 12.maijs. LR Ekonomikas ministrija. LZA Sertifikācijas centrs. 6. Balodis A., Y. Dekhyar, Noskov V.A. , Zchuchenko A. Ultraviolet Radiation Affected Bone Tissue Mechanical Properties// Proceeedings of the 8 International IMEKO Conference on Measurement in Clinical Medicine, Dubrovnik, Croatia, September, 1998. P. 67 – 70. 7. Sagalovich G. L., Dekhtyar Yu. D., Kokarev V.N., Balodis A., Ya., Markelova G.N. Equipment for exoemission topographic. Riga, pressed by the Latvian Scientific Research Institute for Scientific and Technic Information. 1982. 4 p. (in Russian).

Guntis Zemītis 1. Latvijas vēsture // Latvijas enciklopēdija. – Rīga: SIA “Valerija Belokoņa izdevniecība”, 2005. – 3. sēj. – 79. ll., 697. – 703. lpp. 2. Aizvēsture, Latviešu tautas veidošanās // Lielā Latvijas enciklopēdija. – Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC 2005, 68., 69.276. – 283. lpp. 3. Frühe stadtähnliche Siedlungen und erste mittelalterliche Städte in Lettland im 12. – 13. Jh.// CIVITAS CHOBERGIENSIS –Kołobrega, 2005. 4. Vēlā dzelzs laikmeta ekonomisko un sociālo pārmaiņu atspoguļojums Gaideļu – Viduču kapulauka arheoloģiskajā materiālā// Arheoloģija un etnogrāfija. – Rīga, 2005. 22. laid. (E. Šnorei veltītais krājums).- 212. – 220. lpp. 5. Arheoloģiskā un rakstīto avotu liecība par pagānismu un kristietību Turaidas apkārtnē 12. gs. // Kristietības ienākšana Līvzemē/ Zinātniskā konference, veltīta Krimuldas baznīcas astoņsimtsgadei 2005. gada 9. jūnijā. – Turaidas muzejrezervāts, 2005. – 35. – 37. lpp. 6. Arheoloģiskās liecības par Jelgavas pili Kurzemes hercogu Ketleru dinastijas laikā // Latvijas viduslaiku pilis. V Pētījumi par Kurzemes un Zemgales pilīm/ Sast. Ieva Ose. – Rīga, 2005. – 185. – 202. lpp. 7. Gaideļu – Viduču kapulauka vieta Jaunsvirlaukas un Salgales (Sidrabenes) pagasta arheoloģisko pieminekļu kontekstā // Pētījumi zemgaļu senatnē / Latvijas Vēstures muzeja raksti Nr. 10.- Rīga, 2004. – 181. – 192. lpp. 8. Ornaments un simbols Latvijas aizvēsturē. – Rīga: Latvijas vēstures institūta apgāds, 2004. – 227 lpp.; il. 9. Ārvalstu valsts un tiesību vēsture. Otrais, papildinātais izdevums. – Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2004. –320 lpp.; il. – ISBN 9984-728-60-9 10. Ārvalstu valsts un tiesību vēsture. – Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība: 2003. – 312. lpp.;il. 11. Kuršu reliģiskie priekšstati pēc rakstītajiem avotiem un arheoloģiskajām liecībām ( 10. – 15. gadsimts) // Ventspils muzeja raksti, R., 2002, II sēj. 84. - 95. lpp. 12. Senkapi pie Daugmales senpilsētas// Civitas et castrum ad mare balticum. Baltijas arheoloģijas un vēstures problēmas dzelzs laikmetā un viduslaikos. Rakstu krājums. Sast. Ē. Mugurēvičs, I. Ose. R., 2002. 13. Simbols un simbolikas problēma Latvijas arheoloģijā // Latvijas Vēstures Institūta Žurnāls. 2002. – Nr. 1. 23. – 44. lpp. 14. Balti senatnē un viduslaikos: valodas, vēsture, kultūra”// Latvijas vēstures institūta žurnāls. – 2001. – Nr.2. – 176. – 179. lpp. 15. Sēļu aizvēsture arheoloģisko pētījumu gaismā // Latvijas Vēstures Institūta Žurnāls. 2001. – Nr. 1. 1. – 5. – 28. lpp. 16. Daugmales attiecības ar Rīgu un Zemgali 12./13. gs. // Arheoloģija un etnogrāfija. Rīga, 2000. – 20. laid. – 120. –125. lpp. 17. Lībiešu sakari ar skandināviem// Lībiešu gadagrāmata. R., 2000.

14 18. Религиозные представления куршей по письменным источникам и археологическим данным (X – XV века) // Балты в древности и средневековье: языки, история, культура. Тезисы международной научной конференции памяти эгидиюса Банениса. – Москва, 2000. – с. 26., 27.

Daina Škuškovnika 1. Psychometric properties of the Latvian and Russian Version of the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (form Y). Baltic Journal of Psychology. Vol. 4 (1), pp.7-16., 2003 2. Studentu stresa un trauksmainības rādītāju sakarības. LU Zinātniskās konferences rakstu krājums. 655. sējums, 541.-549., 2002 3. Students’ Anxiety. In Tradicionālais un novatoriskais sabiedrības ilgspējīgā attīstībā. Starptautiskās zinātniskās konferences materiāli. Rēzeknes Augstskola. 129. – 135., 2002 4. Trauksmainības rādītāju atšķirības 19–59 gadīgiem strādājošiem. LU Zinātniskie raksti. Izglītības zinātnes un pedagoģija mūsdienu pasaulē. 649. sējums., 525. – 533., 2002 5. Components of Teachers’ Job Motivation in Latvia. In Decade of Reform: Achievements, Challenges, Problems. Research in Educational Psychology. ATTE Spring University. LU Pedagoģijas un psiholoģijas institūts, pp.16-24., 2002 6. Difference of Men’s Anxiety Level in Different Age Groups. In New Developments in Psychology in the Baltics: Theory and Practice. IV International Baltic Psychology Conference. University of Latvia, Riga, pp.170 – 176., 2001

Imants Bergs 1. Bergs I., Meikališa Ā., Siņicins M.u.c. "Politika un tiesības. 2.daļa", Rīga, Raka, 2005 2. Recenzija par grāmatu Eiropas tiesības. Autoru kolektīvs, Juridiskā koledža. Publicēta “Likums un tiesības”, 2004.g. septembris. 3. “Eiropas tiesību avoti” Juridiskās koledžas zinātniski praktiskās konferences materiāli 2001. 4. “Eiropas tiesību avoti, to klasifikācijas problēmas” Administratīvā un kriminālā justīcija nr.2. 2001 5. “SIA pārdošanas tiesiskie aspekti” Bilance nr.11 2001. 6. “ Pievienošanās Eiropas Savienībai- reglamentējošie dokumenti” Latvijas Policijas akadēmijas raksti nr.7 2000.gads 7. “Lielie maksās mazāk, mazie vairāk”. Bilance, nr.2. 2000. 8. “Turpināsies nodokļu sistēmas pilnveidošana”. Bilance, nr.7 2000. 9. “ Izmaiņu likumā “Par nekustamā īpašuma nodokli” ietekme uz mazo un vidējo biznesu” zinātniski praktiskās konferences materiāli 1999. Sociālo tehnoloģiju augstskola.

Jānis Načisčionis 1. Administratīvās tiesības. Rīga: R&K. 2002. 11,8 autorloksnes. 2. Uzņēmuma reģistra kompetences tiesiskā regulējuma pilnveide. Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība. 2002. 0,99 autorloksnes. 3. Administratīvās iestādes kompetences tiesiskā regulējuma pilnveide. Rēzekne: Rēzeknes augstskola. 2002. 0.77 autorloksnes. 4. Administratīvo tiesību principi un to iedzīvināšana. Rīga: LPA raksti. 2002. 0,7 autorloksnes. 5. Administratīvais līgums. Rīga: Administratīvā un kriminālā justīcija. 2001. Nr.1., 1,2 autorloksnes. 6. Administratīvā procesa tiesības. Rīga: LPA. 2000. 1 autorloksne. 7. Tiesību aktu krājums. Administratīvās tiesības. Rīga: IU Mācību apgāds. 1999. 27,6 autorloksnes. 8. Creation of the National Administrative and Administrative Procedure Law System and Compilance with the European Law. Vilnius: Lietuvos Teises akademija. 1998. Nr 10. 0.5 autorloksnes.

15 Oskars Balodis 1. Pētījums “Pilsoniskās sabiedrības attīstība Latvijā: situācijas analīze” – līdzautors. 2. Nacionālās Radio un Televīzijas padomes pētījums “Slēptā politiskā reklāma Latvijas Televīzijā” – līdzautors.

Aldis Baumanis 1. Izdevumi izglītībai un to nozīme sociāli ekonomiskajā attīstībā// Uzņēmējdarbības iespējas, problēmas un to risinājumi globalizācijas apstākļos, Rīga 2004. 21.-31.lpp. 2. The Tendencies and Regularities in Higher Education in the Transition Economy// The fifth International conference of Education, Greece 2003 3. Izglītības attīstība: Baltijas valstu pieredze// Valsts pārvaldes efektivitāte Praktikums 4.izdevums Kijeva 2003 118.-133.lpp. (ukraiņu valodā) 4. The Development of Education: The Latvian Experience// Economic Issues Theory and application with refernce to Ukraine, Halifax, Canada, 2002.- 59-72.p. 5. Investīcijas cilvēkkapitālā pārejas ekonomikas apstākļos// Izglītības zinātnes un pedagoģija mūsdienu pasaulē, Latvijas Universitāte, Rīga.- 2002 6. “ Needs and Demand in the Informal Sector and Small Enterprises for Skilss and Knowledge: A Transition Country Perspective”. Learning for Survival and Growth, Switzerland, 2001. 7. Latvijas izglītības sistēmas attīstība// Izglītības un zinātnes ekonomika 4.izlaidums; Ekonomiskā attīstība un valsts politika, Kijeva 2001. 57.-67.lpp. (ukraiņu valodā) 8. Augstākās profesionālās izglītības finansēšanas modelis, izmantojot studiju kreditēšanu// Ekonomisko un sociālo attiecību transformācija: procesi, tendences, rezultāti, Rīga 2001. –26.-32.lpp 9. Par dažām tendencēm augstākās izglītības finansēšanā// Ekonomisko un sociālo attiecību transformācija: procesi, tendences, rezultāti, Rīga 2001. –26.-32.lpp 10. Skolu un augstskolu reforma - ceļš uz vienotu un kvalitatīvu izglītības sistēmu// Vienota un kvalitatīva izglītības sistēma – sabiedrības integrācijas pamats, Rīga 2000. –29.-33.lpp. 11. Eiropas tirgus. Vai Latvija spēs konkurēt?// Latvija ceļā uz Eiropas Savienību, Rīga 2000. – 29.-32.lpp. 12. Izglītības un zinātnes finansējums un tā efektivitāte// Izglītība un zinātne – Latvijas nacionālā bagātība, Rīga 2000. – 66.-74.lpp. 13. Svarīgākie virzieni skolu direktoru kvalifikācijas paaugstināšanā// Inovācijas un reformas Latvijas izglītībā, Rīga 2000. – 72.-75.lpp. 14. Education expenditure in Latvia// Baltic Economic case studies Volume 4, Halifax,Canada, 1999. – 15.-20.p. 15. Izglītības izdevumu struktūra un tās ietekme uz pedagoģisko procesu vispārizglītojošajā skolā// Aktualitātes izglītībā, Zinātniski praktiskās konferences materiāli, Rīga,1999. – 4.-8.lpp. 16. Valsts budžetā izglītības izdevumu īpatsvars samazinās// Izglītības žurnāls, 1999.gada rudens. Rīga, 1999. – 13.-15.lpp. 17. Daži aspekti par vispārējo izglītību Latvijā un ārzemēs// Skola 98. Rīga, 1998. 61.- 68.lpp 18. Place of EE in the school curriculum over different periods of state development in Latvia// Environmental Education to Raise Public Awareness. Reports from the Conference in Kalmar, 1997. – 49.-53.p. 19. Die quantitative Entwicklung im allgemeinbildenden Schulwesen und in der Lehrerbildung in Lettland 1918 bis 1997// Beitrage zur bildungspolitischen und padagogischen Entwicklung in Mittel- und Osteuropa. Ruhr-Universitat Bochum, 1997. - 69.-80.s. 20. Vispārizglītojošās skolas Latvijā (1918. - 1997.gadi)// Skola 97. Rīga, 1997. - 60.- 70.lpp. 21. Skolu, skolēnu un skolotāju skaita izmaiņas vispārējās izglītības sistēmā laikā no 1920.gada līdz 1995.gadam// Latvijas vēsture.- Rīga, 1996/5(24).-61.-69.lpp. 22. Pamatskolas vispārizglītojošo skolu sistēmā dažādos Latvijas vēstures posmos// Mūsdienu pamatskola: skolēns un skolotājs.- Liepāja, 1996. - 7.-9.lpp.

16 23. Izglītības darba efektivitātes problēmas un to risinājums Latvijā// Izglītības darba kvalitāte. - Rīga, 1995. - 7.-8.lpp. 24. Par mijattiecību sistēmu skolas kolektīvā// Jauniešu personība aspirantu lasījumos.- Rīga, 1988. - 69.-75.lpp. 25. Par mijiedarbības struktūru// Augstskolu un skolu mācību un audzināšanas teorijas jautājumi.- Rīga, 1987. - 3.-10.lpp.

Ieva Kalve 1. Apseglot pārmaiņu vējus. Stratēģiskā un pārmaiņu vadība. – Rīga: Turība, 2005. 2. “ The Role of Higher Educational Institutins of Business Administration in the Provision of Sustainable Economic Development”. 2nd International conference “Sustainable development. Culture. Education”, raksts kompaktdiskā un konferences krājumā, Igaunija, 2004. 3. Делопроизводство в Латвии Рациональный подход. – Рига, 2003 4. Jaunās paaudzes lietvedība. – Rīga: Turība, 2002 5. Dokumentu datorizēta sagatavošana (līdzautors J. Augucēvičs). – Rīga: Turība, 2002 6. Problēmas un pieeja to risināšanai straujo pārmaiņu laikā// Daugavpils Pedagoģiskās universitātes 9. ikgadējā konference. Rakstu krājums. Daugavpils, 2001.

Silvija Kristapsone 1. “Statistika”- tālmācības kurss. Rīga: SIA “Latvijas Uzņēmējdarbības un menedžmenta akadēmija” – 2003. Noziedzību noteicošie sociāli ekonomiskie faktori Latvijā. _ Latvijas Universitātes zinātniskie raksti. Sēj. 658. Ekonomika. Rīga: Zinātne, 2003. 2. Noziedzība Latvijā: noziedzību noteicošie sociāli ekonomiskie faktori Latvijā 90. gados. – Rīga: RaKa, 2003. – 203 lpp.: ill; 3. “Noziedzību noteicošie sociāli ekonomiskie faktori Latvijā 1996.-2000.gadā”. Latvijas Universitātes raksti 658.sējums. Ekonomika. Rīga: Zinātne, 2003. 4. The Incidence of Hiv Infection and AIDS in Latvia and the World// Demographic development in Latvia/ Humanities and social sciences, series 2 (33), Gen ed. Viktors Ivbulis, Rīga 2002. 5. “ Noziedzību noteicošie sociāli ekonomiskie faktori Latvijā”, Latvijas Universitātes zinātniskie raksti, 647.sējums. Ekonomikas un vadības zinību attīstības problēmas, IV. Rīga: Latvijas Universitāte, 2002. 6. “ Correlations of latvian criminality and socioeconomic phenomena in nineties”. Tradicionālais un novatoriskais sabiedrības ilgtspējīgā attīstībā. Starptautiskās zinātniskās konferences materiāli. Rēzekne: 2002. 7. “Nepilngadīgo deviantās uzvedības statistikas raksturojums 90.-to gadu Latvijā”. LU Ekonomikas un vadības fakultātes 59.zinātniskās konferences referāti. Rīga: 2001. 8. “Statistic Characterization of Deviant Behaviour of Minors in Latvia in 1990-ies”, IV International Baltic Psychology Conference New Developments in the Baltics: Theory and Practic Proceedings. Riga: University of Latvia, 2001. 9. M. Račevska, S. Kristopsone. Statistika psiholoģijas pētījumos. – Rīga: Izglītības soļi, 2000. – 353 lpp. 10. Narkomānijas saistība ar sabiedrībai nevēlamām parādībām// Sociālā pedagoģija un personības psiholoģiskā adaptācija mainīgajā sociālajā vidē. – Rīga: Vārti. 2000- 236. – 243. lpp. 11. Mortality Caused by external reasons of Death in Latvia in the 1990s.// Humanities and social Sciences latvia 3 (24)//99, University of Latvia – 2000, p. 97 – 113

Dite Liepa 1. Tautas mīklas – modernas atbildes laikraksta Diena pielikumā “Izklaide”// Vārds 2003 (Daugavpils PU rakstu krājums). 2. Retorikas figūras latviešu presē 2000. un 2001. gadā // Vārda un tā pētīšanas aspekti. – 2003. (Liepājas PA) 3. Demokratizācijas procesi valodā – leksiskie jauninājumi publicistikas stilā 2002. // LU Raksti. – sēj. 648. Rīga: Zinātne 2002 4. Leksiskie jauninājumi latviešu publicistikā (tēzes) 2002. Pēterburgas VU Filoloģijas

17 fakultātes XXXI zinātniskā konference 5. Metafora publicistikas tekstos // Vārds 2002 (Daugavpils PU rakstu krājums) 6. Okazionālismu izmantojums N. Naumaņa publicistikā // Vārds un tā pētīšanas aspekti. 2001. (Liepājas PA) 7. Valodas norma žurnālistikā // Vārds 2001. (Daugavpils PU rakstu krājums)

Janīna Romancēviča 1. Romansēviča J., Voronova I. Uzņēmumu ekonomiskās stabilitātes novērtēšana // 6. starptautiskā zinātniskā conference Sabiedriskās attiecības: kvalitāte, ieguvumi un riski. Rakstu krājums. Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2005. 134. – 142. lpp. 2. 5.Starptautiskā zinātniskā konference BAT - Uzņēmumu ekonomiskās stabilitātes novērtēšana: Uzņēmējdarbības finansēšanas attīstības problēmas Latvijā, iestājoties ES.

Ainārs Dimants 1. Dimants, Ainars: Die Entwicklung der Massenmedien in Lettland nach der zweiten Unabhängigkeit. Berlin : Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag, 2006 (Die Ostseeregion: Nördliche Dimensionen – europäische Perspektiven) (sagatavošanā; parakstīts līgums) 2. Dimants, Ainārs: Par demokrātiju un Latvijas tautas vienprātību : Jānis Čakste. No: Goldmanis, Juris (sast.): Personība un demokrātija : Metodisks līdzeklis Latvijas vēsturē. Rīga : Aizkraukles Banka, 2005 3. Dimants, Ainārs: Mediju sabiedriskā atbildība – ko tas nozīmē Latvijā. No: Akadēmiskā Dzīve (2005/2006), Nr. 42, 63. - 67. lpp. – Kopsavilkums angļu valodā 4. Dimants, Ainars: The Different Mass Media Traditions in Latvia and their Future in the EU. No: International Council for Central and East European Studies (ICCEES) ; German Association for East European Studies (DGO) ; Weltkongress e. V. (rīk.): ICCEES VII World Congress „Europe – Our Common Home?” : Abstracts (July 25 - 30, 2005, Berlin, Germany), 97. lpp. 5. Dimants, Ainārs: Ziņas masu medijiem un informācijas elitei. No: Kluinis, Arnis: LETA. Nacionālās ziņu aģentūras lomas 20./21. gs. Latvijā. SIA LETA, 2005, 4. lpp. 6. Dimants, Ainārs: Vilis Lācis – preses karaļa pavalstnieks vai nedemokrātisku režīmu balsts. No: Gūtmane, Margita (sast.): 100 gadu kopā ar Vili Lāci : konferences materiāli (2004. gada 25. maijs, Rīga). Rīga : Zinātne, 2005, 18. - 23. lpp. 7. Dimants, Ainārs: Editorial Censorship in the Baltic and Norwegian Newspapers. No: Bærug, Richard (red.): The Baltic Media World. Rīga, 2005, 121. - 144. lpp. 8. Dimants, Ainārs: Pašcenzūra pret paškontroli Latvijas presē : Mediju pētījuma atklājumi. Valmiera : Vidzemes Augstskola, 2004 9. Dimants, Ainārs: Ko Jānis Čakste teiktu par mūsdienu Latvijas demokrātiju. Latvijas Vēsture (2004), Nr. 4, 94. - 99. lpp. 10. Dimants, Ainars: Vozmožnosti sotrudničestva na puti k evropejskomu pravovomu i istoričeskomu soznaniju. No: Latvija - Rossija : novye perspektivy sotrudničestva : Sokraščennaja stenogramma naučnogo seminara. [Moskva] : Posol’stvo Latvijskoj Respubliki v Rossijskoj Federacii ; Institut tolerantnosti Vserossijskoj gosudarstvennoj biblioteki inostrannoj literatury imeni M. I. Rudomino, [2004], 21. - 23., 81. lpp. 11. Dimants, Ainars: National Report Latvia. No: Franck, Christian ; Pyszna-Nigge, Dorota (sast.): IGC 2003 : Positions of 10 Central and Eastern European Countries on EU Institutional Reforms : Analytical Survey in the framework of the CEEC- Debate project. Louvain-la-Neuve / Brussells : TEPSA ; Université catholique de Louvain (UCL), 2004, 45. - 52. lpp. 12. Dimants, Ainārs: The Future of Latvia’s Mass Media in Enlarged Europe. No: Jundzis, Tālavs (red.): Latvia in Europe : Visions of the Future : Collection of Articles. Riga : Baltic Center for Strategic Studies, Latvian Academy of Sciences, 2004, 334. - 352. lpp.

18 13. Dimants, Ainārs: Latvijas masu mediju nākotne paplašinātajā Eiropā. No: Jundzis, Tālavs (red.): Latvija Eiropā : nākotnes vīzijas : Rakstu krājums. Rīga : LZA Baltijas stratēģisko pētījumu centrs, 2004, 295. - 312. lpp. 14. Dimants, Ainārs: Kas ir kas Eiropas Savienībā : Par Latvijas vietu Eiropā domājot. No: Šreters, Hanss Jergs: Eiropas Savienības leksikons : Politika, ekonomika, vēsture, kultūra. Rīga : Jumava, 2004, 7. - 9. lpp. 15. Dimants, Ainars: Die Entwicklung der Massenmedien in Lettland nach der zweiten Unabhängigkeit : The Development of Mass Media in Latvia after the Second Independence (FU Berlin Digitale Dissertation) No: http://www.diss.fu- berlin.de/2003/330 16. Dimants, Ainars: From three stars to the constellation of Latvia and Europe. No: http://www.sculpturequadrennial.lv/background.htm#from 17. Dimants, Ainārs et al. (red.): Baltijas jūras valstis un Eiropas nākotne – Paplašinātās Eiropas Savienības perspektīvas. Izdevusi Eiropas Kustība Dānijā sadarbībā ar Eiropas Kustībām Igaunijā, Latvijā, Lietuvā, Polijā un Somijā, 2003 18. Dimants, Ainars et al. (red.): The Baltic Sea States and the Future of Europe – Perspectives on the enlarged European Union. Published by the Danish European Movement in co-operation with the European Movements in Estonia, Finland, Latvia, Lithuania and Poland, 2003 19. Dimants, Ainārs et al. (sast.): Eiropas idejas Latvijā : Populāra Latvijas rakstnieku un domātāju Eiropas antoloģija. Rīga : Pētergailis, 2003 20. Dimants, Ainars: National Report Latvia. No: Franck, Christian ; Pyszna-Nigge, Dorota (sast.): Positions of 10 Central and Eastern European Countries on EU Institutional Reforms : Analytical Survey in the Framework of the CEEC-Debate Project. Louvain-la-Neuve / Brussells : TEPSA ; Université catholique de Louvain (UCL), 2003, 63. - 69. lpp. 21. Dimants, Ainars: Die Herausforderungen für die Qualitätssicherung in den lettischen Medien. No: The Baltic World as a Multicultural Space (5th Conference of the Baltic Studies in Europe, University of Turku, Finland 5 - 7 June 2003). Turku, 2003, 37. lpp. 22. Dimants, Ainārs: Kur savā zemē tverties? No: Sodums, Dzintars: Kopoti raksti. III sēj. : Taisām tiltu pār plašu jūru. Rīga : Atēna, 2003, 185. - 187. lpp. 23. Dimants, Ainārs: No trim zvaigznēm līdz Latvijas zvaigznājam. No: Akadēmiskā Dzīve (2002), Nr. 41, 4. - 9. lpp. – Kopsavilkums angļu valodā 24. Dimants, Ainars: EU-Mitgliedschaft – eine lettische Identitätsfrage. No: Baltica (2002), Nr. 3, 2. - 13. lpp. 25. Dimants, Ainārs: Mediju sabiedriskā atbildība – ko tas nozīmē Latvijā. No: http://www.politika.lv/index.php?id=104543&lang=lv 26. Dimants, Ainārs: Informācijas barošanas programma. No: http://www.politika.lv/index.php?id=102268&lang=lv 27. Dimants, Ainārs: Jauns Kurzemes enciklopēdisma pīlārs. No: Akadēmiskā Dzīve (2001), Nr. 40, 114. - 115. lpp. 28. Dimants, Ainārs: Iekšējā preses brīvība Latvijas masu medijos : apdraudējumi un izredzes. No: II Pasaules latviešu zinātnieku kongress : Tēžu krājums (Rīga, 2001. gada 14. - 15. augusts). Rīga : Latvijas Zinātņu akadēmija, 2001, 190. lpp. 29. Dimants, Ainārs: Iekšējā preses brīvība. No: Academia + Media (2001-04-04), 1.lpp. – Laikrakstu “Diena” un “Neatkarīgā Rīta Avīze” speciālpielikums 30. Dimants, Ainārs et al.: Latvija Eiropas Savienībā. Kāpēc? 3. izd. Rīga : Izglītība, 2001 31. Dimants, Ainārs: Die Massenmedien in Lettland am Scheideweg zu Qualität und Unabhängigkeit. No: NORDEUROPAforum (2001), Nr. 2, 79. - 97. lpp. – Kopsavilkums angļu valodā 32. Dimants, Ainars: Die Entwicklung der Massenmedien in Lettland nach der zweiten Unabhängigkeit. No: Centre for Baltic Studies (rīk.): Baltic States and Societies in Transition : Continuity and Change (4th Conference on Baltic Studies in Europe, University of Tartu, Estonia, 27 - 30 June 2001). Tartu, 2001, 27. lpp. 33. Dimants, Ainars: EU-Mitgliedschaft – eine lettische Identitätsfrage. No: Freter- Bachnak, Katja (sast.) : Zukunft Europa. Bd. 1 : Die Erweiterung der EU und die

19 Baltischen Staaten. Wiesbaden : Hessische Landeszentrale für politische Bildung, 2001, 104. - 114. lpp. 34. Dimants, Ainars: Latvijskij vzgljad : ES kak placdarm v otnošenijah s Rossiej. No: Oznobišščev, Sergej Konstantinovič ; Jurgens, Igor’ Jur’evič (red.): Rossija – Baltija : Doklady SVOP. Materialy konferencij. Moskva : Izdatel’skij centr naučnyj i učebnyh programm, 2001, 410. - 412. lpp. 35. Dimants, Ainārs: Latvijas masu mediju evolūcija visjaunākajos laikos. No: Latvijas Vēsture (2000), Nr. 3, 75. - 84.lpp. – Kopsavilkums vācu valodā 36. Dimants, Ainārs: Lai Latvija nav vientuļa sala pasaules ekonomikas okeānā. No: Latvijas Vēstnesis (2000-10-12), 10. lpp. 37. Dimants, Ainārs: Jānis Čakste – akadēmiskās vienības “Austrums” dibinātājs. No: Jānim Čakstem 140 : Zinātniskās konferences materiāli. Rīga : Fonds Latvijas Vēsture, 2000, 41. - 53. lpp. 38. Dimants, Ainārs: Masu saziņas līdzekļu evolūcija 1988 - 1999 : Latvijas masu mediju attīstība kopš otrās neatkarības : tēzes un risinājumi. No: http://www.politika.lv/psistema/frame_psistema.htm 39. Dimants, Ainars: The Development of the Mass Media 1988 - 1999 : The Development of Latvian mass media since the second Independence : Thesis and Solutions. No: http://www.politika.lv/en/psistema/frame_psistema.htm 40. Dimants, Ainar: Communication Strategy of the Latvian Government on Informing the Public on the European Union and the Accession of Latvia to the EU. No: http://euintegration.net/file_db.php?id=33 41. Dimants, Ainars: Deutschland und die Einbeziehung Lettlands in die europäische Organisationen seit 1991. No: Meissner, Boris ; Loeber, Dietrich A. ; Henning, Detlef (sast.): Die deutsche Volksgruppe in Lettland während der Zwischenkriegszeit und aktuelle Fragen des deutsch-lettischen Verhältnisses. Hamburg : Bibliotheca Baltica, 2000 (Göttinger Arbeitskreis Veröffentlichung 499), 288. - 290. lpp. 42. Dimants, Ainars et al.: 10 otvetov o Latvii v Evropejskom Sojuze. Riga : Izglitiba, 2000 43. Augstkalns, Uldis ; Dimants, Ainars: Evropejskij Sojuz i ja : 30 voprosov i otvetov. Riga : Bjuro Evropejskoj Integracii, 2000 44. Dimants, Ainārs: From Three Stars To The People Of Latvia. No: Tagad (2000), Nr. 1, 1., 10. - 11. lpp. 45. Dimants, Ainārs: Vairāk konkurences – vairāk brīvības. No: Eiropas Zona (1999-05- 05), Nr. 4, 1.lpp. – Laikraksta “Diena” speciālpielikums 46. Dimants Ainārs et al.: 10 atbildes par Latviju Eiropas Savienībā. Rīga : Izglītība, 1999 47. Augstkalns, Uldis ; Dimants, Ainārs: Es un ES : 30 jautājumi un atbildes. Rīga : Eiropas integrācijas birojs, 1999 48. Čakste, Jānis ; Dimants, Ainārs (sast.): Taisnība vienmēr uzvarēs : Atziņas. Runas. Dokumenti. Raksti. Vēstules. Rīga : Jumava, 1999 49. Dimants, Ainars et al.: Latvija v Evropejskom Sojuze. Počemu? Riga : Izglītība, 1999 50. Dimants, Ainārs: Īsto vēsti īstajā laikā un īstajā vietā : Par Latvijas sabiedrības informēšanas stratēģiju par Eiropas Savienību. No: Latvija un Eiropas Savienība (1998), Nr. 10, 32. - 38. lpp. 51. Dimants, Ainārs: Idejas par žurnālistiku Latvijā. No: Akadēmiskā Dzīve (1996 - 1998), Nr. 38, 45. - 51. lpp. – Kopsavilkums angļu valodā 52. Dimants, Ainārs: Latvijas mājas darbi Eiropas ielā. No: Latvija un Eiropas Savienība (1997), Nr. 6, 12. - 20. lpp. 53. Dimants, Ainars: Opinions of Neo-Latvians about press. No: Krišjānis Valdemārs un “Pēterburgas Avīzes” (1862 - 1865) : Rakstu krājums. Rīga : Latvijas jūrniecības fonds, 1997, 112. - 118. lpp. 54. Dimants, A[inārs]: Ilustrētie nedēļas žurnāli. No: Treijs, Rihards (red.): Latvijas Republikas prese 1918 - 1940. Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, 1996, 268. - 272. lpp. 55. Dimants, A[inārs]: “Jaunāko Ziņu” pārkārtošana autoritārā režīma vajadzībām. No: Treijs, Rihards (red.): Latvijas Republikas prese 1918 - 1940. Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, 1996, 371. - 376. lpp.

20 56. Dimants, A[inārs]: Neatkarīgie (bezpartejiskie) laikraksti. No: Treijs, Rihards (red.): Latvijas Republikas prese 1918 - 1940. Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, 1996, 214. - 249. lpp. 57. Dimants, A[inārs]: “Rīts”. No: Treijs, Rihards (red.): Latvijas Republikas prese 1918 - 1940. Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, 1996, 376. - 380. lpp. 58. Dimants, A[inārs]: Valsts informācijas aģentūra LETA. No: Treijs, Rihards (red.): Latvijas Republikas prese 1918 - 1940. Rīga : Zvaigzne ABC, 1996, 417. - 423. lpp. 59. Dimants, Ainārs: Avīzes priekšvēlēšanu cīņās. No: Mediju Ziņas (1995), Nr. 8, 4. - 5. lpp. 60. Dimants, Ainārs: Jaunlatviešu uzskati par presi. No: Akadēmiskā Dzīve (1994), Nr. 36, 58. - 62. lpp. – Kopsavilkums angļu valodā 61. Dimants, Ainārs: Latvijas dienas preses sistēma (1918 - 1940) : Raksts. Rīga : Latvijas Universitāte, 1994 62. Dimants, Ainars ; Brikše, Inta: Journalism in Independent Latvia during the 1920s and 1930s. No: Hoyer, Svennik ; Lauk, Epp ; Vihalemm, Peeter (sast.): Towards a Civic Society : The Baltic Media’s Long Road to Freedom. Perspectives on History, Ethnicity and Journalism. Tartu : Baltic Association for Media Research / Nota Baltica, 1993, 142. - 151. lpp. 63. Dimants, Ainārs: Masu dienas laikraksts latviešu žurnālistikā : no “Jaunākajām Ziņām” līdz “Dienai”. No: Latviešu žurnālistika : izpēte, problēmas, attīstības tendences. Vispasaules latviešu zinātņu kongresā nolasītie referāti. Rīga : Latvijas Universitāte, 1992, 51. - 57. lpp. 64. Dimants, Ainārs: Ieskats laikraksta “Jaunākās Ziņas” vēsturē. No: Akadēmiskā Dzīve (1991), 24. - 29. lpp. – Kopsavilkums angļu valodā 65. Dimants, Ainārs: Retā uzvārda daudzinājums. Aprisēs : Benjamiņu dzimta un tās loma latviešu žurnālistikā. No: Literatūra un Māksla (1990-11-03), 10. - 13., 15. lpp. 66. Dimants, Ainārs: “Brīvā Zemnieka” avīžnieki vēro. No: Lauku Dzīve (1987), Nr. 10 67. Dimants, Ainārs: “Mēs nebaidīsimies rakstīt par sīkiem jautājumiem”. No: Lauku Dzīve (1987), Nr. 9, 4. - 5. lpp.

Ieva Stūre 1. „ Improvizētās ziņas” jeb baumas Latvijas iedzīvotāju vidū laikposmā no 1945. līdz 1953. gadam: memuārliteratūras analīze. Grām.: LU SZF Komunikācijas studiju nodaļa. Agora 3. Pēckara Latvijas cilvēklaiktelpa ≠ staļinisms. Rīga: LU Akadēmiskais apgāds.

Oskars Onževs 1. “Studējošo prasības e-studiju kvalitātei Latvijā un Eiropā”. 5.starptautiskā konference “Uzņēmējdarbības iespējas, problēmas un to risinājumi globalizācijas asptākļos”. Biznesa augstskola “Turība”, Rīga, 2004. 2. “Analysis of E-studies development in Latvia”. Proceedings the 2nd EDEN Research Workshop “research and policy in Open and Distance Learning”, Hildesheim, Germany, 2002. 3. “Computerised Distance Education in Business Studies: Problems and Solutions in Conditions of Latvia”. Proceedings 20th World Conference on Open Learning and Distance Education”, Diseldorf, Germany, 2001. 4. “The Possibility of Developing E-studies and the Experience of School of Business Administration Turiba”. Proceedings EDEN 10th Anniversary conference, Stocholm, Sweden. 5. “Problems and Solutions of Training Businessmen via Internet”, Second International Conference – Simulation, Gaming, Training and Business Process reengineering in Operations, konferences rakstu krājums, September 8-9. Rīga: Rīgas Tehniskā universitāte, 2000 – līdzautors. 6. “ Business Administration Studies Via Internet”, Book of Abstracts, November 30 – December 01. Berlin: Online Educa Berlin, 2000 – līdzautors. 7. “Processing Experts for Regional Reform by Using Open Flexible Distance Learning”, Regional Economics and Development, International Conference Materials, October 21-22. Kaunas: 2000 – līdzautors.

21 8. “Necessity of Business Education in Solving Regional Reform Problems”, Regional Economics and Development, International Conference Materials, October 21-22. Kaunas: 2000 – līdzautors. 9. “ Informative Insurance For Regional Development Regional Economics and Development”, Regional Economics and Development, International Conference Materials, October 21-22. Kaunas: 2000 – līdzautors. 10. “ Datorzinību kursu pasniegšanas metodoloģija datorizētajā tālmācībā”, Baltijas reģionu valstu integrācijas problēmas ceļā uz Eiropas Savienību. Konferences rakstu krājums, 2. un 3.marts; Rēzekne: 2000 – līdzautors.

Andris Pētersons 1. Pētersons A., Pavāre L. Korporatīvā sociālā atbildība. Jauns veiks, kā pelnīt vairāk: Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība 2005. – 192 lpp. 2. Korporatīvā sociālā atbildība kā praktisks biznesa ētikas instruments // 6. starptautiskā zinātniskā conference Sabiedriskās attiecības: kvalitāte, ieguvumi un riski. Rakstu krājums. Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2005. –30. – 38. lpp. 3. “ Economical Development and Corruption Growth in Baltic States”, Estonian Business Review, 2004 – līdzautors.

Georgijs Počepcovs 1. Communication Technologies. Second edition. – Moscow – Kiev: Vakler, 2006 (tipogrāfijā) 2. New social sciences. – Moscow: Europe, 2006 (tipogrāfijā) 3. Strategic intelligence: analytical instruments. – Moscow: Europe, 2005 (tipogrāfijā) 4. Virtual wars. - Moscow: Europe, 2005 (tipogrāfijā) 5. Revolution. com – Moscow: Europe, 2005 6. Strategy. – Moscow - Kiev: Vakler, 2005 7. Стратегии развития паблик рилейшнз// 6. starptautiskā zinātniskā conference Sabiedriskās attiecības: kvalitāte, ieguvumi un riski. Rakstu krājums. Rīga: Biznesa augstskola Turība, 2005. 8. Strategic analysis. – Kiev: Dzvin, 2004 9. Propaganda and counterpropaganda. – Moscow: Centr, 2004 10. Public Relations for Professionals. Second edition. - Moscow - Kiev: Vakler, 2004 11. Image-making. Fourth edition. – Moscow – Kiev, Vakler, 2004 12. Основы паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов. – Москва: Валкер, 2003. – с. 526 13. Паблик рилейшнз или как успешно управлять обшественным мнением – Москва, 2003. – с. 317 14. Information-political technologies. – Moscow: Centr, 2003 15. Public Relations. – Moscow: Centr, 2003 16. Semiotics. – Moscow – Kiev: Vakler, 2002 17. Information & Disinformation. – Kiev: Nika, 2001 18. Communication Theory. - Moscow - Kiev: Vakler, 2001 19. Russian Semiotics. - Moscow - Kiev: Vakler, 2001 20. Information-psychological war. – Moscow: Sinteg, 2000 21. Image-making. – Moscow – Kiev, Vakler, 2000 22. How Secret Wars are Managed. Psychological/Informational Operations. - Kharkov, Konsum, 2000 23. Psychological Wars. - Moscow - Kiev: Vakler, 2000 24. Паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов. – Москва: Валкер, 2000. – с. 624 25. Communication Technologies of the Twentieth Century. - Moscow - Kiev: Vakler, 2000 26. Information Warfare. - Moscow - Kiev: Vakler, 2000 27. Public Relations for Professionals. - Moscow - Kiev: Vakler, 1999 28. How Secret Wars are Managed. Psychological/Informational Operations. - Rovno: Volynski oberegi, 1999

22 29. Information Warfare. Basics of military communication research. - Rovno: Volynski oberegi, 1999 30. Communication Theory. - Kiev: University of Kiev, 1999 31. Communication Technologies of the Twentieth Century. - Moscow - Kiev: Vakler, 1999 32. Introduction to Information Warfare. - Kiev: University of Kiev, 1999 33. Elements of Communication Theory. - Rovno: Volynski oberegi, 1999 34. Theory and Practice of Information Warfare. - Rovno: Volynski oberegi, 1999 35. Spindoctor. - Moscow: RIP-Holding, 1999 36. Communication Theory and Practice. - Blagoevgrad, 1999 (reprint, Bulgaria) 37. Imageology. Image & Elections. Informational Wars. - Kiev: Adef - Ukraine, 1999. CD-ROM 38. How Presidents Are Elected. Electional technologies of the XX century. - Kiev: Znannia, 1998 39. Image-making: Theory and Practice. - Kiev: Adef-Ukraine, 1998 40. Profession: Image-maker. - Kiev, 1998; reprint - Kiev, 1999 41. Communication Theory and Practice. - Moscow: Centr, 1998 42. Public Relations, or How Effectively Influence Public Opinion. - Moscow: Centr, 1998 43. History of Russian Semiotics before and after 1917. - Moscow: Labirint, 1998 44. Profession: Image-maker. - Kiev, 1998; reprint - Kiev, 1999 45. Image & Elections. - Kiev: Adef-Ukraine, 1997 46. Image: from Pharaohs to Presidents. - Kiev: Adef-Ukraine, 1997 47. Symbols in Political Advertising. - Kiev: Print Service, 1997 48. National Security for the Countries of the Transitional Period. - Kiev: Institute of the Systems Research, 1996 49. Public Relations. - Kiev: Institute of International Relations, 1996 50. Communication Theory. - Kiev: Union of Advertising of Ukraine, 1996 51. Image-maker. Public Relations for politicians and businessmen. - Kiev: Advertising Agency 'Gubernikov', 1995 52. Totalitarian Man. Essays in totalitarian mythology and symbolism. - Kiev: Globus, 1994 53. Communicative Aspects of Semantics. - Kiev: Univ.Press, 1987

Velga Vēvere 1. Kriticisma problēma amerikāņu neopragmatismā // Filozofija: LU raksti. 687. sēj., 2005. – 136.-143.lpp. 2. Absolūtais klusuma paradokss // Filosofija’5: Almanahs, 2005. 3. ‘ Tas vienīgais’- reliģiskais indivīds un modernitātes kritika // Kristīgās vērtības un modernitātes izaicinājums: Latvija un Eiropa. – R.: FSI, 2005. – 41.-60.lpp. 4. Either/or or Both/and: Communicative Rationality and Globalization // Actas del VII Congreso „Cultura Europea”. – Avanzandi: Centro de Estudios Universidad de Navarra, 2005. – Pp. 233.-240. 5. Nepatikšanas ar vāveri jeb Vai ir iespējams domāt pragmatiski // Kentaurs. Nr. 37, 2005. – 84.-92.lpp. 6. Globalizācija un filosofija// Literatūra un kultūra: process, mijiedarbība, problēmas. Globalizācija un kultūra. Daugavpils: Daugavpils Universitāte, 2005. – 9.-18.lpp. 7. (ik)dienas filosofija: lietu pasaule. – Letonika. 2004, 148-156. 8. “ Philosophy in Globalization/Antiglobalization Debate” // Šiulaikine filosofija: globalizacijos amžius. Vilnius: Lietuvos Teises Universitetas, 2004. 226-235. 9. Komunikatīvās racionalitātes loma Jaunās Eiropas veidošanā // Latvija un ES. 2004., 98 -104 10. „ Existence and Communication: challenge of the times” // Analecta Husserliana LXXXIV. Netherlands: Springer, 2005, 165-175. 11. Atkalieraudzīšana. Ralfs Voldo Emersons // Filosofija, Nr. 4, 2004. – 11.-32.lpp. 12. „Stāstījums un metafizikas kritika”. Eksistence un komunikācija. S. Kirkegoram 190. Tēzes, 2003. - 13. Sērena Kirkegora dialogs ar sievišķo // Feministica Lettica, Nr. 3, 2003.

23 14. Antiglobalizācija kā 21.gadsimta fenomens // Latvijas integrācija ES: Jaunās Eiropas aprises, tautsaimniecības pielāgošana, 2003. – 39.-43.lpp. 15. Mildas Zīvertes-Zālītes kirkegoriskā impresija // Reliģiski-filozofiski raksti. VIII, 2003. – 329.-345.lpp. 16. „Atkalieraudzīšana. Ralfs Voldo Emersons”. – Filosofija, Nr. 4, 2004. – 11.-32.lpp. 17. „Stāstījums un metafizikas kritika”. Eksistence un komunikācija. S. Kirkegoram 190. Tēzes, 2003. 18. “Sērena Kirkegora dialogs ar sievišķo”, Feministica Lettica, Nr. 3, 2003. 19. “ Cilvēciskā cieņa kā pašvērtība. Intervija ar profesoru J.J. Venteru”. – Forums, 8.- 15.novembris. 20. “ Antiglobalizācija kā 21.gadsimta fenomens”. – (publikācija elektroniskā formā LU Ekonomikas institūta mājas lapā). 21. “Naratīvs 20.gadsimta filosofiskajā diskursā”. Cilvēks. Dzīve. Stāstījums., R., 2002., 102.-112.lpp. 22. “Paula Tilliha vēstures filosofija”. – Filosofija [Almanahs] #3., R., 2002., 36.-47.lpp. 23. “Skatījums uz Kirkegorisko Kopenhāgenu”. – Filosofija [Almanahs]., R., #3., 2002., 140.-144. 24. “Either/or or both/and? Globalization and Communicative rationality. – Abstracts. VII Congress of European Culture., Pamplona (Spain)., 2002. 25. “Ironisms kā estētiska un ētiska problēma”. – Homo aesteticus.Nomākslas filosofijas līdz ikdienas estētikai., R.: Tapals, 2001., 207.-218.lpp. 26. “ Mākslas darba radikāla rekontekstualizācija”. Mākslas darbs un komentārs. Estētiskas burtnīcas Nr.2, 2001, 28-30.lpp. 27. “ Kirkegora recepcija Latvijā”. 2. Pasaules latviešu zinātnieku kongresa tēzes. R., 2001, 76.lpp. 28. “ Sērens Kirkegors un Latvija”. Sērens Kirkegors. Četri raksti par filozofu Sērenu Kirkegoru. Rīga: Dānijas kultūras institūts, 2000, 23.-29.lpp. 29. Soren Kierkegaard and 20th century discourse over religious philosophy in Latvia”. – Humanities and social sciences, Latvia, Nr. 4, 2000, pp. 92-106. 30. “ Ironiskā intelektuāļa izaicinājums.”- Kentaurs XXI, Nr. 23, 2000.g.decembris, 59- 71.lpp. 31. “ Multiple Persons in Kierkegaard’s Pseudonymous Atuhorship”, Analecta Husserliana LXVII, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2000, pp. 185-198. 32. “ Staging Life – Interpretation of Life in Kierkegaar’s Concluding Unscientific Postscript”, Analecta Husserliana LXVIII, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2000, pp. 131-142.

Anna Ābeltiņa 1. Mazo un vidējo uzņēmumu vadītāju attieksme pret inovācijām saistībā ar vērtībām un gatavību iesaistīties inovācijas procesā (līdzautore M. Ābeltiņa)// Rīgas Stradiņa universitātes Zinātniskie raksti. Starptautiskās konferences “Sociālo zinātņu attīstības tendences Eiropas Savienības paplašināšanas kontekstā” – Rīga, RSU, 2005. 2. Investment in innovation process: the role and importance // 3. Creation of the national capital in the Baltic states in the process of transformation // Ekoномiчний часопис ХХI, Kuiв, 2003., N5 4. Inwestycje w rachunkowosci. Akademia Ekonomiczna im. Oskara Langego we Wroclawie, Wroclaw, 2002. –11.-20. lpp. 5. Финансовая и бухгалтерская деятельность брокерских контор. В сборнике Как добиться успеха в бизнесе и заработать деньги. Rīga, LUB, 1993. (0,8 печ.л.) 6. Акции, облигации и другие ценные бумаги. В сборнике Как добиться успеха и заработать деньги. Rīga, LUB, 1993 (0.8 iesp.l.)

Ineta lūka 1. “ Developing Communicative Competence in Teaching English for Students of Tourism Specialty” (pieņemts publicēšanai LU Sociālās pedagoģijas Rakstu krājumā 2005)

24 2. A Social Constructivist Model for Developing Students’ ESP Competence”. Annual book. “Spring University. Changing Education in a Changing Society”. 2005, Volume 2. Klaipēda: Klaipēda University. 2005. Pp. 128 – 134. 3. “Studentu kreativitātes atraisīšana lietišķās angļu valodas rakstītprasmes veidošanā”. (pieņemts publicēšanai zinātnisko rakstu krājumā “Radoša personība IV”. 2005.) 4. “ Role-play as a Tool for Developing Students’ ESP Competence”. Publikācija Zinātnisko rakstu krājumā “Valoda kā identitāte. Language as Identity.” Rīga: Valodu mācību centrs. 2004, Pp. 104 – 111. 5. “ ESP syllabus design for tourism students”. Publikācija. Collection of the selected papers presented at the ATEE 7th Spring University “European added value in teacher education: The role of teachers as promoters of basic skills acquisition and facilitators of learning”. Department of General Education, University of Tartu. 2004, Pp. 151 – 156. 6. “ English for Specific Purposes – Past, Present and Future”. Publikācija V starptautiskās konferences “Uzņēmējdarbības iespējas, problēmas un to risinājumi globalizācijas apstākļos” Rakstu krājumā. SIA “Biznesa augstskola Turība”. 2004, 223.-232. lpp. 7. “Effective Teaching Means Effective Learning”. Publikācija starptautiskās zinātniskās konferences “Teorija un prakse skolotāju izglītībā II” Rakstu krājumā. RPIVA, Rīga. 2004, 200.-209. lpp. 8. “ Creative Tasks as Tools for Developing Students’ Language Skills”. Publikācija zinātnisko rakstu krājumā “Radoša personība III”. Rīga: Izdevniecība RaKa. 2003, 196. – 201. lpp. 9. “Task-based Learning Means of Improvement of Students’ English Language Skills”. Publikācija starptautiskās zinātniskās konferences “Ilgtspējīga tūrisma attīstība: tendences, pieredze, iespējas” rakstu krājumā. “Biznesa augstskola Turība” SIA, Rīga 2003, 196.-201.lpp. 10. “ ESP Syllabus Design for Tourism Students” Publicēts starptautiskās konferences “Teacher Education 7th Spring University” Tēžu krājumā “European added value in teacher education: The role of teachers as promoters of basic skills acquisition and facilitators of learning”. Tartu University Press, 2004, 55.-56. lpp. 11. Studiju metodiskais materiāls Tūrisma un viesmīlības nozares uzņēmumu vadības studiju programmas studiju kursa “Lietišķā angļu valoda 1” apgūšanai. “Biznesa augstskola Turība”, SIA, 2003., 96 lpp. 12. Studiju metodiskais materiāls Tūrisma un viesmīlības nozares uzņēmumu vadības studiju programmas studiju kursa “Lietišķā angļu valoda 2” apgūšanai. “Biznesa augstskola Turība”, SIA, 2003., 112 lpp.

Ligita Zīlīte 1. Eiropas projekta ietvaros sagatavots mācību materiāls “Menedžmentā” un “Socionikā” tālmācības programmai.

Iļja Gerčikovs 1. Стандартизация и сертификация систем качества, Минск 2. Современный маркетинг, Минск, ООО «Мисанта» 3. Практический маркетинг, Минск, БГЭУ 4. Коммуникационная политика фирмы, Рига, ЛУ 5. Цена в комплексе маркетинга, Минск, БГЭУ 6. Товарная политика фирмы, Минск, БГЭУ 7. Preču politika. Praktisks palīglīdzeklis, Minska 8. Совершенствование управления производственным объединением в условиях реализации комплекса целевых программ: Обзор.-Рига:ЛанНИИНТИ 9. Политика продаж. Практическое пособие, Минск, «Финадо»

Guna Svence 1. Ievads politiskajā psiholoģijā: Vara. Elitārisms. Līderis un grupa. Rīga: RaKa 2004.

25 2. Pieaugušo psiholoģija: Integrāli elklektiskie modeļi, pozitīvais attīstības aspekts un krīzes, profesionālā motivācija un pētījumu iespējas. – Rīga: RaKa, 2003 – 200 lpp. 3. Methodology of J. Kelly personal construct theory in researchin of people positive self-awerencess// News Magazine of The Centre of Personal Construct Psyehology (Lielbritānija) 4. Integrāli elektroniskās pieejas raksturojums un tā izmantošanas iespējas, veidojot psiholoģiskā brieduma metodoloģisko koncepciju attīstības psiholoģijā// Latvijas Zinātņu akadēmijas vēstis, 2003 5. Skolotāju profesionālās motivācijas akmeoloģiskie aspekti// Association for Teacher Education in Europe, The University of Latvia Institute of Education and Psychology, Decade of Reform; Achievements, Challenges, Problems IV, ATEE Spring University, Rīga, izdevējs SIA “Izglītības soļi” 6. G. Svence, U. Ābele. Acmeologie aspects of teacherš professional motivations// Starptautiskā konference Viļņā “Education reform and Teacher Training”, 2002 7. Valodas aspekti psiholingvistikā// RPIVA Zinātniskie raksti III, Rīga, 2001. 8. Professional motivation of teachers at changing society// International Jour of Psychology I; XXVI International Union of Psyhology Science, Stocholm, Sweden, 2000. P. 4 9. Attīstības psiholoģija. – Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC – 1999.

26 School of Business Administration Turiba

Faculty of Public Relations

Self - evaluation report

2005/2006

Approved by the Senate Meeting 28th December 2005 Protocol No.15

27 Contents

1. The Assessment of the perspectives of the study programme from the Latvian state point of view...... 3 1.1. The compliance of the study programme to professional standards...... 3 1.2. The Survey of Employers and the Results...... 8 2. Evaluation of the study programme...... 11 2.1. The Aims of the study programme...... 11 2.2. The Tasks of the study programme...... 11 2.3. The structure of the study programme and changes...... 11 2.4. Conformity of the study programme plan to the aims and tasks...... 13 2.5. Methodology of Studies...... 13 2.6. The Form of Studies...... 14 2.7. Research work carried out by Academic Personnel...... 14 2.8. Research work topics for students...... 17 2.9. Methods of evaluation and Grounds for their choice...... 17 3. The Students of the programme...... 18 3.1. The number of students and the dynamics...... 18 3.2. Number of students enrolled...... 18 3.3. Analysis of the students’ survey...... 19 3.4. The involvement of the students in the improvement of the study programme...... 21 4. The academic personnel involved in the study process...... 21 4.1. The Number of academic personnel...... 21 4.2. Scientific research carried out by academic personnel...... 23 4.3. Books published by academic personnel involved in public relations...... 23 4.4. Academic personnel training and improvement policy...... 24 5. External Relations...... 25 5.1. Relations with potential employers...... 26 5.2. Comparison with similar programmes in Latvia and abroad...... 27 5.2.1. Comparison with similar study programme in Latvia...... 27 5.2.2. Comparison with similar study programmes in European Union Institutions...... 29 6. Plans for development of study programme...... 33 6.1. SWOT analysis of the programme...... 33 6.2. Plan of development...... 34 6.3. Measures for implementing the plan...... 34 18.The Assessment of the perspectives of the study programme from the Latvian state point of view

18.1. The compliance of the study programme to professional standards

The professional master’s study programme was drafted in compliance to the professional standards “Head of Public Relations Department” approved by the Ministry of Education and Science with decree No. 649 on 29th December 2003. The aims, content and scope of the study programme are in accordance to those defined in the state standards. The comparison of master’s study programme to the relevant professional standards can be seen in Table 1. and 2.

Table 1. Comparison of Master’s programme to professional standards (duties and tasks)

Duties Tasks Relevant Courses 1. Monitoring and analysis of 1.1. In depth analysis of the Communication Science and Latvian and Foreign mass society, media and public and Management media, databases etc. and political agenda. State administration and Public other sources of public Relations* information. International Relations Strategic Communication European Union Law 1.2. Precisely define and assess Strategic Management and the development in one’s field Forecasting including the non-governmental Theory of Economics sector. European Integration 1.3. To monitor the gathering of Journalistic Technology information on public opinion Organisation of Research Work and the main tendencies and Legal Aspects of Public follow the changes in legislation. Relations* 1.4. Report to the management European Union Law of the organization on the Presentation Technology and analysis and the use of the Skills survey results. Strategic Communication Speech Culture* 2.1. To manage the Rhetorics development and Public Relations Theory and implementation of public and Practice internal communication plans. 2. Managing the planning, Strategic Management and organization and evaluation Forecasting of public relations events Organising Public Relations Campaigns 2.2. Monitor the organisation, Strategic Communication conduct and evaluation of press Public Relations Theory and conferences, presentations, Practice special events (inauguration Organising Public Relations ceremonies, anniversaries, fund Campaigns raising, VIP visits, competitions, Mass and Political Psychology award ceremonies etc.). Write scripts (plans). Intercultural Communication Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility State Administration and Public Relations 2.3. Plan and supervise the International Relations preparation of informative and Public Relations Theory and other types of texts on the Practice enterprise/organization for Communication Science and distribution to mass media. Management Organising Public Relations Campaigns 2.4. Organize long term PR and Strategic Communication advertising campaigns, Organising Public Relations sponsorships, patronisation and Campaigns other campaigns on behalf of Public Relations Theory and the enterprise. Practice Advertising Theory and Practice* Marketing Communication* 2.5.Coordinate the duties of PR Strategic Communication managers and experts to Strategic Management and develop proactive company Forecasting stance regarding important Personnel Management issues. Quality Systems and Management 2.6. To manage the basic PR Conflictology functions (monitoring, Public Relations Theory and information, communication, Practice persuasion) audit, as well as Quality Systems and monitoring and evaluation of Management campaigns and other State administration and Public communication activities. Relations 3. Organization and 3.1. Plan and coordinate Public Relations Ethics and provision of useful surveys on issues related to the Social Responsibility (empirical) research, training. company’s activities. To develop Organisation of Research Work empirical research programmes, hire research firms. Organising Public Relations Campaigns 3.2. Analyse results of personnel Marketing Communication* survey on their professional Personnel Management needs and improvement of Strategic Management and company operations. To submit Forecasting recommendations for the introduction of innovative changes in the organizational Mass and Political psychology culture, structure and management policies. 3.3. Plan training courses for the Organisation of Research work improvement of quality/effectiveness of Personnel Management communication. Consult the management and staff on public Conflictology relations issues. 3.4. Submit recommendations Public Relations Theory and based on quantitative/qualitative Practice research on the further Strategic Management and improvement of planning and Forecasting effectiveness of public relations Organising Public Relations operations. Campaigns 4. Planning and 4.1. To work out PR Public Relations Ethics and implementation of Corporate programmes and plans in Social Responsibility communication strategies. concert with other organisation Public Relations Theory and heads – set priorities, target Practice audiences and messages Strategic Management and addressed to them Forecasting Strategic Communication 4.2. To work out a detailed Brand Management public relations strategy and Organising Public Relations tactics including crisis Campaigns communication plan for Lobbyism maintaining the company’s Strategic Communication reputation. 4.3. To regularly conduct Strategic Communication evaluation and control as well as Public Relations Theory and renew and enhance existing Practice strategies and plans. 4.4. To manage PR managers Strategic Management and and experts involved in PR Forecasting activities and be responsible for Strategic Communication the effective use of the programme budget. Finance Management 5. Professional growth. 5.1. Follow the latest Latvian European Integration and international public relations Professional English periodicals, training and theoretical literature as well as operations of PR professional International Relations organisations and associations. 5.2. To further one’s knowledge European Union Law and skills in systematic and Professional English planned manner by attending European Integration conferences, courses and seminars. International Relations 5.3. To follow the latest social Strategic Communication and other research and Professional English developments in essential sciences on behalf of the European Integration organisation. 5.4. To introduce the latest Marketing Communication* information and communication Journalistic Technology technology. Improve one’s Rhetorics communicative competence by Speech Culture* perfecting speech and writing culture. Latvian Literary Language* Intercultural Communication Conflictology

* study courses mandatory for students who lack the qualification „ Public relations manager“ or „ Head of public relations department“. Table 2. Comparison of Master’s programme to professional standards (knowledge)

Study courses in the programme that provide the Requirements - "Knowledge" particular knowledge Public Relations Theory and Practice - 4 CP Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility - 4 CP Organisation of Research Work - 4 CP Presentation technology and skills – 4 CP Public Relations Organising Public Relations Campaigns – 4 CP Legal aspects of Public Relations* - 2 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP State Administration and Public Relations* - 2 CP Marketing Communication Strategic Management and Forecasting - 4 CP Presentation Technology and Skills – 4 CP Brand Management - 4 CP Strategic Communication -2 CP International Relations - 2 CP Finance Management - 4 CP Theory of Economics - 4 CP Marketing Communication* - 2 CP Advertising Theory and Practice* - 2 CP Communication Science and Management - 4 CP Professional English - 4 CP Journalistic Technology - 4 CP Journalism Rhetorics - 4 CP Intercultural Communication* - 2 CP Latvian Literary Language* - 2 CP Speech Culture* - 2 CP Communication Science and Management - 4 CP Organisation of Research Work – 4 CP Presentation Technology and Skills - 4 CP Lobbyism – 4 CP Brand Management - 4 CP Reputation Theory Journalistic Technology - 4 CP Rhetorics - 4 CP Quality Systems and Management – 4 CP Personnel Management - 2 CP Conflictology - 2 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility - 4 CP Advertising Theory and Practice* - 2 CP Public Relations Theory and Practice – 4 CP Law regulating mass media and Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility - 4 CP advertising activity International Relations - 2 CP European Union Law - 2 CP Legal aspects of Public Relations* - 2 CP Public Relations Theory and Practice - 4 CP Communication Science and Management - 4 CP Organisation of Research Work – 4 CP Lobbyism – 4 CP Communication Theory Professional English - 4 CP Brand Management - 4 CP Journalistic Technology – 4 CP Strategic Communication -2 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2CP Public Relations Theory and Practice - 4 CP Communication Science and Management - 4 CP Journalistic Theory - 4 CP Persuasive Communication Rhetorics - 4 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP Advertising Theory and Practice* - 2 CP Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility - 4 CP Brand Management- 4 CP Rhetorics - 4 CP Political communication Strategic Communication -2 CP International Relations - 2 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP International and Intercultural Communication Science and Management - 4 CP communication Professional English – 4 CP Lobbyism - 4 CP Brand Management - 4 CP European Integration - 2 CP Quality Systems and Management – 4 CP Personnel Management - 2 CP Conflictology - 2 CP Intercultural Communication* - 2 CP Advertising Theory and Practice* - 2 CP Public Relations Theory and Practice – 4 CP Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility - 4 CP Organisation of Research Work – 4 CP European Integration - 2 CP Sociology International Relations - 2 CP Conflictology - 2 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP State Administration and Public Relations* - 2 CP Organising Public Relations Campaigns – 4 CP Mass and Political Psychology* - 2 CP Strategic Management and Forecasting - 4 CP Political Science International Relations - 2 CP European Union Law - 2 CP European Integration - 2 CP Strategic Management and Forecasting - 4 CP Quality Systems and Management - 4 CP Entrepreneurial economics Personnel Management - 2 CP Theory of Economics - 4 CP Strategic Management and Forecasting - 4 CP Quality Systems and Management - 4 CP Organisation Theory Conflictology - 2 CP Personnel Management – 2 CP Finance Management - 4 CP Rhetorics - 4 CP State Language Speech Culture* - 2 CP Latvian Literary language * - 2 CP Professional English - 4 CP Foreign Language Presentation Technology and Skills – 4 CP European Integration - 2 CP

* study courses mandatory for students who lack the qualification „ Public relations manager“ or „Head of Public Relations department “.

It is to be concluded that the master’s study programme fulfils all the requirements of the professional standards and provides the opportunity to master the skills and knowledge necessary to fulfil the duties foreseen in the professional standards.

18.2. The Survey of Employers and the Results

Public Relations is a rapidly developing field in business in Latvia and abroad. There are about 100 public relations companies working in Latvia over the past few years. A lot of Latvian enterprises have public relations departments. The professional master’s programme “Public Relations” was developed taking into account the growing demand in the labour market. Suggestions on developing a master study programme have been echoed repeatedly by public relations experts, customers as well as in the sittings of council of faculty of public relations of SBAT. Please refer to Appendix 10 for suggestions regarding the introduction of master’s study programme “Public Relations” and references. The demand for postgraduates of professional master’s programme “Public Relations” in the labour market is confirmed by the references of potential employers and the results of the survey conducted among employers during the academic year 2005/2006. 45 employers were surveyed in November 2005 and 21 responses were received. The employers were asked the following questions: 1) What kind of specialists are currently in demand in the labour market? (Refer Fig.1) 2) Is there a public relations department or public relations experts in your company? (Refer Fig. 2) 3) Do public relations experts working in your company have the necessary education in this field? (Refer Fig. 3) 4) What are the skills required for a good public relations expert? (Refer Fig. 4.) 5) What study subjects must be mastered by heads of public relations departments? (Refer Table 3.)

Fig. 1. Results of survey of employers

What kind of specialists are currently in demand in the labour market?

Goal orientated With a sense of 5% Loyal responsibility 10% 20%

Knowledgeable Able to work 10% creatively Experienced 20% 10% Good communication Independent skills 15% 10%

There is a current demand in the market for experts with a great sense of responsibility, able to work creatively and independently carry out research work. Knowledge equivalent to professional master’s degree and the qualification “Head of public relations department” would provide the necessary skills. Fig 2. Results of survey of employers Is there a public relations department or public relations experts in your company?

13% Department

49% Experts

38% No plans for creating a department

49% of enterprises have public relations departments and only 13% of the enterprises do not plan on creating such a department. 38% of the enterprises have only one expert working although a public relations department exists. This proves that heads of public relations department and employees are in demand in the market. Fig. 3. Results of survey of employers

Do public relations experts working in your company have the necessary education in this field?

Bachelor's degree but 29% not in Public Relations 42% Master's Degree in CommuicationScience Master's Degree in 29% other fields

The majority of public relations experts who work in enterprises lack education in this field. It clearly shows that the master’s programme “Public Relations is necessary for gaining the professional master’s degree and the qualification of head of public relations department. Fig.4. Results of survey of employers What are the skills required for a good public relations expert? Public Ability to work in Audio/photo/vide presentation Knowledge of a team o documentation skills languages 20% 5% 5% 5% Overall Communication Development skills

5% 15% Diplomacy

5% Ability to relate Excellent Latvian theory and Strategic and practice logical thinking 15%

10% 10%

According to employers a good PR expert should have good language skills, including Latvian, communication skills, strategic and logical thinking, ability to relate theory to practice etc. Table 3. Results of survey of employers

Study course Response % Strategy and tactics 25% Foreign language 21% Latvian language stylistics Logics Basics of Journalism Management basics 18% Information Technology Finance management Risk management 15% Crisis management Psychology 9% Social anthropology Drama and acting skills Semantics Work with media Law Sociology Philosophy Verbal and non-verbal communication Rhetorics 6% Communication Advertising and marketing 5% Integrated marketing communication History 1% Cultural studies

Employers stress the importance of such study courses where it is possible to gain management basics, strategy and tactics, in-depth knowledge and skills in communication, Latvian language and foreign languages that are beyond the scope of bachelor’s study programme that point out the necessity for a professional master’s degree.

19.Evaluation of the study programme

19.1. The Aims of the study programme

Aims of the programme: . To provide students the opportunity of gaining knowledge and developing their skills in accordance to the requirements defined by the 2nd level higher professional education standards for professional master’s degree, professional standards for the profession of head of public relations department and the demands of the labour market. . To provide students the opportunity of further continuation of doctoral studies after successful completion of the programme. . To promote the development of the student into a well-developed, free and creative personality.

19.2. The Tasks of the study programme

The tasks set to achieve the aims are: . To organise and develop a well defined, precise study system to ensure the quality of knowledge gained and the research work and practical skills acquired. . To develop and perfect the study process with the provision of informative and material technical support. . Motivate the students to work in their chosen specialty. . To develop the ability and skills to acquire and use information in the everyday study process.

19.3. The structure of the study programme and changes

The professional master’s study programme “Public Relations” was drafted in compliance to the 2nd level higher professional education standards approved by the Ministry of Education and Science with decree No. 481 on 20th November 2001. Refer Table 4. for comparison of SBAT professional master’s study programme “Public Relations” to 2nd level higher professional education standards.

Tab 4. Comparison of SBAT professional master’s study programme “Public Relations” to 2nd level higher professional education standards

State standards SBAT programme 17. The scope of the master’s programme is Scope of the programme – 80 or 100 CP. at least 40 credit points. The total Total duration of studies – 6 or 6,5 years, as duration of studies for obtaining a the duration of master’s programme is 2 or professional master’s degree is at least 5 2.5 years. years. Requirement has been fully adhered to. 18. Mandatory courses for the master’s programme: 18.1. study courses that provide for learning Study courses that provide for learning the latest achievements in theory and the latest achievements in theory and practice in this field with a scope of at least 7 practice: credit points; . Public relations theory and practice – 4CP . Communication science and management – 4CP Total: 8 CP Requirement has been fully adhered to. 18.2. research work, innovative work, project The following study courses meet this work and management study courses with a requirement: scope of at least 5 credit points; . Organisation of research work – 4CP . Strategic management and forecasting– 4CP Total: 8 CP Requirement has been fully adhered to. 18.3. pedagogy and psychology courses with The following study courses meet this a scope of at least 2 credit points; requirement: . Public relations ethics and social responsibility – 4 CP . Mass and Political Psychology – 2 CP Total: 6 CP Requirement has been fully adhered to. 18.4. practice with a scope of at least 6 credit Scope of practice – 12 CP. points; Requirement has been fully adhered to. 18.5. state examination including the drafting State examination – 20 CP. and defence of master’s paper or diploma Requirement has been fully adhered to. paper (diploma project) with a scope of at least 20 credit points. 19. Enrolment requirements for the master’s Programme enrolment requirements: programme: professional bachelor’s . Academic or professional bachelors’ degree or academic bachelors’ degree or degree or professional qualification professional qualification obtained after obtained after completion of at least a 4- completion of at least a 4 year study year study programme. programme. Requirement has been fully adhered to. 20. Students with academic bachelor’s The qualification, degree and rights awarded degree gain 5th level professional after completion of the programme: qualification. . Head of the public relations department. . Professional master’s degree in public relations. Rights to further doctoral studies. Requirement has been fully adhered to. 21. The choice of study courses of the Refer comparison of programme to master’s programme, content and scope professional standards. as well as content of practice for the Requirement has been fully adhered to. degree awarded shall be in compliance with the professional standards. 22. After successful completion of masters‘ Refer point 20. programme a master degree shall be Requirement has been fully adhered to. awarded in this field, connected field, or profession 23. The professional master’s degree Refer point 20. awarded entitles one to further doctoral Requirement has been fully adhered to. studies upon successful completion of enrolment formalities.

It should be concluded that the aims, content and scope of the study programme are in compliance with the state education standard requirements. The scope of the study programme „Public Relations” is 80 or 100 credit points depending upon the education qualifications of the enrolled student. The content of the study programme in respect of the credit points is as follows: . Mandatory study courses 20 CP; . Optional study courses 28 CP; . Practice 12 or 32 CP; . Diploma project 20 CP. 60% of credit points are study courses, 15% - professional practice, 25% - master’s paper.

19.4. Conformity of the study programme plan to the aims and tasks

The master’s programme “Public relations” has been designed in conformity to the aims and tasks of the higher educational institution.

19.5. Methodology of Studies

Different methodologies are used in the process of studies. The type of methods and the proportion can be seen in Fig.5. The quality and effectiveness of the methods used are evaluated by visiting these lessons. The dean of the public relations faculty, head of the master’s programme and the head of the communication science department regularly visit the lessons of the academic staff and evaluate the study courses and the staff using the following criteria: 1. relevance of the topic to the study programme; 2. layout of the study material; 3. support material used; 4. teaching methods; 5. the teaching materials prepared by the academic staff; 6. Contact with the audience. The results obtained from the hospitality visits are: 1. Topics are in relevance to the study programme. 2. The layout was interesting the contents relevant and in logical order and according to the practice in the field. 3. Multimedia projectors, TV, Internets, overhead projectors, boards and different posters etc. were used during the lectures 4. The teachers are free to use different teaching methods. The methods used can be seen in Fig. 5. 5. The academic staff use lecture notes, give out handouts list of books and scientific literature to students. 6. Academic staff has good contact with the audience, students are interested and take active part in discussions. Fig.5. Teaching methods used

Discussions 4% lectures by Work in groups visiting 4% lecturers Seminars 2% Lectures 7% 26%

Public lectures Independent for SBAT study and students Practical research work 2% lessons 32% 23%

It should be concluded that a variety of different methods are used in the teaching process that provide for the achievement of the aims of the programme and the tasks set.

19.6. The Form of Studies

The students are offered a choice of a suitable time or form of studies that is shown in Table 5. Table 5. The Form of Studies

Form of Time of Studies Study Days Timings Evening Every Thursday evening and Thursday: 18.15-21.20 Saturdays Saturdays: 9.00-18.50 Extramural Every alternate Saturday Saturdays: 9.00 – 18.50

These study forms have been created to meet the market demands and allows students to combine studies with work.

19.7. Research work carried out by Academic Personnel

The theme of research work is defined by the present situation in the field of public relations, reflects the interest of the teaching staff of the “Public relations” programme, students and the partners in cooperation. SBAT devotes a lot of attention to the improvement of the qualification of its academic personnel. 6 academic staff are working with the master’s programme “public relations” during the 1st semester of the study year 2005/2006 out of which 3 are doctors and 3 doctoral students. On the whole there are 27 docents among the teaching staff of the masters study programme “Public relations” out of which 15 have Doctors’ degree and 8 at present are doing their doctoral studies.

Each year SBAT organises International scientific research conferences: . 1999 - “Business Environment: Legal basis and quality” . 2001 - "Transformation of Economic and Social Development: Processes, Tendencies and Results ", . 2002 - “Entrepreneurship and the legal environment - Processes, Tendencies and Results”. . 2003 - “Development of Sustainable Tourism: tendencies, experience and opportunities”. . 2004 - “Business options, problems and risks and their solutions concerning globalisation”. The Faculty of Public Relations organised the conference “Public Relations: Quality, benefits and risks” in June 2005. The conference was organised in two parts – Plenary session and workshops. The topics for the plenary session: . “ Quality in communications – criteria, quality, management and measurement”, ex-president and honorary member of the International public relations association Jorens Shebergs. . "Политические технологии: Избирательная кампания Виктора Ющенко”, Organiser of election campaign for the Ukrainian president V. Jushenko, Deniss Bogush. . "Стратегии развития паблик рилейшнз", Head of the marketing department of Ukraine’s international Zalaman University, professor Georgijs Pochepstovs. . "Ethics of public relations: research field and teaching possibilities", Norwegian Business School, professor Johannes Brinkmans.

The following SBAT academic staff participated in the science section: . "Corporate social responsibility as a business instrument ", Andris Pētersons; . "The role of sworn attorneys in maintaining the public image of the client in trials ", Dana Rone; . "Risks of social guarantees in enterprises", Anna Medne, Valija Ulmane; . "Evaluation of compliance of Latvian educational system to legal enactments ", Valdis Rocēns; . "Accessibility to municipalities – a prerequisite for successful regional development", Inta Slavinska; . "Latvian Regions in the public relations context ", Staņislavs Keišs; . "Evaluation of economic stability of enterprises", Janīna Romancēviča.

Books written by academic staff that are used in the master’s studies programme: 1. A.Pētersons, L.Pavāre “Korporatīvā sociālā atbildība. Jauns veids, kā pelnīt vairāk” (Corporate Social Responsibility. A New Way to Earn More.) (2005); 2. I.Kalve “Apseglot pārmaiņu vējus. Stratēģiskā un pārmaiņu vadība”(Covering Winds of Change. Strategic and Change Management.) (2005); 3. G.Počepcovs “Oсновы паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов” (Basics of Public Relations for Professionals.) (2003); 4. G.Počepcovs “Паблик рилейшнз или как успешно управлять общественным мнением” (Public Relations or How to Effectively Manage Public Opinion.) (2003); 5. G.Počepcovs “Паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов” (Public Relations for Professionals.) (2000); 6. G.Svence “Ievads politiskajā psiholoģijā: vara. Elitārisms. Līderis un grupa” (Introduction to Political Psychology: Power. Elitism. Leader and group.) (2004); 7. G.Svence “Pieaugušo psiholoģija: personības brieduma perioda attīstības akcenti un profesionālā motivācija” (Adult Psychology: Development Accents of Personality Maturity Period and Professional Motivation.) (2003); 8. G.Svence “Attīstības psiholoģija” (Development Psychology.) (1999); 9. I.Gerčikovs “Стандартизация и сертификация систем качества” (Standardisation and Certification of Quality Systems.) (2002); 10.I.Gerčikovs “Современный маркетинг” (Contemporary Marketing.) (2001); 11.I.Gerčikovs “Практический маркетинг” (Practical Marketing.) (1999); 12.I.Gerčikovs “Коммуникационная политика фирмы” (Communication Policies of an Enterprise.) (1998); 13.I.Kalve “Делопроизводство в Латвии. Рациональний подход” (Office Work in Latvia. Rational Approach.) (2003); 14.I.Kalve “Jaunās paaudzes lietvedība” (New Generation of Booking.) (2002); 15.I.Kalve, J.Augucēvičs “Dokumentu datorizētā sagatavošana” (Computerised Documentation.) (2002).

The academic staff of the master’s programme “Public Relations” has taken part in the following conferences and seminars in 2005: . SBAT 6th International Scientific Conference „ Public Relations: Quality, benefits and risks”, Latvia; . International Baltic states and Norwegian media researchers seminar „The Baltic Media World”, Latvia; . International Conference “Spring University. Changing Education in a Changing Society”, Lithuania; . International Conference „Activating an Educational Fortune for Europe through Citizens’ Initiatives and Adult Education”, Austria; . International Council for Central and East European Studies (ICCEES) VII World Congress „Europe – Our Common Home?”), Germany; . International Conference “CIVITAS CHOBERGENSIS Cultural changes in the Baltics 13th century, Poland; . Workshop on Patterns of mortality by cause of death as reflection of social inequality NED, France; . Letonikas I Congress, Latvia; . Conference organised by ES information agency, European Parliament information bureau and representative of European Commission in Latvia „Ko Latvijai nozīmē Eiropas Konstitūcija?”, Latvia; . Panel discussion –programme organised by Nuremberg city and region „EUROVISIONEN – Kultur plus zehn”, Germany; . Landesarbeitsgemeinschaft für Deutsche Ostkunde im Unterricht in Nordrhein- Westfalen e.V. seminar „Eiropas nākotne: ES paplašināšanās uz austrumiem perspektīvas” (Europe’s future: Perspectives of EU expansion to the East), Germany.

The following academic staff were awarded for their academic activity: 1. 2005 – Recognition certificate from Vidzeme University College „Par ieguldījumu 6. Baltijas studiju konferences Eiropā rīkošanā un grāmatu „Pašcenzūra pret paškontroli Latvijas presē: Mediju pētījuma atklājumi” publicēšanu pētījuma „Pašcenzūra Latvijas medijos” ietvaros” (for contribution to the organisation of 6 th Baltic studies conference and publishing the book “Self Censorship Vs Self Control in the Latvian Press: Media Research Discoveries”) (Ainārs Dimants); 2. Latvian Science Academy and Lattelekom Annual award for leading scientists and creative practitioners in telecommunication and social sciences (Ainārs Dimants); 3. Ministry of Education and Science award “Par nozīmīgu devumu Latvijas senākās vēstures pētniecībā” (for significant contribution to research of ancient Latvian history) and Honorary diploma (Guntis Zemītis). The research topics of the academic staff match the aims and contents of the study programme. These scientific achievements enrich the study content and the scientific research carried out furthers the qualification of the academic staff.

19.8. Research work topics for students

The students acquire the basics of research work at the beginning of the first study year. During the 2nd semester of the 2nd study year or 1st semester of the 3rd study year the students write their master’s paper. The students can choose from 30 topics offered that are connected with public relations. Each year SBAT organises scientific practical conferences for masters’ students where students can present their papers. The best are published in the proceedings that are available in print as well as on CD.

19.9. Methods of evaluation and Grounds for their choice

The quality policy developed by SBAT is aimed at satisfying the needs of the client offering him relevant qualitative service. All the structural units of SBAT work in accordance with the requirements defined in the SBAT quality manual. SBAT, whose operations are based on continuous improvement and perfection, as well as excels in business and quality management principles has received the Latvian Quality Associations’ award for the year 2001. The quality of SBAT operations is based on the quality control system introduced that provides for the following: . study process that is regulated by the law on higher educational institutions; . the implementation of the programme and its development is monitored by the Senate of SBAT by means of self-evaluation study carried out each year that analysis the programmes; . the study process is monitored by the deans and the departments by means of hospitality visits during lessons, checking of study journals, student surveys and other methods; . student manuals are published and distributed each year. The methods of evaluation and their choice are determined by the respective departments. The system of evaluation is determined for each study course programme. The system is regulated by study regulations, examination regulations, regulations on the compilation and defence of academic papers, and formatting requirements for tasks to be carried out independently. The basic principles of evaluation of education are: . summation of positive achievements . mandatory examinations . transparent and clear evaluation criteria . accessibility to examinations Information on conditions and prerequisites for final exams for study courses, practice programmes, prerequisites for defence of practice work reports and other study regulations are published in the students manual published and distributed to students each year. It is also accessible on SBAT local area network. The criteria for evaluation of master’s paper: . ability to systemise, consolidate and further the theoretical knowledge and experience . independently work with literature and information sources . ability to define and solve problematic issues, understand, research and reflect innovations . analyse topical business issues . ability to offer recommendations in the topic of research . ability to independently defend one’s research work Students who have successfully completed the study programme and have passed the state examination with at least 5points (average) in the 10-point grade system shall be awarded the master’s degree. Refer Table 6. for average marks obtained by students during the 1st semester of the study year 2005/2006. Table 6. Average marks obtained by students during the 1st semester of the study year 2005/2006

Study Form of studies year Evening Extramural 1st year 6.67 6.79

It should be concluded that the average level of knowledge of students in both forms are similar.

20.The Students of the programme

20.1. The number of students and the dynamics

There are 103 students in the professional master’s programme. The distribution of students of master’s study programme „Public Relations” can be seen in Table 7. Table 7. Number of students in the master’s study programme „Public Relations” Study Form of studies year Evening Extramural 1st year 53 50

20.2. Number of students enrolled

The enrolment of students at SBAT is in accordance with the enrolment regulations. The number of students enrolled in the master’s programme “Public Relations” for the study year 2005/2006 can be seen in Table 8.

Table 8. Number of students in the master’s study programme „Public Relations” for the study year 2005/2006

The number of students enrolled in the master’s programme “Public Relations” in September 2005 was 101. 20.3. Analysis of the students’ survey

SBAT regularly conducts student surveys to evaluate the study process. A survey of 1st study year students of evening and extramural department was conducted during the first semester. The students were asked to answer the following questions: . Which field do you work in? (Refer Fig. 6.) . Why did you choose SBAT for your master’s studies? (Refer Fig. 7.) . Are you satisfied with the master’s programme “Public Relations”? (Refer Fig. 8.) . How do you evaluate studies at SBAT? (Refer Fig.9.)

Fig.6. Field of employment of students of master’s programme “Public Relations”

Finance Trade Service industry 7% 8% 30% Others 6% Education and Culture State and 12% Municipal Marketing Public institutions 12% Relations 15% 10%

95% of the master’s programme students are employed. Most of the work in the following fields - (30%) service industry, 15% - state and municipal institutions, 12% - marketing un 12% - education and culture. It shows the necessity for education in public relations. Fig.7. Results of students’ survey

Why did you choose SBAT for your master’s studies?

Satis fied with the m as ter's program m e

SBAT is a m odern establishm ent

High quality of studies 10% 3% 31% 14% Only institution that offers thes e studies

Qualification acquired increases com petitiveness in 22% 14% 6% the m arket Knowledgeable teachers

The students choose SBAT because they consider it to be a modern institution; they were satisfied with the offered programme. It is the only programme of such kind in Latvia and the qualification acquired increases one’s competitiveness in the labour market. Fig.8. Results of the students’ survey

Are you satisfied with the master’s programme “Public Relations”?

Partly Not satisfied Fully saisfied 16% 1% 22%

Satisfied 61%

99% of the students are satisfied with the offered study programme, which shows that the programme meets the demands. Fig. 9. Results of students’ survey

How do you evaluate studies at SBAT?

Studies correspondto the chosen speciality Individual approach

Teacher link theory to 9% 12% practice 17% 14% Topical knowledge acquired

Favourable environment 14% 14% 18% 2% Visiting lecturers

Good library

Knowledgeable teachers

Students highly appreciate the fact that lecturers link theory to practice, SBAT has a favourable environment, the teachers are knowledgeable and the knowledge acquired is topical.

At the end of the first semester the students evaluated the 5 study courses and 6 teachers on a 5-point scale system. Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility (A.Petersons) - 4,00, Organisation of Research Work (S.Kristapsone) - 4,03, Public Relations Theory and Practice (O.Balodis) - 4,20, Communication Science and Management (G.Počepcovs) - 3,90, Strategic Management and Forecasting (A.Baumanis un I.Kalve) - 4,00 and 4,60. Average - 4,12. The students answered the following questions to evaluate the study courses: 1. Are the subjects covered in other study courses? 2. Evaluate the level of difficulty of the courses. 3. What proportion of the lectures have you mastered? The students responded that the materials were not covered in other study courses. The level of difficulty was average and almost 70% of the students mastered all the study courses. The students had objections regarding the study course Communication Science and Management in Russian language. Students were offered the choice to listen to lectures in this course in English too. Analysing the results of the students’ survey it could be concluded that the master’s programme “Public Relations” fully meets the demands of the labour market and students need for good quality education.

20.4. The involvement of the students in the improvement of the study programme

The students of the Faculty of public relations are actively involved in the decision-making process regarding the study programme “Public relations”. There are 2 master’s students in the Council of Faculty of Public Relations. The students are given the opportunity to plan their examination schedule with the teachers for each semester themselves. The faculty has all the e-mail addresses of students and all students or definite groups are electronically informed about important issues. Students can send other students messages or ask for clarifications from the faculty as well. The students could directly influence the study process by actively participating in the SBAT students’ self-governing body. The students’ self-governing body is an institution that represents the student’s interests in academic, cultural, social and material issues at SBAT. The tasks of SBAT's students’ self-governing body are: . to represent SBAT's students on a national and international scale; . to represent the students' interest in academic issues; . to organize the election of students’ representative in the Senate; . to provide for the participation of the elected representatives in the sittings of the Senate and the Constituent Assembly; . to organize and coordinate extracurricular activities for SBAT students; . to provide students information regarding current events at SBAT and the operations and activities of the students’ self-governing body. The students’ self-governing body observes the SBAT constitution, normative enactments of the Republic of Latvia, Internal rules of SBAT, students’ self-governing body regulations as well as other documents regulating SBAT activities.

21.The academic personnel involved in the study process

The academic personnel are elected by the SBAT Senate in accordance with the relevant election regulations.

21.1. The Number of academic personnel

The qualifications and description of academic personnel can be seen in Tables 9., 10., 11. and Fig.10. Table 9. Academic personnel, qualification, study courses

No. Academic Full time / Part Education, personnel time Study courses position Name, surname 1. Oskars Balodis Mag.pol., Part Time . Public Relations doctoral Theory and Practice student, lecturer 2. Georgijs Dr.hab.phil., Part Time . Communication Počepcovs professor Science and Management 3. Andris Pētersons Mag.hist., Full Time . Public Relations Ethics Mag.soc., and Social Responsibility doctoral student, docent 4. Silvija Kristapsone Dr.oec., docent Part Time . Organisation of Research Work 5. Aldis Baumanis Dr.paed., Full Time . Strategic Management asoc.prof. and Forecasting 6. Ieva Kalve Mag.oec., Full Time . Strategic Management doctoral and Forecasting student, lecturer

Fig. 10. Academic personnel involved (%)

Full time staff 50%

Part time staff 50%

50% of the workload for the 1st semester of study year 2005/2006 is performed by full-time SBAT academic staff. 52% of the workload of the whole programme is performed by full time SBAT academic staff.

Table 10. Qualification of academic staff

Qualification of academic staff Number Total 6 Doctors 3 Doctoral students 3

50% of the academic staff for the 1st semester of the study year 2005/2006 are doctors and 50% are doctoral students. On the whole 56% of the academic staff involved in this programme are doctors and 30% are doctoral students. Table 11. Academic position of staff

Academic position of staff Number Total 6 Professors 1 Associate professors 1 Docents 2 Lecturers 2

33.33% of the academic staff for the 1st semester of the study year 2005/2006 are professors or associate professors, 33.33% are docents and 33.33% are lecturers. On the whole 33.35% of the academic staff involved in this programme are professors or associate professors, 18.5% are docents and 48.15% are lecturers.

21.2. Scientific research carried out by academic personnel

The fields of research of academic staff involved in the study programme “Public relations” are as follows: . Public relations ethics; . Social responsibility in public relations; . Role of Public Relations department in the organisational structure; . Significance of public relations in the management process; . Performance appraisal in public relations; . Public relations as a management function; . Quality criteria in public relations; . Public relations as an enterprise development tool; . Public relations – latest theoretical notions; . Globalisation of Business; . Tendencies and opportunities for development of Latvian business environment; . The impact of business on personality; . The process of democratisation of language; . Modelling and optimisation of business processes; . Problems concerning education in Latvia and their solutions. . Identity: types and significance

21.3. Books published by academic personnel involved in public relations

1. A.Pētersons, L.Pavāre “Korporatīvā sociālā atbildība. Jauns veids, kā pelnīt vairāk” (Corporate Social Responsibility. A New Way to Earn More.) (2005); 2. I.Kalve “Apseglot pārmaiņu vējus. Stratēģiskā un pārmaiņu vadība”(Covering Winds of Change. Strategic and Change Management.) (2005); 3. G.Počepcovs “Oсновы паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов” (Basics of Public Relations for Professionals.) (2003); 4. G.Počepcovs “Паблик рилейшнз или как успешно управлять общественным мнением” (Public Relations or How to Effectively Manage Public Opinion.) (2003); 5. G.Počepcovs “Паблик рилейшнз для профессионалов” (Public Relations for Professionals.) (2000); 6. G.Svence “Ievads politiskajā psiholoģijā: vara. Elitārisms. Līderis un grupa” (Introduction to Political Psychology: Power. Elitism. Leader and group.) (2004); 7. G.Svence “Pieaugušo psiholoģija: personības brieduma perioda attīstības akcenti un profesionālā motivācija” (Adult Psychology: Development Accents of Personality Maturity Period and Professional Motivation.) (2003); 8. G.Svence “Attīstības psiholoģija” (Development Psychology.) (1999); 9. I.Gerčikovs “Стандартизация и сертификация систем качества” (Standardisation and Certification of Quality Systems.) (2002); 10.I.Gerčikovs “Современный маркетинг” (Contemporary Marketing.) (2001); 11.I.Gerčikovs “Практический маркетинг” (Practical Marketing.) (1999); 12.I.Gerčikovs “Коммуникационная политика фирмы” (Communication Policies of an Anterprise.) (1998); 13.I.Kalve “Делопроизводство в Латвии. Рациональний подход” (Office Work in Latvia. Rational Approach.) (2003); 14.I.Kalve “Jaunās paaudzes lietvedība” (New Generation of Booking.) (2002); 15.I.Kalve, J.Augucēvičs “Dokumentu datorizētā sagatavošana” (Computerised Documentation.) (2002).

21.4. Academic personnel training and improvement policy

Personnel training objective: advance the professional, methodological, pedagogical and psychological knowledge and educational level or re-qualification for the purpose of working out and implementing current or future programs, projects or processes of the enterprise in compliance with the legislative enactments. The professional development of level and qualification of the personnel is: . short-term - by attending further-education courses, seminars, conferences and by taking part in experience exchange trips/events, . long-term - vocational education, secondary professional education or higher education for acquiring a professional qualification, bachelor's degree, master's degree or doctor's degree, . continuous - by way of studying literature in specialization, experience sharing with colleagues, gaining more on enlightenment, etc. Planning and organization of SBAT personnel training Centralized training: studies are planned and organized by the Personnel Department with regard to proposals of the heads of SBAT administrative and structural units, in compliance with the teaching plan and the individual plan of personnel. Decentralized training (training at the level of structural units): . the individual plan of academic personnel foresees further qualification events –participation in courses, scientific conferences, seminars etc. . studies are planned and provided for by the heads of structural units with regard to the specific nature of each structural unit. . heads of structural units prepare teaching plans and coordinate thereof with their senior managers and Personnel Department. The teaching plans are approved by the Chairman of the Board. The teaching plans could be revised subject to the training event actuality or expediency at a certain time period. Funds for training of personnel of teaching units are included in the academic and scientific activity budget, funds of other units for short-term training - in the Personnel Department budget. Further dissemination of information gained during training Upon completion of short-term training, the employee shall coordinate the expediency of further dissemination of information with the head of structural unit of Personnel Department and within two weeks shall: 1) publish a paper on the Internet, or 2) give a lecture; 3) disseminate electronically or orally information to the colleagues. Evaluation of training activities Heads of structural units shall provide within six months upon completion of the employee's training for evaluation of its efficiency by way of control of how the employee applies his acquired knowledge on the performance of one's direct official duties. The head of structural unit shall plan the employee's further training proceeding from above evaluation. SBAT has developed a strategy for 2006 – 2012. One of the directions of the strategy is further training of academic staff and involvement of academic staff in scientific projects at SBAT as well as in other projects.

22.External Relations

The Faculty of Public Relations works in cooperation with World Bank, Foreign Ministry, Latvian Association Of Public Relations Professionals, Latvian Employers’ Confederation, Latvian Chamber Of Commerce And Industry, Latvian Journalists Union, and Baltic Media Research Association. The Faculty of Public Relations works in cooperation with Vidzemes University College, Daugavpils University, Latvian University, Baltic Russian Institute, Riga’s Stradina University, Pacific Lutheran University (USA), Vienna University (Austria), Munich’s Technical University (Germany), Lugano University (Switzerland), St.Petersburg University (Russia), Vilnius University (Lithuania), Norwegian Business School (Norway), Jyvaskule University (Finland). The Faculty of Public Relations is also actively involved in scientific conferences and seminars organised by SBAT. Close links with employers, state and public organisations have been forged, thereby offering master’s students the opportunity of perfecting their knowledge and skills in public relations in practice. The Faculty of Public Relations organised the 6th international scientific conference “Public relations – quality, benefits and risks” at SBAT on 3rd June 2005. The dean of the Faculty of Public Relations Andris Petersons interned at the Pacific Lutheran University (USA) in June – August 2005 on an experience exchange programme in organisation of faculty activities and read lectures in public relations. The students of the Faculty of Public Relations organised a clean up of the Oak tree groves and ruins of Arlavas parish estate in Valdemarpils area on 17th September 2005. It was organised in cooperation with local municipality and Arlavas Foundation. A public lecture by Arturs Eglitis, head of public relations of J/S “Hansabanka” on corporate social responsibility was organised by the Faculty of Public Relations. In October the masters’ and bachelors’ students of the Faculty of Public Relations in cooperation with the International Road Transport Union “Latvijas Auto” organised the presentation of Latvian stage of pioneering truck Caravan Silk Road “Peking – Berlin-Brussels” and its publicity. In November a public lecture of Dr.hab.phil., professor Georgijs Pochepstovs, head of political information department of Ukrainian University was organised. On 3rd November 2005 the head of communication science department asoc. Prof. Andris Dimants presented a paper on development of Baltic states upon accession into the European Union at a conference organised by “Kasseller Sparkasse” bank in Germany. On 5th December a seminar “Development of strong NGO’s” was organised at SBAT by the Faculty of Public Relations in cooperation with the Special Task Secretariat for Social Integration Secretariat of the Special Tasks Ministry for Social Integration. A presentation of the book “Korporatīvā sociālā atbildība. Jauns veids kā pelnīt vairāk” (Corporate Social Responsibility. A New Way to Earn More.) by A. Peterson and L. Pavare was held in December in cooperation with the Latvian Chamber of Commerce and Industry. The director of the master’s programme, asoc. prof. Guntis Zemitis was invited by the St. Petersburg University to read a course on Baltic history in February. The head of the communication science department assoc. prof Ainars Dimants has been invited as a guest lecturer by the Vienna University, Austria in March - April 2006. The students of the Faculty of Public Relations within the framework of the Public Relations Ethics and Social Responsibility carry out independent projects – “good work” for the society. Donor’s day at SBAT, “Everybody dances”, “Help children, donate a book”, charity event - concert at the Laucins pansion “Labais darbs Skuķu pagasta veco ļaužu ģimenes mājā” etc. were some of the projects organized. A mandatory task “good work” was publishing an article in the mass media and thereby gaining publishing skills and popularising the Faculty of Public Relations as well as SBAT. The Faculty of Public Relations on a commission by SBAT conducted a social survey among 10th, 11th and 12th form secondary school students on their attitude towards higher education and SBAT as potential graduates. The master’s students actively participated in the preparations for the international conference on corporate social responsibility organised by the public relations faculty. The conference will be held on 22nd February in cooperation with World Bank, Latvian Employers Confederation, UNDP (United Nations Development Programme) and the Secretariat of the Special Tasks Ministry for Social Integration.

22.1. Relations with potential employers

The management of the Faculty of Public Relations arranges meetings with leading specialists at least twice a month. At least once a semester a sitting of the Council of the faculty of public relations is organized wherein leading specialists also participate. The list of members of the Council can be seen in Table 12.

Table 12. List of members of the Council of the Faculty of Public Relations

1 Jānis Leja General Director, Latvian Chamber of Commerce and Industry 2 Aivars Rudzinskis President, Latvian Press Publishers’ Association President, Junior Chamber International 2006; owner and head of 3 Didzis Šimis SIA HORTUS Digital 4 Aivis Freidenfelds Deputy director, Department of communication, State Chancellery Deputy director, Public Relations Department of Latvian Bank, 5 Kristaps Otersons Member of board of Latvian Association of PR professionals Director, Observer Latvija Business espionage and communication 6 Andrejs Sergejevs effectiveness evaluation company Chairman of the board and executive director of the Public Relations 7 Oskars Balodis Agency Consensus PR Head of Public relations and Communications department of Parex 8 Viktors Zaķis bank; Member of board of Latvian Association of PR professionals 9 Krišjānis Papiņš Leading ideologist of ardes mechi Vice chairman of Board of Media and Marketing Research firm TNS 10 Ginta Krivma Latvija 11 Valdis Melderis Programme director, Radio Skonto 12 Inta Lase Cheif editor of news service, Latvian TV 13 Pēteris Strautiņš Commentator, Newspaper Diena 14 Andris Kolbergs Writer, Chairman of the board of Fund AKA 15 Jānis Rušenieks TV director and producer 16 Selga Laizāne Head of Latvian Television 1 17 Andris Jaunsleinis Chairman of Latvian Municipal Union 18 Laura Minskere Chairperson of the board, Public Relations company Mediju Tilts 19 Edgars Zagorskis Student, Faculty of Public relations 20 Mareks Elnionis Student, Faculty of Public relations 21 Alvīne Jansone Student, Faculty of Public relations 22 Aigars Briedis Public Relations Consultant, Student, Faculty of Public relations 23 Anda Celma Public Relations Consultant, Student, Faculty of Public relations Chairperson of the board, Public Relations and Translation agency 24 Liāna Bokša Idea Media; Student, Faculty of Public relations Head of press and public relations department, British Embassy; 25 Lelde Pfafrode Student, Faculty of Public relations 26 Andris Pētersons Dean, Faculty of Public Relations 27 Ineta Lūka Head of Department of Languages 28 Ainārs Dimants Head of Communication Science department 29 Guntis Zemītis Director of Master’s Programme „ Public Relations 30 Daina Liepiņa Office Administrator, Public Relations Faculty

A lot of students of the public relations faculty work in the field of public relations. Each year a survey of their employers is carried out. 39 employers were surveyed in 2005. The employer evaluated the students’ performance on a 5-point scale in terms of interest, discipline, precision, skills, and level of independence, knowledge, abilities and theoretical background. The employers highly evaluated the following qualities of students: . level of independence (5.00), . interest (4.65), . knowledge (4.55), . discipline and abilities (4.40). The theoretical background and skills of students were evaluated a bit lower.

22.2. Comparison with similar programmes in Latvia and abroad

SBAT became member of the World leading business institutions association in March 2002, which has about 850 leading business educational institutions as their members. The study programme “Public relations” has been compared to the programme offered by the following institutions: . Latvian University (Latvia); . Tallinn’s Pedagogy University (Estonia); . Leeds Metropolitan University (Great Britain) and Utrecht’s University (Netherlands).

22.2.1. Comparison with similar study programme in Latvia

There are no higher education institutions at the moment in Latvia that offer students master’s studies in Public Relations. The master’s programme “Communication Science” of the Latvian University has been used for comparison. Refer to Table 13. and 14. for comparison. Table 13. Comparison of structures of SBAT programme “Public Relations” to Latvian University’s “Communication Science” programme Latvian University SBAT Credit points 80 CP (120 ECTS) 80 CP (120 ECTS) or 100 CP (150 ECTS) Duration of Studies 2,5 years 2 or 2,5 years Mandatory courses 35 CP (52,5 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Optional courses 25 CP (37,5 ECTS) 28 CP (42 ECTS) Practice ------12 CP (18 ECTS) or 32 CP (48 ECTS) Final Examination - 20 CP (30 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Masters’ paper

Table 14. Comparison of content of SBAT programme “Public Relations” to Latvian University’s “Communication Science” programme

Latvian University CP SBAT CP Study courses that match fully or partially Basics of Scientific research work 4 Organisation of research work 4 and compilation of master’s paper Concept of Master’s paper 3 Modern methods of processing 3 research data Methods of scientific research and 3 teaching (Practical) Analysis Seminar I 2 Communication and media 4 Communication Science and 4 philosophy management Communication theory as a social 4 Public Relations Theory and 4 science practice Impact communication theory 4 Organising Public Relations 4 Campaigns Communication sociology 4 Introduction to communication 2 science Mass communication theory 4 Communication and contemporary 3 Public Relations Ethics and Social 4 ethics Responsibility Political communication 3 Lobbyism 4 Linguistics and communication 3 Latvian Literary Language* 2 Speech Culture* 2 Rhetorics 4 Global and International 3 International Relations 2 Communication Theory European Union Law 2 Integrated marketing Communication 3 Marketing communication* 2 Semiotics 3 Brand Management 4 Advertising Semiotics 3 Culture a Soviet Instrument: Era of 3 Intercultural Communication* 2 Stalinism. Research project. Scientific Practice System transformation in Latvia: Elite 2 European Integration 2 and Mass Communication Aspects History of socialization and 3 communication of Latvian Culture Culture and Social communication 4 Research methods in Mass 3 Journalistic Technology 4 Communication and its application in academic and Market research Contemporary Business 3 Strategic Communication 2 Communication Public Relations as Communication 3 Strategic Management and 4 Process Management Forecasting State Administration and Public 2 Relations* Study courses that do not match Information Society: Theory and 4 Quality Systems and Management 4 Problems Information Society: Theory and 2 Theory of Economics 4 Problems. Scientific Practice. Discourse analysis: Theory and 3 Presentation Technology and Skills 4 Application Feminism discourse Culture and 3 Legal Aspects of Public Relations* 2 Communication Professional English 4 Finance Management 4 Personnel Management 2 Conflictology 2 Mass and Political Psychology* 2 Practice ------Practice 12 or 32 Master’s Paper 20 State Examination 20

The main aim of the Latvian University’s “Communication Science“ programme is to educate communication science experts. The main aim of the SBAT’s „Public Relations“ programme is to prepare heads of public Relations departments in enterprises and state institutions. The Latvian University’s “Communication Science“ programme consists of mandatory study courses (35CP) and optional study courses (25 CP), the same as in SBAT’s programme - mandatory (20 CP) and optional (28 CP). The scope of optional subjects in the programme “Communication Science” is less than that of SBAT’s “Public Relations” programme and practice is not included, whereas in the SBAT programme 12 or 32 CP of practice is foreseen. The difference between both the programmes are study courses connected to the specifics of the profession of heads of public relations departments.

22.2.2. Comparison with similar study programmes in European Union Institutions

The SBAT master’s study programme “Public relations” has been compared with the “Communication” study programme of Tallinn’s Pedagogy university (Estonia) and “European Public Relations” programme of Leeds Metropolitan University (Great Britain) and Utrecht’s University (Netherlands) programme ”European Public Relations” Refer Table 15., 16., 17., 18. for comparison. Table 15. Comparison of structures of SBAT programme “Public Relations” to “Communication” study programme of Tallinn’s Pedagogy University (Estonia)

Tallinn’s Pedagogy SBAT University (Estonia) (Latvia) Credit points 80 CP (120 ECTS) 80 CP (120 ECTS) or 100 CP (150 ECTS) Duration of studies 2 years 2 or 2,5 years General Courses 12,7 CP (19 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Basic Courses 44,7CP (67 ECTS) ----- Optional Courses 5,3 CP (8 ECTS) 28 CP (42 ECTS) Practice 14 CP (21 ECTS) 12 CP (18 ECTS) or 32 CP (48 ECTS) Final Examination - 10 CP (15 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Master’s paper

Table 16. Comparison of contents of SBAT programme “Public Relations” to “Communication” study programme of Tallinn’s Pedagogy University (Estonia)

Tallinn’s Pedagogy University CP SBAT (Latvia) CP (Estonia) Study courses that match fully or partially Communication Theory 3 Communication Science and 4 Interpersonal communication 3 Management Strategic Communication 4 Strategic Communication 2 Rhetorics 4 Rhetorics 4 Argumentation and Rhetorics 2,7 Speech Culture* 2 Data Analysis 2,7 Organisation of research work 4

Qualitative and Quantitative 2 methods Computer Technology 2,7 Presentation Technology and 4 skills Contemporary Social Psychology 2,7 Mass and Political Psychology* 2 Social Influence and Interpersonal 4 Relations Psychology EU Policy and Institutions 2,7 European Integration 2 Education in multicultural society 2,7 International Relations 2 European Union Law 2 Intercultural Communication* 2 Organisation Theory 2,7 Strategic Management and 4 Project Management 2,7 Forecasting Project planning 2,7 Language Planning 4 Latvian Literary Language* 2 Public Relations and Dialogue 4 Public Relations Theory and 4 Practice Public Relations Ethics and Social 4 Responsibility Organising Public Relations 4 Campaigns Legal Aspects of Public 2 Relations* State Administration and Public 2 Relations* Semiotics 2,7 Brand Management 4 Marketing Communication* 2 Study courses that do not match Electronic Publishing 2,7 Quality Systems and 4 Management Social Arguments and Contextual 4 Theory of Economics 4 Argumentation Pragmatics 4 Professional English 4 Art of Creating an Image 2,7 Lobbyism 4 Androgogy 2,7 Journalistic Technology 4 Social Language and Language 4 Finance Management 4 Policy Personnel Management 2 Conflictology 2 Practice 14 Practice 12 or 32 Master’s Examination 10 State Examination 20

The aim of Tallinn’s Pedagogy University’s master’s programme “Communication” is to prepare experts, who manage the internal and external communication of enterprises in State as well as private businesses. Tallinn’s Pedagogy University students study management skills also. The main aim of the SBAT’s „Public Relations“ programme is to prepare heads of public Relations departments in enterprises and state institutions. Tallinn’s Pedagogy University programme “Communication” courses are general courses (12,7 CP), Basic (44,7 CP) and Optional (4 CP) courses, whereas SBAT’s programme consists of - mandatory (20 CP) and optional (28 CP) courses. General courses of the Tallinn’s Pedagogy University programme “Communication” and SBAT programme “Public Relations” match. The scope of optional courses of the programme “Communication” is less than that of the programme “Public relations”. Both the programme stress the importance of practical skills gained by the students. The credit points for state examination at SBAT are higher. The difference between both the programmes are study courses connected to the specifics of the profession of heads of public relations departments.

Table 17. Comparison of structures of SBAT programme “Public Relations” to “European Public Relations” programme of Leeds Metropolitan University (Great Britain) and Utrecht’s University (Netherlands)

MARPE SBAT (Great Britain, (Latvia) Netherlands) Credit points 60 CP (90 ECTS) 80 CP (120 ECTS) or 100 CP (150 ECTS) Duration of Studies 1 year 2 or 2,5 years Mandatory courses 36,7 CP (55 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Optional courses 6,7 CP (10 ECTS) 28 CP (42 ECTS) Practice --- 12 CP (18 ECTS) or 32 CP (48 ECTS) Final Examination - 16,7 CP (25 ECTS) 20 CP (30 ECTS) Masters’ paper Table 18. Comparison of contents of SBAT programme “Public Relations” to “European Public Relations” programme of Leeds Metropolitan University (Great Britain) and Utrecht’s University (Netherlands)

MARPE (Great Britain, CP SBAT (Latvia) CP Netherlands) Study courses that match fully or partially Research Methods 3,3 Organisation of Research Work 4 Public Relations Theory and 6,7 Public Relations Theory and 4 Tendencies Practice Communication Management 6,7 Public Relations Ethics and 4 Ethics Social Responsibility Communication Science and 4 Management Government Interests and 6,7 Strategic Management and 4 Lobbyism in the EU context Forecasting Lobbyism 4 6,7 European Integration 2 International Business Theory of Economics 4 environment International Relations 2 European Union Law 2 Intercultural Communication* 2 International Marketing 6,7 Marketing Communication* 2 Management Brand Management 4 Strategic Communication 2 Finance Management 4 Consumer Behavioural 6,7 Personnel Management 2 Patterns Conflictology 2 Mass and Political Psychology* 2 Critical Approach in Public 6,7 Quality Systems and 4 Relations Management Organising Public Relations 4 Campaigns Journalistic Technology 4 Legal Aspects of Public 2 Relations* State Administration and Public 2 Relations* Study courses that do not match EU Public and Media sphere 6,7 Presentation Technology and 4 Skills Any subject offered by Leeds 6,7 Professional English 4 Metropolitan University with a scope of 10 ECTS or 2 courses with 5 ECTS each Rhetorics 4 Latvian Literary Language* 2 Speech Culture* 2 Practice ------Practice 12 or 32 Dissertation 16,7 State Examination 20

The Study programme “MARPE” – “Master of Arts in European Public Relations”, is a joint study programme offered by - Leeds Metropolitan University (Great Britain) and Utrecht’s University (Netherlands). The programme is for students whose native language is not English and the aim of the programme is to enhance the public relations skills and knowledge of those seeking to work in the public, private sector as well as in European Union Institutions. The duration of the studies is 1 year – 1st semester is from October to January at Utrecht’s University and 2 nd semester from February to June at Leeds Metropolitan University. Students write their dissertation during the 2nd semester and in summer. Those who are employed can compile and defend their dissertation work in the 1st semester the following year. The study programme “MARPE” has more credit points for mandatory courses. However the scope of optional study courses is less in the programme “MARPE” in comparison to the SBAT professional master’s study programme “Public Relations”. The programme “MARPE” does not include practice work that is of great importance in the SBAT programme.

Summary: 1. The SBAT master’s programme “Public Relations” has the right balance of academic and professional and theoretical and practical knowledge offered. 2. The programme is flexible and it is possible to react quickly to the demands of students and the labour market. 3. The load of studies is consistent and balanced. 4. Comparing the SBAT master’s programme “Public Relations” with similar programmes offered by European Union Institutions it could be concluded that the SBAT master’s programme “Public Relations”, its basic principles, scope as well as the implementation of the programme are similar. The SBAT programme “Public Relations” provides education equivalent to European Union Institutions.

23.Plans for development of study programme

The aim of the Faculty of Public relations is to develop the master’s programme “Public Relations” in order to offer competitive higher professional education in the field of public relations.

23.1. SWOT analysis of the programme

To evaluate the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats a SWOT analysis of the master’s programme “Public Relations” was carried out in January 2006 (Refer table 19.) Table 19. SWOT analysis

Strengths Weaknesses

. Only professional master programme . SBAT is generally associated with in public relations offered in Latvia. high quality tourism and business . Individual approach to students administration programmes and an . Recognised experts with PhD. opinion on the master’s programme degrees in the full time staff in public relations is yet to be formed . Recognised foreign experts involved . Lack of experts with PhD. Degrees in in the implementation of the this field programme . Different preparatory level of present . Students are provided the opportunity students which hinders the optimal to undergo practice work development of a course programme . Cooperation and support of leading . Short programme history Latvian and foreign public relations experts and higher educational establishments . Good infrastructure for studies and research work . Ability of SBAT to provide competitive salaries to the academic staff.

Opportunities Threats

. The role and significance of public . Decrease in the number of students relations is growing and there is a due to the demographic situation growing demand for highly qualified . Other establishments could start PR specialists implementing similar programmes . More and more higher educational . Uneven competition from state higher establishments offering bachelor’s educational institutions and 2nd level higher professional education programmes that increases the potential number of postgraduates . SBAT students are popularising the image of the faculty with their active involvement

23.2. Plan of development

In order to ensure competitiveness, demand in the labour market and the dynamic development of the study programme a plan of development has been drafted that includes the following main concepts: . Perfect the study course taking into account the recommendations of professionals in the field of public relations, students and the demands of the market; . Provide the teaching staff with professional growth opportunities; . Strengthen the cooperation of the Faculty of Public Relations with similar faculties in Latvia and abroad; . Direct the students towards independent acquisition of knowledge and skills; . Increase the proportion of research work; . Perfect the quality control system at the faculty of public relations; . Maintain a suitable environment for successful flow of the study process; . Increase the number of students enrolled.

23.3. Measures for implementing the plan

Practical implementation of the No. Measures to be carried out measures 1. . Popularise the programme among potential students. . To increase the number students each year by at least 20%. Increase in the number of students . Regularly conduct surveys among students and define the necessary changes required in the implementation of the study programme. . To conduct survey of employers to keep in tune with increasing demands of the labour market. . Conduct surveys of alumni. . Follow and consider the changes in the labour market in connection with Latvian accession into the EU. More Topicality and development of the study stress laid on professional foreign 2. programme in accordance to labour languages by planning 10-20% of the market demands study courses in foreign languages taught by foreign visiting lecturers as well as by local academic staff.

. To publish teaching books in the Development and perfection of relevant study courses in the near 3. methodological material and publishing future (3 years) that are necessary for the necessary literature successful implementation of the study process. . Further qualification of full time staff by ensuring participation in at least 3 further qualification courses each year. . To promote participation of academic staff in International conferences. . To support and promote cooperation Further qualification of academic of academic staff with higher educational institutions abroad. 4. personnel . Continue implementation of research work plan of SBAT. . To attract visiting lecturers from other countries. . To make decisions at the meeting of council of public relations faculty on the involvement of definite guest lecturers in the implementation study courses of the master’s programme. . Promote and develop cooperation with higher educational establishments that offer similar study programmes thereby ensuring Cooperation with higher educational experience exchange and 5. establishments abroad development of the study process. . To continue cooperation with Ukrainian higher educational institutions and experts, St. Petersburg University and attracting students from abroad.

The development plan is being implemented in accordance with the development strategy of SBAT.